ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAABACADAEAFAGAHAIAJAKALAMANAOAPAQARASATAUAVAWAXAYAZBABBBCBDBEBFBGBHBIBJBKBLBMBNBOBPBQBRBSBTBY
1
Print books for SDG books - Use the code
SDG24BKS to get 70% off the listed prices. Special discount only for Springer Nature business partners and valid from June 1 - July 31, 2024
2
qtysubject_clusterrecommendedisbnauthoreditor1_lastnameauthoreditorsauthoreditors_affiliationtitlesubtitlebibliographic_information
addi_bibliographic_info
edition_numbercopyright_yearprice_statusprice_eursale_price_eurprice_eur_brsale_price_eur_brprice_gbpsale_price_gbpprice_usdsale_price_usdcover_typeadditional_softcoverseries_titlevolume_numbersubject_collectionproduct_categorymediumspringer_referencelanguage1nr_of_arabic_pagesbic_code1bic_code2imprintpublisher_namekey_book_for_librariessales_highlightdelivery_statuspub_date_actualpub_date_actual_sec_locpub_date_planned_first_releasepub_date_planned_sec_locdistribution_information
translation_method
lasteditioncopyright_year_former_edsisbn_predecessor_editiontable_of_contents_shortback_cover_copyinfo_textusp_editorialabout_the_authorpublication_classdiscount_group_nydiscount_group_sdcebook_package_codeebook_packageebook_info_no_e_rightsopen_accesseansnt_discipline1snt_discipline2snt_discipline3snt_discipline4snt_discipline5snt_discipline6weightcontains_esmsignifier_multimediamore_media_appisbn_successor_edition
3
Business and Managementx978-3-319-80655-6BoucheryYann Bouchery; Charles J. Corbett; Jan C. Fransoo; Tarkan TanYann Bouchery, Ecole de Management de Normandie, Le Havre; Charles J. Corbett, University of California Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA; Jan C. Fransoo, Eindhoven University of Technology, Eindhoven; Tarkan Tan, Eindhoven University of Technology, EindhovenSustainable Supply ChainsA Research-Based Textbook on Operations and StrategyXV, 517 p. 68 illus., 35 illus. in color.12017final109.9933.00117.6935.3199.9930.00119.9936.00Soft cover1Springer Series in Supply Chain ManagementVolumeBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English517KJTKJMV8SpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2018-06-092018-06-122018-09-092018-10-070Perspectives on Sustainability and Sustainable Supply Chains.- Measuring Environmental Impacts in Supply Chains.- Introduction to Life Cycle Assessment.- Carbon Footprinting in Supply Chains.- Water Footprint Assessment in Supply Chains.- Sustainable Non-Renewable Materials Management.- Disclosing and Reporting Environmental Sustainability of Supply Chains.- Operational Aspects of Sustainable Supply Chains.- Green Logistics.- Green Inventory Management.- Green Facility Location.- Operational Implications of Environmental Regulation.- Responsible Purchasing: Moving from Compliance to Value Creation in Supplier Relationships.- Green Technology Choice.- Principles of EcoDesign in Sustainable Supply Chains.- Business Models and Strategy in Sustainable Supply Chains.- Market Value Implications of Voluntary Corporate Environmental Initiatives.- Business Implications of Sustainability Practices in Supply Chains.- Moving from a Product-Based Economy to a Service-Based Economy for a More Sustainable Future.- Closed-Loop Supply Chains: A Strategic Overview.- Sustainable Food Supply Chain Design.- Risk and Uncertainty Management for Sustainable Supply Chains.- The Social Dimension of Sustainable Supply Chains.- Improving Social and Environmental Performance in Global Supply Chains.- Social Responsibility in Supply Chains.- Cross-Sector Partnerships for Sustainable Supply Chains.<div>This book is primarily intended to serve as a research-based textbook on sustainable supply chains for graduate programs in Business, Management, Industrial Engineering, and Industrial Ecology, but it should also be of interest for researchers in the broader sustainable supply chain space, whether from the operations management and industrial engineering side or more from the industrial ecology and life-cycle assessment side.</div><div><br/></div><div>As firms become progressively more tightly coupled in global supply chains, rather than being large vertically integrated monoliths, risks and opportunities associated with activities upstream or downstream will increasingly impinge upon their own wellbeing. For a firm to thrive, it is increasingly imperative that it be aware of economic, environmental and social dimensions of the entire supply chain it belongs to, and that it proactively monitor and manage those. Finding efficient solutions towards a more sustainable supply chain is increasingly important for managers, but clearly this raise difficult questions, often without clear answers. This book aims to provide insights into these kinds of questions for students and practitioners, based on the latest academic research. </div><div><br/></div><div>We have noticed a recent surge in the number of courses on “sustainable supply chain management” or related topics, but a relative lack of corresponding teaching materials. While sustainability has been widely studied at the level of company strategy and extensive related pedagogical materials exist, there is still a relative lack of materials on sustainability with a supply chain management perspective. </div><div><br/></div><div>This book is primarily intended to serve as a research-based textbook on sustainable supply chains for graduate programs in Business, Management, Industrial Engineering, and Industrial Ecology, but it should also be of interest for researchers in the broader sustainable supply chain space, whether from the operations management and industrial engineering side or more from the industrial ecology and life-cycle assessment side.</div><div>This book is primarily intended to serve as a research-based textbook on sustainable supply chains for graduate programs in Business, Management, Industrial Engineering, and Industrial Ecology, but it should also be of interest for researchers in the broader sustainable supply chain space, whether from the operations management and industrial engineering side or more from the industrial ecology and life-cycle assessment side.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>Finding efficient solutions towards a more sustainable supply chain is increasingly important for managers, but clearly this raise difficult questions, often without clear answers. This book aims to provide insights into these kinds of questions for students and practitioners, based on the latest academic research. <br/></div><div><div><br/></div></div>First edited text designed specifically for graduate courses in Sustainable Supply ChainsEditors are leaders in the fieldSynthesizes the most impactful contributions from the Operations Management and Life Cycle Assessment communitiesDr. Yann Bouchery is an Assistant Professor at EM Normandie (France). Dr. Bouchery received a Master Degree in Industrial Engineering and Management from Lund University (Sweden) as well as a Master Degree in Industrial Management and Logistics from Ecole Centrale Lille (France). He obtained a PhD in Operations Management from Ecole Centrale Paris (France) in 2012. He has published articles in academic journals such as International Journal of Production Economics and European Journal of Operational Research. Charles J. Corbett, Ph.D., is professor of Operations Management and Sustainability at the UCLA Anderson School of Management, where he holds the IBM Chair in Management. He served as Chairman and Deputy Dean of Academic Affairs from 2009-2012, and previously as Associate Dean of the MBA program.Dr. Tarkan Tan is an Associate Professor in the School of Industrial Engineering at Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands. Dr. Tan received his Ph.D in Industrial Engineering from the Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Turkey, in 2002.<br/>StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319806556Operations Research and Decision TheorySupply Chain ManagementProcurement8015100,978-3-031-45564-3,978-3-031-45565-0,978-3-031-45566-7
4
Business and Managementx978-3-319-49848-5CamilleriMark Anthony CamilleriMark Anthony Camilleri, University of Malta, MsidaTravel Marketing, Tourism Economics and the Airline ProductAn Introduction to Theory and PracticeXXIV, 213 p. 10 illus.12018final129.9939.00139.0941.73109.9933.00139.9942.00Hard cover0Tourism, Hospitality & Event ManagementBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English213KNSKJSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2017-10-102017-10-042017-10-182017-10-180Part 1: An Introduction to Travel Marketing.- Part 2: Tourism Economics.- Part 3: The Airline Product.
<div>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to travel marketing, tourism economics and the airline product. At the same time, it provides an overview on the political, socio-economic, environmental and technological impacts of tourism and its related sectors.</div><div>This publication covers both theory and practice in an engaging style, that will spark the readers’ curiosity. Yet, it presents tourism and airline issues in a concise, yet accessible manner. This will allow prospective tourism practitioners to critically analyze future situations, and to make appropriate decisions in their workplace environments. Moreover, the book prepares undergraduate students and aspiring managers alike with a thorough exposure to the latest industry developments.</div><div>
</div><div><div>“Dr. Camilleri provides tourism students and practitioners with a clear and comprehensive picture of the main institutions, operations and activities of the travel industry.”</div><div>Phili</div></div>p Kotler, S.C. Johnson & Son Distinguished Professor of International Marketing, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, Evanston/Chicago, IL, USA		<div>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to travel marketing, tourism economics and the airline product. At the same time, it provides an overview on the political, socio-economic, environmental and technological impacts of tourism and its related sectors.</div><div>This publication covers both theory and practice in an engaging style, that will spark the readers’ curiosity. Yet, it presents tourism and airline issues in a concise, yet accessible manner. This will allow prospective tourism practitioners to critically analyze future situations, and to make appropriate decisions in their workplace environments. Moreover, the book prepares undergraduate students and aspiring managers alike with a thorough exposure to the latest industry developments. </div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div><div>“Dr. Camilleri provides tourism students and practitioners with a clear and comprehensive picture of the main institutions, operations and activities of the travel industry.”</div><div></div></div><div>
</div>Philip Kotler, S.C. Johnson & Son Distinguished Professor of International Marketing, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, Evanston/Chicago, IL, USA<div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“This book is the first of its kind to provide an insightful and well-structured application of travel and tourism marketing and economics to the airline industry. Student readers will find this systematic approach invaluable when placing aviation within the wider tourism context, drawing upon the disciplines of economics and marketing.”</div><div>
</div><div>Brian King, Professor of Tourism and Associate Dean, School of Hotel and Tourism Management, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“The remarkable growth in international tourism over the last century has been directly influenced by technological, and operational innovations in the airlinesector which continue to define the nature, scale and direction of tourist flows and consequential tourism development. Key factors in this relationship between tourism and the airline sector are marketing and economics, both of which are fundamental to the success of tourism in general and airlines in particular, not least given the increasing significance of low-cost airline operations. Hence, uniquely drawing together these three themes, this book provides a valuable introduction to the marketing and economics of tourism with a specific focus on airline operations, and should be considered essential reading for future managers in the tourism sector.”</div><div>
</div><div>Richard Sharpley, Professor of Tourism, School of Management, University of Central Lancashire, UK</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“The book's unique positioning in terms of the importance of and the relationships between tourism marketing, tourism economics and airline product willcreate a distinct niche for the book in the travel literature.”</div><div>
</div><div>C. Michael Hall, Professor of Tourism, Department of Management, Marketing and Entrepreneurship, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“A very unique textbook that offers integrated lessons on marketing, economics, and airline services. College students of travel and tourism in many parts of the world will benefit from the author's thoughtful writing style of simplicity and clarity.”</div><div>
</div><div>Liping A. Cai, Professor and Director, Purdue Tourism & Hospitality Research Center, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“An interesting volume that provides a good coverage of airline transportation matters not always well considered in tourism books. Tradit		Offers a comprehensive introduction to customer-centric travel marketing, tourism economics and the airline productExplains strategic and operations management in the travel and airline industriesExplores the emerging trends, including travel distribution, revenue management, etourism and interactive marketing, among other topicsIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasDr Mark Anthony Camilleri is a resident academic at the University of Malta, where he lectures in an international master’s programme in collaboration with King’s College, University of London. Mark specialises in strategic management, marketing, research and evaluation. He successfully finalised his PhD (Management) in three years’ time at the University of Edinburgh in Scotland – where he was also nominated for his “Excellence in Teaching”. He holds a Master in Business Administration (with Distinction) from the University of Leicester (England) as well as airline qualifications from the International Air Transport Association (IATA), including an Advanced Diploma (International Travel Consultancy), Diploma in Travel and Tourism, Diploma in Airline Studies, among others. During the past years, Mark taught business and tourism subjects at under-graduate, vocational and post-graduate levels in Hong Kong, Malta, Spain, UAE and the UK.<div>Dr Camilleri has published his research in reputable peer-reviewed journals. He is a frequent speaker and reviewer at the American Marketing Association’s (AMA) Marketing & Public Policy conference, in the Academy of International Business (AIB in the Academy of Management (AoM)) and at the World Research Summit for Tourism and Hospitality. Mark is also a member of the academic advisory committee in the Global Corporate Governance Institute (USA).<div>Dr Camilleri’s first book, entitled: “Creating Shared Value through Strategic CSR in Tourism” (2013) was published in Germany. In 2017, he published: “Corporate Sustainability, Social Responsibility and Environmental Management: An Introduction to Theory and Practice with Case Studies” (2017). Moreover, he edited a U.S. publication, entitled: “CSR 2.0 and the New Era of Corporate Citizenship” (2017). His short contributions are often featured in popular media outlets such as: Business2Community, Social Media Today, Triple Pundit, CSRwire and the Shared Value Initiative.</div>Having worked for more than twelve years in the airline industry, Mark has acquired professional experience in project management, strategic management, business planning (including market research), revenue management, customer relationship and database marketing to public relations, marketing communications, branding and reputation management (using both conventional tools and digital marketing). <div>
</div></div>		StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319498485Tourism ManagementMarketingMedia and Communication530100,
5
Business and Managementx978-3-319-84255-4CamilleriMark Anthony CamilleriMark Anthony Camilleri, University of Malta, MsidaTravel Marketing, Tourism Economics and the Airline ProductAn Introduction to Theory and PracticeXXIV, 213 p. 10 illus.12018final89.9927.0096.2928.8979.9924.0099.9930.00Soft cover1Tourism, Hospitality & Event ManagementBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English213KNSKJSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2018-08-142018-08-142019-10-102019-11-070Part 1: An Introduction to Travel Marketing.- Part 2: Tourism Economics.- Part 3: The Airline Product.
<div>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to travel marketing, tourism economics and the airline product. At the same time, it provides an overview on the political, socio-economic, environmental and technological impacts of tourism and its related sectors.</div><div>This publication covers both theory and practice in an engaging style, that will spark the readers’ curiosity. Yet, it presents tourism and airline issues in a concise, yet accessible manner. This will allow prospective tourism practitioners to critically analyze future situations, and to make appropriate decisions in their workplace environments. Moreover, the book prepares undergraduate students and aspiring managers alike with a thorough exposure to the latest industry developments.</div><div>
</div><div><div>“Dr. Camilleri provides tourism students and practitioners with a clear and comprehensive picture of the main institutions, operations and activities of the travel industry.”</div><div>Phili</div></div>p Kotler, S.C. Johnson & Son Distinguished Professor of International Marketing, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, Evanston/Chicago, IL, USA		<div>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to travel marketing, tourism economics and the airline product. At the same time, it provides an overview on the political, socio-economic, environmental and technological impacts of tourism and its related sectors.</div><div>This publication covers both theory and practice in an engaging style, that will spark the readers’ curiosity. Yet, it presents tourism and airline issues in a concise, yet accessible manner. This will allow prospective tourism practitioners to critically analyze future situations, and to make appropriate decisions in their workplace environments. Moreover, the book prepares undergraduate students and aspiring managers alike with a thorough exposure to the latest industry developments. </div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div><div>“Dr. Camilleri provides tourism students and practitioners with a clear and comprehensive picture of the main institutions, operations and activities of the travel industry.”</div><div></div></div><div>
</div>Philip Kotler, S.C. Johnson & Son Distinguished Professor of International Marketing, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, Evanston/Chicago, IL, USA<div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“This book is the first of its kind to provide an insightful and well-structured application of travel and tourism marketing and economics to the airline industry. Student readers will find this systematic approach invaluable when placing aviation within the wider tourism context, drawing upon the disciplines of economics and marketing.”</div><div>
</div><div>Brian King, Professor of Tourism and Associate Dean, School of Hotel and Tourism Management, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“The remarkable growth in international tourism over the last century has been directly influenced by technological, and operational innovations in the airlinesector which continue to define the nature, scale and direction of tourist flows and consequential tourism development. Key factors in this relationship between tourism and the airline sector are marketing and economics, both of which are fundamental to the success of tourism in general and airlines in particular, not least given the increasing significance of low-cost airline operations. Hence, uniquely drawing together these three themes, this book provides a valuable introduction to the marketing and economics of tourism with a specific focus on airline operations, and should be considered essential reading for future managers in the tourism sector.”</div><div>
</div><div>Richard Sharpley, Professor of Tourism, School of Management, University of Central Lancashire, UK</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“The book's unique positioning in terms of the importance of and the relationships between tourism marketing, tourism economics and airline product willcreate a distinct niche for the book in the travel literature.”</div><div>
</div><div>C. Michael Hall, Professor of Tourism, Department of Management, Marketing and Entrepreneurship, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“A very unique textbook that offers integrated lessons on marketing, economics, and airline services. College students of travel and tourism in many parts of the world will benefit from the author's thoughtful writing style of simplicity and clarity.”</div><div>
</div><div>Liping A. Cai, Professor and Director, Purdue Tourism & Hospitality Research Center, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>“An interesting volume that provides a good coverage of airline transportation matters not always well considered in tourism books. Tradit		Offers a comprehensive introduction to customer-centric travel marketing, tourism economics and the airline productExplains strategic and operations management in the travel and airline industriesExplores the emerging trends, including travel distribution, revenue management, etourism and interactive marketing, among other topicsIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasDr Mark Anthony Camilleri is a resident academic at the University of Malta, where he lectures in an international master’s programme in collaboration with King’s College, University of London. Mark specialises in strategic management, marketing, research and evaluation. He successfully finalised his PhD (Management) in three years’ time at the University of Edinburgh in Scotland – where he was also nominated for his “Excellence in Teaching”. He holds a Master in Business Administration (with Distinction) from the University of Leicester (England) as well as airline qualifications from the International Air Transport Association (IATA), including an Advanced Diploma (International Travel Consultancy), Diploma in Travel and Tourism, Diploma in Airline Studies, among others. During the past years, Mark taught business and tourism subjects at under-graduate, vocational and post-graduate levels in Hong Kong, Malta, Spain, UAE and the UK.<div>Dr Camilleri has published his research in reputable peer-reviewed journals. He is a frequent speaker and reviewer at the American Marketing Association’s (AMA) Marketing & Public Policy conference, in the Academy of International Business (AIB in the Academy of Management (AoM)) and at the World Research Summit for Tourism and Hospitality. Mark is also a member of the academic advisory committee in the Global Corporate Governance Institute (USA).<div>Dr Camilleri’s first book, entitled: “Creating Shared Value through Strategic CSR in Tourism” (2013) was published in Germany. In 2017, he published: “Corporate Sustainability, Social Responsibility and Environmental Management: An Introduction to Theory and Practice with Case Studies” (2017). Moreover, he edited a U.S. publication, entitled: “CSR 2.0 and the New Era of Corporate Citizenship” (2017). His short contributions are often featured in popular media outlets such as: Business2Community, Social Media Today, Triple Pundit, CSRwire and the Shared Value Initiative.</div>Having worked for more than twelve years in the airline industry, Mark has acquired professional experience in project management, strategic management, business planning (including market research), revenue management, customer relationship and database marketing to public relations, marketing communications, branding and reputation management (using both conventional tools and digital marketing). <div>
</div></div>		StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319842554Tourism ManagementMarketingMedia and Communication454100,
6
Business and Managementx978-3-030-92356-3DatheTracy Dathe; René Dathe; Isabel Dathe; Marc HelmoldTracy Dathe, Macromedia University, Berlin, Germany; René Dathe, Berlin, Germany; Isabel Dathe, Technical University of Berlin, Berlin, Germany; Marc Helmold, iubh University, Berlin, GermanyCorporate Social Responsibility (CSR), Sustainability and Environmental Social Governance (ESG)Approaches to Ethical ManagementXXI, 203 p. 87 illus., 86 illus. in color.12022final84.9925.5090.9427.2874.9922.5099.9930.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English203KJCKJGSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-03-012022-03-012022-05-232022-05-231Chapter 1. CSR as Part of the Corporate Strategy. Chapter 2. Sustainability Management and social Responsibility in the Value Chain. Chapter 3. CSR in Procurement. Chapter 4. CSR in Operations Management.- Chapter 5. CSR in Marketing Management.- Chapter 6. Innovation Management.- Chapter 7. Ethical Theories.- Chapter 8. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and Ethical Management.- Chapter 9. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) vs. Environmental Social Governance (ESG).- Chapter 10. Stakeholder der CSR.- Chapter 11. The state and civil society. - Chapter 12. Shareholders.- Chapter 13. Consumers.- Chapter 14. Suppliers and Competitors.- Chapter 15. Employees.This book provides a comprehensive overview of corporate social responsibility (CSR) and its practical applications. In addition to the structured procedure with definitions and CSR approaches, functions within the value chain are described in comprehensive manner with reference to business practice. Business trends in special sectors such as innovation management and hospitality management are also covered. Numerous practical examples and country-specific recommendations for decisions in practical situations are also offered.This book provides a comprehensive overview of corporate social responsibility (CSR) and its practical applications. In addition to the structured procedure with definitions and CSR approaches, functions within the value chain are described in comprehensive manner with reference to business practice. Business trends in special sectors such as innovation management and hospitality management are also covered. Numerous practical examples and country-specific recommendations for decisions in practical situations are also offered.Provides an overview of CSR theories and related conceptsDescribes CSR applications in relation to value chain functionsFeatures practical examples and country-specific recommendationsTracy Dathe works as professor for business management at Macromedia University for Media and Communication Management in Berlin, Germany. She is an experienced expert in financial management and business intelligence, with previous experience as business executive in the automotive industry in Germany.

René Dathe is a specialized chemistry engineer in a multinational pharmaceutical company, who later became a business executive after the complete of a doctorate study in business administration in the U.K. Through his experience in international project management, he also became an expert sustainability management and in intercultural communication and coordinates a business forum for the Asian region.

Isabel Dathe studies currently sustainable management at Technical University Berlin after a 3-year excursion into the Berlin media industry. The young academic advocates sustainability and social justice already since her service in the student council in high-school. Today, she vows to represent the interests of the next generation with her well-founded contribution to activism.

Marc Helmold is a Professor at the iubh International University (IUBH), Berlin Campus, Germany. He teaches Bachelor, Master and M.B.A. students in lean management, (total) revenue management, negotiations in the international context, performance management, supply management, general management, strategic management and supply chain management. Prior to this position, he had several top management positions in automotive and railway companies. In parallel, he owns the consultancy MaHeLeanCon and supports international transactions and market entry strategies.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030923563Business Strategy and LeadershipBusiness EthicsInternational BusinessIndustries512000
7
Business and Managementx978-3-030-92359-4DatheTracy Dathe; René Dathe; Isabel Dathe; Marc HelmoldTracy Dathe, Macromedia University, Berlin, Germany; René Dathe, Berlin, Germany; Isabel Dathe, Technical University of Berlin, Berlin, Germany; Marc Helmold, iubh University, Berlin, GermanyCorporate Social Responsibility (CSR), Sustainability and Environmental Social Governance (ESG)Approaches to Ethical ManagementXXI, 203 p. 87 illus., 86 illus. in color.12022final59.9918.0064.1919.2654.9916.5064.9919.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English203KJCKJGSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-03-022022-03-022023-03-012023-03-011Chapter 1. CSR as Part of the Corporate Strategy. Chapter 2. Sustainability Management and social Responsibility in the Value Chain. Chapter 3. CSR in Procurement. Chapter 4. CSR in Operations Management.- Chapter 5. CSR in Marketing Management.- Chapter 6. Innovation Management.- Chapter 7. Ethical Theories.- Chapter 8. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and Ethical Management.- Chapter 9. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) vs. Environmental Social Governance (ESG).- Chapter 10. Stakeholder der CSR.- Chapter 11. The state and civil society. - Chapter 12. Shareholders.- Chapter 13. Consumers.- Chapter 14. Suppliers and Competitors.- Chapter 15. Employees.This book provides a comprehensive overview of corporate social responsibility (CSR) and its practical applications. In addition to the structured procedure with definitions and CSR approaches, functions within the value chain are described in comprehensive manner with reference to business practice. Business trends in special sectors such as innovation management and hospitality management are also covered. Numerous practical examples and country-specific recommendations for decisions in practical situations are also offered.This book provides a comprehensive overview of corporate social responsibility (CSR) and its practical applications. In addition to the structured procedure with definitions and CSR approaches, functions within the value chain are described in comprehensive manner with reference to business practice. Business trends in special sectors such as innovation management and hospitality management are also covered. Numerous practical examples and country-specific recommendations for decisions in practical situations are also offered.Provides an overview of CSR theories and related conceptsDescribes CSR applications in relation to value chain functionsFeatures practical examples and country-specific recommendationsTracy Dathe works as professor for business management at Macromedia University for Media and Communication Management in Berlin, Germany. She is an experienced expert in financial management and business intelligence, with previous experience as business executive in the automotive industry in Germany.

René Dathe is a specialized chemistry engineer in a multinational pharmaceutical company, who later became a business executive after the complete of a doctorate study in business administration in the U.K. Through his experience in international project management, he also became an expert sustainability management and in intercultural communication and coordinates a business forum for the Asian region.

Isabel Dathe studies currently sustainable management at Technical University Berlin after a 3-year excursion into the Berlin media industry. The young academic advocates sustainability and social justice already since her service in the student council in high-school. Today, she vows to represent the interests of the next generation with her well-founded contribution to activism.

Marc Helmold is a Professor at the iubh International University (IUBH), Berlin Campus, Germany. He teaches Bachelor, Master and M.B.A. students in lean management, (total) revenue management, negotiations in the international context, performance management, supply management, general management, strategic management and supply chain management. Prior to this position, he had several top management positions in automotive and railway companies. In parallel, he owns the consultancy MaHeLeanCon and supports international transactions and market entry strategies.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030923594Business Strategy and LeadershipBusiness EthicsInternational BusinessIndustries355000
8
Business and Managementx978-3-030-25917-4De HaesSteven De Haes; Wim Van Grembergen; Anant Joshi; Tim HuyghSteven De Haes, University of Antwerp, Antwerp; Wim Van Grembergen, University of Antwerp, Antwerp; Anant Joshi, Antwerp Management School, Antwerp, Belgium; Tim Huygh, University of Antwerp, Antwerp, BelgiumEnterprise Governance of Information TechnologyAchieving Alignment and Value in Digital OrganizationsXVI, 204 p. 85 illus., 31 illus. in color.32020final69.9921.0074.8922.4759.9918.0079.9924.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English204KJQKJQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2019-09-192019-09-042019-10-282019-10-2812009, 2015Chapter 1. Enterprise Governance of IT, Alignment and Value.- Chapter 2. Enterprise Governance of IT.- Chapter 3. Business/IT Alignment.- Chapter 4. IT Business Value.- Chapter 5. COBIT as a Framework for Enterprise Governance of IT.- Chapter 6. EGIT Case Study Insights.
This book integrates theoretical advances and empirical data on Enterprise Governance in Information Technology (EGIT) with practical applications based on numerous case examples. The third revised edition of Enterprise Governance of Information Technology provides professionals and students with the most recent research advancements as well as an in-depth discussion of the recently-introduced Control Objectives for Information and Related Technologies (COBIT) 2019 framework which can be used to facilitate a tailored implementation of effective EGIT. Furthermore, the book features a new chapter which provides readers with hands-on examples from practice and clear insights on how these relate to theory. At the forefront of the field, the authors of this volume draw from years of research and advising corporate clients to present a comprehensive resource on EGIT. <div> </div><div>Featuring a variety of elements, including executive summaries and sidebars, extensive references, questions and activities and additional online materials, this book is a valuable updated resource for professionals, students and researchers alike.</div>This book integrates theoretical advances and empirical data on Enterprise Governance in Information Technology (EGIT) with practical applications based on numerous case examples. The third revised edition of Enterprise Governance of Information Technology provides professionals and students with the most recent research advancements as well as an in-depth discussion of the recently-introduced Control Objectives for Information and Related Technologies (COBIT) 2019 framework which can be used to facilitate a tailored implementation of effective EGIT. Furthermore, the book features a new chapter which provides readers with hands-on examples from practice and clear insights on how these relate to theory. At the forefront of the field, the authors of this volume draw from years of research and advising corporate clients to present a comprehensive resource on EGIT. <div>
</div><div>Featuring a variety of elements, including executive summaries and sidebars, extensive references, questions and activities and additional online materials, this book is a valuable updated resource for professionals, students and researchers alike.
</div>		Features a discussion of the new COBIT 2019 frameworkIncludes sidebars, executives summaries, graphics, reference lists, questions, and online ancillary materials to encourage interactivityPresents case study-based practical examples of real-world enterprise governance of ITIntegrates the latest research, policy initiatives, and best practice applicationsProvides an authoritative resource for enterprise governance of IT<div>Steven De Haes is Professor Information Systems Management at the University of Antwerp and Dean at the Antwerp Management School. He is actively engaged in teaching and applied research in the domains of Digital Strategies, IT Governance & Management, IT Strategy & Alignment, IT Value & Performance Management, IT Assurance & Audit and Information Risk & Security. He teaches at bachelor, master and executive level at the University of Antwerp and the Antwerp Management School. He also acts as speaker and facilitator in academic and professional conferences and coaches organizations in their digital strategies, IT governance, alignment and assurance efforts. He is involved in the development of the international IT governance framework COBIT as researcher and co-author. Wim van Grembergen is professor emeritus at the University of Antwerp (UA) and the Antwerp Management School (AMS). Over the past 20 years he conducted research in IT governance, IT audit, IT strategy, IT performance management and the IT Balanced Scorecard. He is involved in research for ISACA/ITGI on IT governance and was involved in the development of multiple versions of the COBIT framework. Anant Joshi is Assistant Professor of Information Management at the department of Accounting and Information Management at Maastricht University's School of Business and Economics. He is also a visiting scholar at the University of Antwerp and Antwerp Management School (Belgium). He holds a PhD degree in Management Information Systems from Maastricht University, Netherlands. His research interests include Enterprise Governance of IT, Business Value of IT, Digital Transformation, and Corporate Governance. Tim Huygh is PhD candidate at the department of Management Information Systems at the Faculty of Business and Economics of the University of Antwerp, in Belgium. He is also a visiting lecturer at the University of Antwerp, and his researchinterests include the governance and management of information and technology, business/IT alignment, and IT business value.
</div>		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030259174Business Information SystemsEnterprise ArchitectureInnovation and Technology ManagementIT Operations500000
9
Business and Managementx978-3-030-25920-4De HaesSteven De Haes; Wim Van Grembergen; Anant Joshi; Tim HuyghSteven De Haes, University of Antwerp, Antwerp; Wim Van Grembergen, University of Antwerp, Antwerp; Anant Joshi, Antwerp Management School, Antwerp, Belgium; Tim Huygh, University of Antwerp, Antwerp, BelgiumEnterprise Governance of Information TechnologyAchieving Alignment and Value in Digital OrganizationsXVI, 204 p. 85 illus., 31 illus. in color.32020final59.9918.0064.1919.2654.9916.5064.9919.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English204KJQKJQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2020-09-192019-09-042020-09-192020-09-1912009, 2015Chapter 1. Enterprise Governance of IT, Alignment and Value.- Chapter 2. Enterprise Governance of IT.- Chapter 3. Business/IT Alignment.- Chapter 4. IT Business Value.- Chapter 5. COBIT as a Framework for Enterprise Governance of IT.- Chapter 6. EGIT Case Study Insights.
This book integrates theoretical advances and empirical data on Enterprise Governance in Information Technology (EGIT) with practical applications based on numerous case examples. The third revised edition of Enterprise Governance of Information Technology provides professionals and students with the most recent research advancements as well as an in-depth discussion of the recently-introduced Control Objectives for Information and Related Technologies (COBIT) 2019 framework which can be used to facilitate a tailored implementation of effective EGIT. Furthermore, the book features a new chapter which provides readers with hands-on examples from practice and clear insights on how these relate to theory. At the forefront of the field, the authors of this volume draw from years of research and advising corporate clients to present a comprehensive resource on EGIT. <div> </div><div>Featuring a variety of elements, including executive summaries and sidebars, extensive references, questions and activities and additional online materials, this book is a valuable updated resource for professionals, students and researchers alike.</div>This book integrates theoretical advances and empirical data on Enterprise Governance in Information Technology (EGIT) with practical applications based on numerous case examples. The third revised edition of Enterprise Governance of Information Technology provides professionals and students with the most recent research advancements as well as an in-depth discussion of the recently-introduced Control Objectives for Information and Related Technologies (COBIT) 2019 framework which can be used to facilitate a tailored implementation of effective EGIT. Furthermore, the book features a new chapter which provides readers with hands-on examples from practice and clear insights on how these relate to theory. At the forefront of the field, the authors of this volume draw from years of research and advising corporate clients to present a comprehensive resource on EGIT. <div>
</div><div>Featuring a variety of elements, including executive summaries and sidebars, extensive references, questions and activities and additional online materials, this book is a valuable updated resource for professionals, students and researchers alike.
</div>		Features a discussion of the new COBIT 2019 frameworkIncludes sidebars, executives summaries, graphics, reference lists, questions, and online ancillary materials to encourage interactivityPresents case study-based practical examples of real-world enterprise governance of ITIntegrates the latest research, policy initiatives, and best practice applicationsProvides an authoritative resource for enterprise governance of IT<div>Steven De Haes is Professor Information Systems Management at the University of Antwerp and Dean at the Antwerp Management School. He is actively engaged in teaching and applied research in the domains of Digital Strategies, IT Governance & Management, IT Strategy & Alignment, IT Value & Performance Management, IT Assurance & Audit and Information Risk & Security. He teaches at bachelor, master and executive level at the University of Antwerp and the Antwerp Management School. He also acts as speaker and facilitator in academic and professional conferences and coaches organizations in their digital strategies, IT governance, alignment and assurance efforts. He is involved in the development of the international IT governance framework COBIT as researcher and co-author. Wim van Grembergen is professor emeritus at the University of Antwerp (UA) and the Antwerp Management School (AMS). Over the past 20 years he conducted research in IT governance, IT audit, IT strategy, IT performance management and the IT Balanced Scorecard. He is involved in research for ISACA/ITGI on IT governance and was involved in the development of multiple versions of the COBIT framework. Anant Joshi is Assistant Professor of Information Management at the department of Accounting and Information Management at Maastricht University's School of Business and Economics. He is also a visiting scholar at the University of Antwerp and Antwerp Management School (Belgium). He holds a PhD degree in Management Information Systems from Maastricht University, Netherlands. His research interests include Enterprise Governance of IT, Business Value of IT, Digital Transformation, and Corporate Governance. Tim Huygh is PhD candidate at the department of Management Information Systems at the Faculty of Business and Economics of the University of Antwerp, in Belgium. He is also a visiting lecturer at the University of Antwerp, and his researchinterests include the governance and management of information and technology, business/IT alignment, and IT business value.
</div>		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030259204Business Information SystemsEnterprise ArchitectureInnovation and Technology ManagementIT Operations454000
10
Business and Managementx978-3-662-63852-1DörrSaskia DörrSaskia Dörr, WiseWay berät Unternehmen, Bonn, GermanyCorporate Digital ResponsibilityManaging Corporate Responsibility and Sustainability in the Digital AgeXXIV, 203 p. 39 illus.12021final79.9924.0085.5925.6869.9921.0089.9927.00Hard cover0CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & GovernanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English203KJCKJGSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0Available2021-09-222021-09-222021-10-092021-10-09Non-automated Translation0<div>Chapter 1. Know-How! New corporate responsibility for the digital society.- Chapter 2. Watch it! Thinking digitalization and sustainability together.- Chapter 3. Zoom in! Assessing Digital Responsibility in the Company.- Chapter 4. Just do! Implementing CDR in the company.- Chapter 5. Mind the Gap! Mastering challenges in practice.- Chapter 6. Go for impact! Show effectiveness.</div><div><div>This book describes in detail how corporate responsibility is changing in the age of big data and artificial intelligence and demonstrates how corporate digital responsibility can offer companies a sustainable competitive advantage. Business leaders and managers find a comprehensive guideline to professionally implement these innovative aspects in practice. It enables them to shape their businesses' success in a societally responsible and ethical manner in the context of digital transformation.As an essential guide, it invites executives, corporate responsibility officers, digital ethics experts, sustainability consultants, and anyone interested to learn about the opportunities of responsible digitalization at companies. In addition, the book offers a well-structured introduction to the still young field of corporate management and governance.</div></div><div>
</div><div><div></div></div>		This book describes in detail how corporate responsibility is changing in the age of big data and artificial intelligence and demonstrates how corporate digital responsibility can offer companies a sustainable competitive advantage. Business leaders and managers find a comprehensive guideline to professionally implement these innovative aspects in practice. It enables them to shape their businesses' success in a societally responsible and ethical manner in the context of digital transformation.

As an essential guide, it invites executives, corporate responsibility officers, digital ethics experts, sustainability consultants, and anyone interested to learn about the opportunities of responsible digitalization at companies. In addition, the book offers a well-structured introduction to the still young field of corporate management and governance.

Provides a systematic overview of the risks of digitalization and how companies can address themOffers companies concrete assistance with the digital transformationIncludes best-practice examples from well-known, pioneering companies<div>Dr. Saskia Dörr is a sustainability manager and digital expert with over twenty years of experience in management positions in the information and communications industry. As the founder of the management consultancy WiseWay, she supports her clients on the way to sustainable and ethical digitalization. She combines her practical management experience in digital innovation and product areas with her methodological expertise to make Corporate Digital Responsibility accessible for implementation in corporate management.
</div>		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783662638521Business Strategy and LeadershipBusiness EthicsManagementOrganization512100
11
Business and Managementx978-3-662-63855-2DörrSaskia DörrSaskia Dörr, WiseWay berät Unternehmen, Bonn, GermanyCorporate Digital ResponsibilityManaging Corporate Responsibility and Sustainability in the Digital AgeXXIV, 203 p. 39 illus.12021final56.9917.1060.9818.2949.9915.0064.9919.50Soft cover1CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & GovernanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English203KJCKJGSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0Available2022-09-232021-09-252022-09-222022-09-22Non-automated Translation0<div>Chapter 1. Know-How! New corporate responsibility for the digital society.- Chapter 2. Watch it! Thinking digitalization and sustainability together.- Chapter 3. Zoom in! Assessing Digital Responsibility in the Company.- Chapter 4. Just do! Implementing CDR in the company.- Chapter 5. Mind the Gap! Mastering challenges in practice.- Chapter 6. Go for impact! Show effectiveness.</div><div><div>This book describes in detail how corporate responsibility is changing in the age of big data and artificial intelligence and demonstrates how corporate digital responsibility can offer companies a sustainable competitive advantage. Business leaders and managers find a comprehensive guideline to professionally implement these innovative aspects in practice. It enables them to shape their businesses' success in a societally responsible and ethical manner in the context of digital transformation.As an essential guide, it invites executives, corporate responsibility officers, digital ethics experts, sustainability consultants, and anyone interested to learn about the opportunities of responsible digitalization at companies. In addition, the book offers a well-structured introduction to the still young field of corporate management and governance.</div></div><div>
</div><div><div></div></div>		This book describes in detail how corporate responsibility is changing in the age of big data and artificial intelligence and demonstrates how corporate digital responsibility can offer companies a sustainable competitive advantage. Business leaders and managers find a comprehensive guideline to professionally implement these innovative aspects in practice. It enables them to shape their businesses' success in a societally responsible and ethical manner in the context of digital transformation.

As an essential guide, it invites executives, corporate responsibility officers, digital ethics experts, sustainability consultants, and anyone interested to learn about the opportunities of responsible digitalization at companies. In addition, the book offers a well-structured introduction to the still young field of corporate management and governance.

Provides a systematic overview of the risks of digitalization and how companies can address themOffers companies concrete assistance with the digital transformationIncludes best-practice examples from well-known, pioneering companies<div>Dr. Saskia Dörr is a sustainability manager and digital expert with over twenty years of experience in management positions in the information and communications industry. As the founder of the management consultancy WiseWay, she supports her clients on the way to sustainable and ethical digitalization. She combines her practical management experience in digital innovation and product areas with her methodological expertise to make Corporate Digital Responsibility accessible for implementation in corporate management.
</div>		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783662638552Business Strategy and LeadershipBusiness EthicsManagementOrganization355100
12
Business and Managementx978-3-031-10815-0DrønnenMerethe DrønnenMerethe Drønnen, University of Tromsø, Tromsø, NorwayPositive LeadershipUsing Positive Psychology for a Better Workplace CultureXV, 122 p. 15 illus., 14 illus. in color.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Hard cover0Management, Change, Strategy and Positive LeadershipBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English122KJCJMANSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-09-032022-09-032022-09-202022-09-20Non-automated Translation1introduction.- What is positive psychology, and why shall we use it in the workplace?.- Research results from the use of positive psychology in organizations.- The leader role.- Positive leadership.- Factors in the leader.- Factors in the leadership tasks.- Results in the employees.- The strength-based leader.- Organizational development with Appreciative Inquiry.<div>
</div>		This book demonstrates how leaders can use research from positive psychology to increase work engagement and wellbeing, improve relationships, and increase performance and productivity in the workplace. Specifically, it teaches leaders how to use psychology to understand their own contributions to their leadership style as well as to understand how their employees are being motivated to increase their engagement and productivity. Suitable for leaders, human resource personnel, consultants and coaches, this book gives research-based theory and insight into how leaders’ own attitudes, mind-sets and authenticity are influencing their employees level of performance, emotions and creativity. Readers learn how to motivate, bring meaning into the workplace, improve communication and relationships as well as how to use strength-based leadership. The book features examples from successful companies like Microsoft, Google and Disney and provides practical interventions and techniques in every chapter that can immediately be implemented into the workplace.This book demonstrates how leaders can use research from positive psychology to increase work engagement and wellbeing, improve relationships, and increase performance and productivity in the workplace. Specifically, it teaches leaders how to use psychology to understand their own contributions to their leadership style as well as to understand how their employees are being motivated to increase their engagement and productivity. Suitable for leaders, human resource personnel, consultants and coaches, this book gives research-based theory and insight into how leaders’ own attitudes, mind-sets and authenticity are influencing their employees level of performance, emotions and creativity. Readers learn how to motivate, bring meaning into the workplace, improve communication and relationships as well as how to use strength-based leadership. The book features examples from successful companies like Microsoft, Google and Disney and provides practical interventions and techniques in every chapter that can immediately be implemented into the workplace.Features examples from successful companies like Microsoft, Google and Disney, among othersTeaches leaders how to use positive psychology to create a positive work cultureProvides proven techniques that increase work engagement and wellbeing, improves relationships and develop better teamsDr. Merethe Drønnen Ph.D is Associate Professor II in the School of Business and Economics at The Arctic University of Norway in Tromsø, Norway and Managing Director of Positive Change. She has worked for 20 years as a personnel manager, pedagogical-psychological advisor, consultant, team leader, and Associate Professor. She has been the keynote speaker at large international conferences in positive psychology and is a renowned speaker, and seminar leader within leadership, positive psychology, and motivation. Her work has appeared in the news media, radio interviews and in magazines.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031108150Business Strategy and LeadershipPositive PsychologyHuman Resource Development383100
13
Business and Managementx978-3-031-10818-1DrønnenMerethe DrønnenMerethe Drønnen, University of Tromsø, Tromsø, NorwayPositive LeadershipUsing Positive Psychology for a Better Workplace CultureXV, 122 p. 15 illus., 14 illus. in color.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Management, Change, Strategy and Positive LeadershipBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English122KJCJMANSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-09-042022-09-032023-09-032023-09-03Non-automated Translation1introduction.- What is positive psychology, and why shall we use it in the workplace?.- Research results from the use of positive psychology in organizations.- The leader role.- Positive leadership.- Factors in the leader.- Factors in the leadership tasks.- Results in the employees.- The strength-based leader.- Organizational development with Appreciative Inquiry.<div>
</div>		This book demonstrates how leaders can use research from positive psychology to increase work engagement and wellbeing, improve relationships, and increase performance and productivity in the workplace. Specifically, it teaches leaders how to use psychology to understand their own contributions to their leadership style as well as to understand how their employees are being motivated to increase their engagement and productivity. Suitable for leaders, human resource personnel, consultants and coaches, this book gives research-based theory and insight into how leaders’ own attitudes, mind-sets and authenticity are influencing their employees level of performance, emotions and creativity. Readers learn how to motivate, bring meaning into the workplace, improve communication and relationships as well as how to use strength-based leadership. The book features examples from successful companies like Microsoft, Google and Disney and provides practical interventions and techniques in every chapter that can immediately be implemented into the workplace.This book demonstrates how leaders can use research from positive psychology to increase work engagement and wellbeing, improve relationships, and increase performance and productivity in the workplace. Specifically, it teaches leaders how to use psychology to understand their own contributions to their leadership style as well as to understand how their employees are being motivated to increase their engagement and productivity. Suitable for leaders, human resource personnel, consultants and coaches, this book gives research-based theory and insight into how leaders’ own attitudes, mind-sets and authenticity are influencing their employees level of performance, emotions and creativity. Readers learn how to motivate, bring meaning into the workplace, improve communication and relationships as well as how to use strength-based leadership. The book features examples from successful companies like Microsoft, Google and Disney and provides practical interventions and techniques in every chapter that can immediately be implemented into the workplace.Features examples from successful companies like Microsoft, Google and Disney, among othersTeaches leaders how to use positive psychology to create a positive work cultureProvides proven techniques that increase work engagement and wellbeing, improves relationships and develop better teamsDr. Merethe Drønnen Ph.D is Associate Professor II in the School of Business and Economics at The Arctic University of Norway in Tromsø, Norway and Managing Director of Positive Change. She has worked for 20 years as a personnel manager, pedagogical-psychological advisor, consultant, team leader, and Associate Professor. She has been the keynote speaker at large international conferences in positive psychology and is a renowned speaker, and seminar leader within leadership, positive psychology, and motivation. Her work has appeared in the news media, radio interviews and in magazines.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031108181Business Strategy and LeadershipPositive PsychologyHuman Resource Development225100
14
Business and Managementx978-3-030-72739-0FriedliThomas Friedli; Gisela Lanza; Dominik RemlingThomas Friedli, University of St.Gallen (ITEM-HSG), St. Gallen, Switzerland; Gisela Lanza, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Karlsruhe, Germany; Dominik Remling, University of St.Gallen (ITEM-HSG), St. Gallen, SwitzerlandGlobal Manufacturing ManagementFrom Excellent Plants Toward Network OptimizationXXV, 353 p. 105 illus.12021final89.9927.0096.2928.8979.9924.0099.9930.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English353KJMVKNSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2021-09-292021-09-292023-12-232023-12-2311. Introduction.- Part I: The Basics of Global Manufacturing Management.- 2. The St.Gallen Management Model for International Manufacturing Networks.- 3. Operational Excellence: The St.Gallen Model for Holistic Optimization.- Part II Managing Manufacturing Site & Network Optimization.- 4. Managing International Manufacturing Networks in Today’s Business Environment.- 5. Unlocking Value with Production Network Optimization: A Strategic Perspective.- 6. Deriving a Network Strategy.- 7. Site Selection Processes in Global Production Networks.- 8. Design for X – Site-Specific Adaptation of Production Processes and Products.- 9. Product-Mix Allocation.- 10. Order Planning.- 11. Adding an OPEX Perspective to Network Optimization.- 12. Process Quality Improvements in Global Production Networks.- 13. From Plants to Network: Digitalization as an Enabler for Global Manufacturing.- 14. Enabling Data-Based Applications in Manufacturing.- 15. Managing Manufacturing Network Performance.- 16. Operations Research in International Manufacturing Networks.- 17. The Role of the Plant Leaders.- Part III: Practitioner Contributions.- 18. Strategic Transformation and Operations Management at Bühler AG: A Holistic Approach.- 19. Global Manufacturing at CLAAS: From a Local-for-Local Structure Toward Network Excellence.- 20. Applying a Regional Manufacturing Network Analysis for PALFINGER.- 21. Network Optimization in 5-Year Cycles at Lapp Group.- 22. Holistic Manufacturing Network Management Approach at Jenoptik AG: Light and Production Division.- 23. Global Traceability as a Competitive Advantage: The Model-Based Approach of a Tier-1 Automotive Supplier.Using site-specific optimization approaches in international manufacturing networks is increasingly proving insufficient. To solve this problem, several holistic and integrated alternatives have been developed to reflect a global perspective. This book presents advances in the St. Gallen Global Manufacturing Network Model and its application in numerous industry-, benchmarking- and research projects. The contents combine data-driven solutions with qualitative management frameworks for the strategic optimization of international manufacturing networks.
In the first part, the book addresses the foundation of manufacturing network management and further describes the St. Gallen Operational Excellence approaches to manage plant performance. On this basis, the authors show how plant- and network-level performance can be enhanced via key improvement domains (e.g., strategy, configuration, coordination, performance management, digitalization). In turn, the second part demonstrates the application of the constructs in manufacturing companies from various industries. By combining research and practice, the book offers unique perspectives on the management of global production striving toward higher performance on manufacturing site and network level.		Using site-specific optimization approaches in international manufacturing networks is increasingly proving insufficient. To solve this problem, several holistic and integrated alternatives have been developed to reflect a global perspective. This book presents advances in the St. Gallen Global Manufacturing Network Model and its application in numerous industry-, benchmarking- and research projects. The contents combine data-driven solutions with qualitative management frameworks for the strategic optimization of international manufacturing networks.In the first part, the book addresses the foundation of manufacturing network management and further describes the St. Gallen Operational Excellence approaches to manage plant performance. On this basis, the authors show how plant- and network-level performance can be enhanced via key improvement domains (e.g., strategy, configuration, coordination, performance management, digitalization). In turn, the second part demonstrates the application of the constructs in manufacturing companies from various industries. By combining research and practice, the book offers unique perspectives on the management of global production striving toward higher performance on manufacturing site and network level.Features the St. Gallen Network Management approach, enhancing it with key practice-relevant facetsHighlights the scarcely investigated performance perspective in the field of international manufacturing networksCombines outstanding world-class research with real-world evidence, including case studiesThomas Friedli is Director of the Institute of Technology Management and Professor for production management at the University of St. Gallen (Switzerland). His main research interests are in the field of managing global production, operational excellence, and industrial services.

Gisela Lanza is a member of the management board at the wbk Institute of Production Science, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT, Germany). She heads the production systems division dealing with the topics of global production strategies, production system planning, and quality assurance in research and industrial practice. She places a special focus on data-driven planning and control of production networks in order to translate corporate strategy into tactical and operative network design.

Dominik Remling heads the global production research group at the Institute of Technology Management of the University of St. Gallen (Switzerland). The focus of his work lies in the field of global production management, in particular, the development of strategic management approaches for the configuration and coordination of production networks.

ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030727390Operations ManagementIndustriesIndustrial Management735000
15
Business and Managementx978-3-030-72742-0FriedliThomas Friedli; Gisela Lanza; Dominik RemlingThomas Friedli, University of St.Gallen (ITEM-HSG), St. Gallen, Switzerland; Gisela Lanza, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Karlsruhe, Germany; Dominik Remling, University of St.Gallen (ITEM-HSG), St. Gallen, SwitzerlandGlobal Manufacturing ManagementFrom Excellent Plants Toward Network OptimizationXXV, 353 p. 105 illus.12021final64.9919.5069.5420.8654.9916.5069.9921.00Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English353KJMVKNSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-09-302021-09-292023-12-232023-12-2311. Introduction.- Part I: The Basics of Global Manufacturing Management.- 2. The St.Gallen Management Model for International Manufacturing Networks.- 3. Operational Excellence: The St.Gallen Model for Holistic Optimization.- Part II Managing Manufacturing Site & Network Optimization.- 4. Managing International Manufacturing Networks in Today’s Business Environment.- 5. Unlocking Value with Production Network Optimization: A Strategic Perspective.- 6. Deriving a Network Strategy.- 7. Site Selection Processes in Global Production Networks.- 8. Design for X – Site-Specific Adaptation of Production Processes and Products.- 9. Product-Mix Allocation.- 10. Order Planning.- 11. Adding an OPEX Perspective to Network Optimization.- 12. Process Quality Improvements in Global Production Networks.- 13. From Plants to Network: Digitalization as an Enabler for Global Manufacturing.- 14. Enabling Data-Based Applications in Manufacturing.- 15. Managing Manufacturing Network Performance.- 16. Operations Research in International Manufacturing Networks.- 17. The Role of the Plant Leaders.- Part III: Practitioner Contributions.- 18. Strategic Transformation and Operations Management at Bühler AG: A Holistic Approach.- 19. Global Manufacturing at CLAAS: From a Local-for-Local Structure Toward Network Excellence.- 20. Applying a Regional Manufacturing Network Analysis for PALFINGER.- 21. Network Optimization in 5-Year Cycles at Lapp Group.- 22. Holistic Manufacturing Network Management Approach at Jenoptik AG: Light and Production Division.- 23. Global Traceability as a Competitive Advantage: The Model-Based Approach of a Tier-1 Automotive Supplier.Using site-specific optimization approaches in international manufacturing networks is increasingly proving insufficient. To solve this problem, several holistic and integrated alternatives have been developed to reflect a global perspective. This book presents advances in the St. Gallen Global Manufacturing Network Model and its application in numerous industry-, benchmarking- and research projects. The contents combine data-driven solutions with qualitative management frameworks for the strategic optimization of international manufacturing networks.
In the first part, the book addresses the foundation of manufacturing network management and further describes the St. Gallen Operational Excellence approaches to manage plant performance. On this basis, the authors show how plant- and network-level performance can be enhanced via key improvement domains (e.g., strategy, configuration, coordination, performance management, digitalization). In turn, the second part demonstrates the application of the constructs in manufacturing companies from various industries. By combining research and practice, the book offers unique perspectives on the management of global production striving toward higher performance on manufacturing site and network level.		Using site-specific optimization approaches in international manufacturing networks is increasingly proving insufficient. To solve this problem, several holistic and integrated alternatives have been developed to reflect a global perspective. This book presents advances in the St. Gallen Global Manufacturing Network Model and its application in numerous industry-, benchmarking- and research projects. The contents combine data-driven solutions with qualitative management frameworks for the strategic optimization of international manufacturing networks.In the first part, the book addresses the foundation of manufacturing network management and further describes the St. Gallen Operational Excellence approaches to manage plant performance. On this basis, the authors show how plant- and network-level performance can be enhanced via key improvement domains (e.g., strategy, configuration, coordination, performance management, digitalization). In turn, the second part demonstrates the application of the constructs in manufacturing companies from various industries. By combining research and practice, the book offers unique perspectives on the management of global production striving toward higher performance on manufacturing site and network level.Features the St. Gallen Network Management approach, enhancing it with key practice-relevant facetsHighlights the scarcely investigated performance perspective in the field of international manufacturing networksCombines outstanding world-class research with real-world evidence, including case studiesThomas Friedli is Director of the Institute of Technology Management and Professor for production management at the University of St. Gallen (Switzerland). His main research interests are in the field of managing global production, operational excellence, and industrial services.

Gisela Lanza is a member of the management board at the wbk Institute of Production Science, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT, Germany). She heads the production systems division dealing with the topics of global production strategies, production system planning, and quality assurance in research and industrial practice. She places a special focus on data-driven planning and control of production networks in order to translate corporate strategy into tactical and operative network design.

Dominik Remling heads the global production research group at the Institute of Technology Management of the University of St. Gallen (Switzerland). The focus of his work lies in the field of global production management, in particular, the development of strategic management approaches for the configuration and coordination of production networks.

ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030727420Operations ManagementIndustriesIndustrial Management581000
16
Business and Managementx978-3-031-07629-9GalloSerena Gallo; Vincenzo VerdolivaSerena Gallo, University of Campania “Luigi Vanvitelli”, Capua, Italy; Vincenzo Verdoliva, University of Naples “Parthenope”, Naples, ItalyPrivate Equity and Venture CapitalTheory, Evolution and ValuationVIII, 92 p. 29 illus., 20 illus. in color.12022final129.9939.00139.0941.73109.9933.00139.9942.00Hard cover0Contributions to Finance and AccountingBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English92KJHKFFMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-07-162022-07-152022-08-012022-08-011Chapter 1. Theoretical Background.- Chapter 2. Start-up, Expansion and Buy-out Financing.- Chapter 3. A Snapshot of Private Equity and Venture Capital Industry: Pre and Post-crisis.- Chapter 4. Highlights of Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation.The terms venture capital and private equity may differ across countries. This book discusses venture capital not only as risk capital toward unlisted companies with the aim to enhance the investee firm, but also analyses broader forms of entrepreneurial investment: from early stage financing to buyout and turnaround transaction. This book is divided into four sections. The first section aims to shed light on the terminology and offers a comparison between private equity/venture capital, and the traditional banking sector as financing sources. The second section details the differences between private equity and venture capital transactions on the basis of firm life cycle, and summarizes the main characteristics of both private equity and venture capital investors and investee firms. The third section illustrates the evolution of the private equity and venture capital industry before and after the financial crisis by looking at three fundamental aspects: fundraising, investment and divestment, all in terms of volume and trends. The last section discusses the basic elements of corporate valuation applied to private equity and venture capital industry, with some practical examples.The terms venture capital and private equity may differ across countries. This book discusses venture capital not only as risk capital toward unlisted companies with the aim to enhance the investee firm, but also analyses broader forms of entrepreneurial investment: from early stage financing to buyout and turnaround transaction. This book is divided into four sections. The first section aims to shed light on the terminology and offers a comparison between private equity/venture capital, and the traditional banking sector as financing sources. The second section details the differences between private equity and venture capital transactions on the basis of firm life cycle, and summarizes the main characteristics of both private equity and venture capital investors and investee firms. The third section illustrates the evolution of the private equity and venture capital industry before and after the financial crisis by looking at three fundamental aspects: fundraising, investment and divestment, all in terms of volume and trends. The last section discusses the basic elements of corporate valuation applied to private equity and venture capital industry, with some practical examples.Summarizes the theoretical background of the private equity and venture capital industryProvides an updated overview in terms of volume and trends of private equity and venture capitalIncludes practical examples of valuation in the private equity and venture capital industry<div>Serena Gallo is a PhD student in Entrepreneurship and Innovation at the department of management and quantitative studies of the University of Naples Parthenope and the department of economics of the University of Campania Luigi Vanvitelli. Her main research focuses on fintech, crowdfunding, venture capital and private equity and entrepreneurial finance. She has discussed her works during international conference, such as EURAM and ESU. Her work has been published on outstanding international academic journals such as the European Management Review and Financial Innovation.
</div><div>
</div><div>Vincenzo Verdoliva is an Associate Professor of Finance at the Department of Management and Quantitative Studies of the University of Naples Parthenope in Naples, Italy. His main research focuses on venture capital and private equity, IPOs, entrepreneurial finance, corporate finance and relationship lending. Vincenzo holds a PhD in Banking and Finance from the University of Rome Tor Vergata, Italy. Before joining the current institution, Vincenzo was an Assistant Professor of Finance at Kingston University London, UK. He was a Visiting Research Scholar at the Michael F. Price College of Business, University of Oklahoma, USA, and, since 2015, has been a member of the American Finance Association and European Finance Association. His work has been published in outstanding international academic journals such as the Journal of Corporate Finance and Journal of Financial Research. Vincenzo also served as Guest Editor for many Special Issues and is an Associate Editor of Finance Research Letters.
</div><div>
</div>		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031076299Entrepreneurial FinanceInvestment AppraisalCapital MarketsCorporate FinanceFinancial Services325000
17
Business and Managementx978-3-031-07632-9GalloSerena Gallo; Vincenzo VerdolivaSerena Gallo, University of Campania “Luigi Vanvitelli”, Capua, Italy; Vincenzo Verdoliva, University of Naples “Parthenope”, Naples, ItalyPrivate Equity and Venture CapitalTheory, Evolution and ValuationVIII, 92 p. 29 illus., 20 illus. in color.12022final129.9939.00139.0941.73109.9933.00139.9942.00Soft cover1Contributions to Finance and AccountingBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English92KJHKFFMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-07-172022-07-152023-07-162023-07-161Chapter 1. Theoretical Background.- Chapter 2. Start-up, Expansion and Buy-out Financing.- Chapter 3. A Snapshot of Private Equity and Venture Capital Industry: Pre and Post-crisis.- Chapter 4. Highlights of Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation.The terms venture capital and private equity may differ across countries. This book discusses venture capital not only as risk capital toward unlisted companies with the aim to enhance the investee firm, but also analyses broader forms of entrepreneurial investment: from early stage financing to buyout and turnaround transaction. This book is divided into four sections. The first section aims to shed light on the terminology and offers a comparison between private equity/venture capital, and the traditional banking sector as financing sources. The second section details the differences between private equity and venture capital transactions on the basis of firm life cycle, and summarizes the main characteristics of both private equity and venture capital investors and investee firms. The third section illustrates the evolution of the private equity and venture capital industry before and after the financial crisis by looking at three fundamental aspects: fundraising, investment and divestment, all in terms of volume and trends. The last section discusses the basic elements of corporate valuation applied to private equity and venture capital industry, with some practical examples.The terms venture capital and private equity may differ across countries. This book discusses venture capital not only as risk capital toward unlisted companies with the aim to enhance the investee firm, but also analyses broader forms of entrepreneurial investment: from early stage financing to buyout and turnaround transaction. This book is divided into four sections. The first section aims to shed light on the terminology and offers a comparison between private equity/venture capital, and the traditional banking sector as financing sources. The second section details the differences between private equity and venture capital transactions on the basis of firm life cycle, and summarizes the main characteristics of both private equity and venture capital investors and investee firms. The third section illustrates the evolution of the private equity and venture capital industry before and after the financial crisis by looking at three fundamental aspects: fundraising, investment and divestment, all in terms of volume and trends. The last section discusses the basic elements of corporate valuation applied to private equity and venture capital industry, with some practical examples.Summarizes the theoretical background of the private equity and venture capital industryProvides an updated overview in terms of volume and trends of private equity and venture capitalIncludes practical examples of valuation in the private equity and venture capital industry<div>Serena Gallo is a PhD student in Entrepreneurship and Innovation at the department of management and quantitative studies of the University of Naples Parthenope and the department of economics of the University of Campania Luigi Vanvitelli. Her main research focuses on fintech, crowdfunding, venture capital and private equity and entrepreneurial finance. She has discussed her works during international conference, such as EURAM and ESU. Her work has been published on outstanding international academic journals such as the European Management Review and Financial Innovation.
</div><div>
</div><div>Vincenzo Verdoliva is an Associate Professor of Finance at the Department of Management and Quantitative Studies of the University of Naples Parthenope in Naples, Italy. His main research focuses on venture capital and private equity, IPOs, entrepreneurial finance, corporate finance and relationship lending. Vincenzo holds a PhD in Banking and Finance from the University of Rome Tor Vergata, Italy. Before joining the current institution, Vincenzo was an Assistant Professor of Finance at Kingston University London, UK. He was a Visiting Research Scholar at the Michael F. Price College of Business, University of Oklahoma, USA, and, since 2015, has been a member of the American Finance Association and European Finance Association. His work has been published in outstanding international academic journals such as the Journal of Corporate Finance and Journal of Financial Research. Vincenzo also served as Guest Editor for many Special Issues and is an Associate Editor of Finance Research Letters.
</div><div>
</div>		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031076329Entrepreneurial FinanceInvestment AppraisalCapital MarketsCorporate FinanceFinancial Services168000
18
Business and Managementx978-3-030-94758-3Gavieiro BesteiroAngel Gavieiro BesteiroAngel Gavieiro Besteiro, London, UKStrategy in ActionA Holistic Management Strategy Framework to Navigate Businesses and Multinational OrganizationsXXXII, 286 p. 63 illus., 62 illus. in color.12022final99.9930.00106.9932.1089.9927.00109.9933.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English286KJCKJQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-04-282022-04-292022-07-122022-07-121Chapter 1. Introduction.- Part 1. About ‘Strategy for Existing Geography and Business’.- Chapter 2. Business Model.- Chapter 3. Strategy Blueprint.- Chapter 4. Financial Plan.- Part 2. About ‘Strategy for New Geographies and/or Businesses’ and ‘Strategy & Execution’.- Chapter 5. Attractiveness & Opportunities.- Chapter 6. Inorganic Growth Process.- Chapter 7. Strategy & Execution.- Part 3. About ‘Portfolio Strategy’.- Chapter 8. Portfolio Value Gap.- Chapter 9. Portfolio Horizons.- Part 4. About ‘Company & Leadership Excellence’.- Chapter 10. Leadership & Management Excellence.- Chapter 11. Company Excellence.- Part 5. About ‘The Future of Strategy’.- Chapter 12. Strategy Function.- Chapter 13. Digital Transformation.- Chapter 14. Epilogue.How to develop best-practice strategy in a business or a multinational organization? Putting in value the strategy function and embracing a Holistic Management Strategy (HMS) framework would unleash performance for any business or organization. This book illustrates with real examples the HMS, a set of 10 frameworks that provide best-practice to design and develop strategy. The HMS approach is differentiated between business unit and divisional/group level, and adapted to situations of existing versus new markets and organic versus inorganic growth. The book introduces new topics such as integrated business model and strategy & financial plan at business unit level, attractiveness and opportunities framework for new markets linked with inorganic growth, portfolio horizons connected with the company’s market valuation gap, leadership & management excellence programme (e.g. THICOSIV), company excellence based on a balanced designed and considered decision-making, the future of the strategy function, and seven meta-architectural levers to successfully address digital disruption.How to develop best-practice strategy in a business or a multinational organization? Putting in value the strategy function and embracing a Holistic Management Strategy (HMS) framework would unleash performance for any business or organization. This book illustrates with real examples the HMS, a set of 10 frameworks that provide best-practice to design and develop strategy. The HMS approach is differentiated between business unit and divisional/group level, and adapted to situations of existing versus new markets and organic versus inorganic growth. The book introduces new topics such as integrated business model and strategy & financial plan at business unit level, attractiveness and opportunities framework for new markets linked with inorganic growth, portfolio horizons connected with the company’s market valuation gap, leadership & management excellence programme (e.g. THICOSIV), company excellence based on a balanced designed and considered decision-making, the future of the strategy function, and seven meta-architectural levers to successfully address digital disruption.Provides a Holistic Management Strategy (HMS) frameworkPresents a holistic approach to tackle strategic decision-making situationsAnalyses the connection between strategy and finance by linking the strategic plans and KPIs to revenuesDr. Angel Gavieiro Besteiro has more than 25 years of international executive experience as a banker and strategist across corporate and investment banking and retail and commercial banking, covering EMEA, North America, and Asia-Pacific markets out of the UK, the UAE, and Spain. As a strategist, he has held senior executive roles as SVP/divisional head of strategy and business development for Barclays Bank’s international retail and commercial banking division, Lloyds Bank’s wholesale banking and markets division, and Wells Fargo’s EMEA region. Before that, he was a management consultant at McKinsey & Co. In addition, he is the founder and managing partner of AG Strategy & Partners, a London-based management consulting and advisory boutique focused on the financial services industry. As a banker, Angel has run business P&L as SVP head of domestic corporate markets for Al Hilal Bank’s wholesale banking division and agency treasury services and corporate finance for Lloyds Bank’s financial institutions group, starting his career in debt capital markets at Société Générale. He has an MBA from Duke University (USA) and Ph.D. in financial economy from the Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain). Angel is a Fulbright scholar, Fuqua scholar, and Liveryman of the Worshipful Company of International Bankers of the City of London.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030947583Business Strategy and LeadershipIT in BusinessOrganizationIndustries647000
19
Business and Managementx978-3-030-94761-3Gavieiro BesteiroAngel Gavieiro BesteiroAngel Gavieiro Besteiro, London, UKStrategy in ActionA Holistic Management Strategy Framework to Navigate Businesses and Multinational OrganizationsXXXII, 286 p. 63 illus., 62 illus. in color.12022final64.9919.5069.5420.8654.9916.5069.9921.00Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English286KJCKJQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-04-292022-04-292023-04-282023-04-281Chapter 1. Introduction.- Part 1. About ‘Strategy for Existing Geography and Business’.- Chapter 2. Business Model.- Chapter 3. Strategy Blueprint.- Chapter 4. Financial Plan.- Part 2. About ‘Strategy for New Geographies and/or Businesses’ and ‘Strategy & Execution’.- Chapter 5. Attractiveness & Opportunities.- Chapter 6. Inorganic Growth Process.- Chapter 7. Strategy & Execution.- Part 3. About ‘Portfolio Strategy’.- Chapter 8. Portfolio Value Gap.- Chapter 9. Portfolio Horizons.- Part 4. About ‘Company & Leadership Excellence’.- Chapter 10. Leadership & Management Excellence.- Chapter 11. Company Excellence.- Part 5. About ‘The Future of Strategy’.- Chapter 12. Strategy Function.- Chapter 13. Digital Transformation.- Chapter 14. Epilogue.How to develop best-practice strategy in a business or a multinational organization? Putting in value the strategy function and embracing a Holistic Management Strategy (HMS) framework would unleash performance for any business or organization. This book illustrates with real examples the HMS, a set of 10 frameworks that provide best-practice to design and develop strategy. The HMS approach is differentiated between business unit and divisional/group level, and adapted to situations of existing versus new markets and organic versus inorganic growth. The book introduces new topics such as integrated business model and strategy & financial plan at business unit level, attractiveness and opportunities framework for new markets linked with inorganic growth, portfolio horizons connected with the company’s market valuation gap, leadership & management excellence programme (e.g. THICOSIV), company excellence based on a balanced designed and considered decision-making, the future of the strategy function, and seven meta-architectural levers to successfully address digital disruption.How to develop best-practice strategy in a business or a multinational organization? Putting in value the strategy function and embracing a Holistic Management Strategy (HMS) framework would unleash performance for any business or organization. This book illustrates with real examples the HMS, a set of 10 frameworks that provide best-practice to design and develop strategy. The HMS approach is differentiated between business unit and divisional/group level, and adapted to situations of existing versus new markets and organic versus inorganic growth. The book introduces new topics such as integrated business model and strategy & financial plan at business unit level, attractiveness and opportunities framework for new markets linked with inorganic growth, portfolio horizons connected with the company’s market valuation gap, leadership & management excellence programme (e.g. THICOSIV), company excellence based on a balanced designed and considered decision-making, the future of the strategy function, and seven meta-architectural levers to successfully address digital disruption.Provides a Holistic Management Strategy (HMS) frameworkPresents a holistic approach to tackle strategic decision-making situationsAnalyses the connection between strategy and finance by linking the strategic plans and KPIs to revenuesDr. Angel Gavieiro Besteiro has more than 25 years of international executive experience as a banker and strategist across corporate and investment banking and retail and commercial banking, covering EMEA, North America, and Asia-Pacific markets out of the UK, the UAE, and Spain. As a strategist, he has held senior executive roles as SVP/divisional head of strategy and business development for Barclays Bank’s international retail and commercial banking division, Lloyds Bank’s wholesale banking and markets division, and Wells Fargo’s EMEA region. Before that, he was a management consultant at McKinsey & Co. In addition, he is the founder and managing partner of AG Strategy & Partners, a London-based management consulting and advisory boutique focused on the financial services industry. As a banker, Angel has run business P&L as SVP head of domestic corporate markets for Al Hilal Bank’s wholesale banking division and agency treasury services and corporate finance for Lloyds Bank’s financial institutions group, starting his career in debt capital markets at Société Générale. He has an MBA from Duke University (USA) and Ph.D. in financial economy from the Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain). Angel is a Fulbright scholar, Fuqua scholar, and Liveryman of the Worshipful Company of International Bankers of the City of London.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030947613Business Strategy and LeadershipIT in BusinessOrganizationIndustries492000
20
Business and Managementx978-3-031-10096-3HelmoldMarc HelmoldMarc Helmold, IU, International University of Applied Sciences, Berlin, GermanyPerformance Excellence in Marketing, Sales and PricingLeveraging Change, Lean and Innovation ManagementXXX, 271 p. 113 illus., 112 illus. in color.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English271KJSKJSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-09-072022-09-072022-09-242022-09-241Chapter 1: Marketing, Sales and Pricing: Introduction.- Chapter 2: Marketing Management as Part of the Corporate Strategy.- Chapter 3: Marketing Concepts.- Chapter 4: B2B and B2C Marketing.- Chapter 5: Sales Management.- Chapter 6: Economic Pricing, 3C-Pricing and Cost-Estimation Concepts.- Chapter 7: Value-based and Cost based Pricing Concepts.- Chapter 8: Service Marketing and Service Sales Management.- Chapter 9: Marketing-Mix.- Chapter 10: Market Segmentation, Targeting, Differentiation and Positioning.- Chapter 11: Direct and Indirect Marketing, Sales Promotion, and Public Relations.- Chapter 12: Selling Concepts.- Chapter 13: Pricing Strategies and Discount Policy.- Chapter 14: Sales Channels and Sales Partners.- Chapter 15: Innovation Management and New Product Launches.- Chapter 16: International Marketing and Sales.- Chapter 17: Market Research.- Chapter 18: Supply Chain Management and Distribution Channels.- Chapter 19: Promotion and Advertising Strategies.- Chapter 20: LeanManagement and Pull as Part of the Marketing Strategy.- Chapter 21: Change Management for Marketing and Sales Activities.- Chapter 22: Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Cyber Tools in Marketing and Sales.- Chapter 23: Sales Management Negotiations.- Chapter 24: Outlook 2030 for Marketing and Sales.The increasing interconnection and the unlimited exchange of data and information has led to a maximized transparency of globally offered and sold products and services. The desires, needs and wants of the consumer are the critical issues today in creating new or offering existing products and services. This book outlines successful marketing and sales strategies with a clear focus on practical relevance. It provides a systematic overview and description of selling, pricing and negotiation concepts which enable the reader to apply the best-case scenario in their company. Tools such as the marketing mix or marketing strategies are well explained for practical application in industry. The book also integrates elements of change, lean and innovation management as drivers for performance excellence. Featuring industry case studies, this book is a practical guide for marketing professionals, academics and policy makers to enable enterprises to achieve long-term competitive advantages through best-in-class marketing, sales and pricing activities.The increasing interconnection and the unlimited exchange of data and information has led to a maximized transparency of globally offered and sold products and services. The desires, needs and wants of the consumer are the critical issues today in creating new or offering existing products and services. This book outlines successful marketing and sales strategies with a clear focus on practical relevance. It provides a systematic overview and description of selling, pricing and negotiation concepts which enable the reader to apply the best-case scenario in their company. Tools such as the marketing mix or marketing strategies are well explained for practical application in industry. The book also integrates elements of change, lean and innovation management as drivers for performance excellence. Featuring industry case studies, this book is a practical guide for marketing professionals, academics and policy makers to enable enterprises to achieve long-term competitive advantages through best-in-class marketing, sales and pricing activities.Provides a systematic overview and description of selling, pricing and negotiationsFeatures industry case studies at the end of each chapterIntegrates elements change, lean and innovation management as driver for performance excellenceMarc Helmold is full-time Professor at the IU International University of applied Sciences at the campus in Berlin (Germany). He teaches Bachelor, Master and M.B.A. students in lean management, sales, pricing and (total) revenue management. In parallel, he owns the consultancy MaHeLeanCon and supports international transactions and market entry strategies.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031100963MarketingSales and DistributionBusiness Strategy and Leadership623000
21
Business and Managementx978-3-031-10099-4HelmoldMarc HelmoldMarc Helmold, IU, International University of Applied Sciences, Berlin, GermanyPerformance Excellence in Marketing, Sales and PricingLeveraging Change, Lean and Innovation ManagementXXX, 271 p. 113 illus., 112 illus. in color.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English271KJSKJSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-09-082022-09-072023-09-072023-09-071Chapter 1: Marketing, Sales and Pricing: Introduction.- Chapter 2: Marketing Management as Part of the Corporate Strategy.- Chapter 3: Marketing Concepts.- Chapter 4: B2B and B2C Marketing.- Chapter 5: Sales Management.- Chapter 6: Economic Pricing, 3C-Pricing and Cost-Estimation Concepts.- Chapter 7: Value-based and Cost based Pricing Concepts.- Chapter 8: Service Marketing and Service Sales Management.- Chapter 9: Marketing-Mix.- Chapter 10: Market Segmentation, Targeting, Differentiation and Positioning.- Chapter 11: Direct and Indirect Marketing, Sales Promotion, and Public Relations.- Chapter 12: Selling Concepts.- Chapter 13: Pricing Strategies and Discount Policy.- Chapter 14: Sales Channels and Sales Partners.- Chapter 15: Innovation Management and New Product Launches.- Chapter 16: International Marketing and Sales.- Chapter 17: Market Research.- Chapter 18: Supply Chain Management and Distribution Channels.- Chapter 19: Promotion and Advertising Strategies.- Chapter 20: LeanManagement and Pull as Part of the Marketing Strategy.- Chapter 21: Change Management for Marketing and Sales Activities.- Chapter 22: Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Cyber Tools in Marketing and Sales.- Chapter 23: Sales Management Negotiations.- Chapter 24: Outlook 2030 for Marketing and Sales.The increasing interconnection and the unlimited exchange of data and information has led to a maximized transparency of globally offered and sold products and services. The desires, needs and wants of the consumer are the critical issues today in creating new or offering existing products and services. This book outlines successful marketing and sales strategies with a clear focus on practical relevance. It provides a systematic overview and description of selling, pricing and negotiation concepts which enable the reader to apply the best-case scenario in their company. Tools such as the marketing mix or marketing strategies are well explained for practical application in industry. The book also integrates elements of change, lean and innovation management as drivers for performance excellence. Featuring industry case studies, this book is a practical guide for marketing professionals, academics and policy makers to enable enterprises to achieve long-term competitive advantages through best-in-class marketing, sales and pricing activities.The increasing interconnection and the unlimited exchange of data and information has led to a maximized transparency of globally offered and sold products and services. The desires, needs and wants of the consumer are the critical issues today in creating new or offering existing products and services. This book outlines successful marketing and sales strategies with a clear focus on practical relevance. It provides a systematic overview and description of selling, pricing and negotiation concepts which enable the reader to apply the best-case scenario in their company. Tools such as the marketing mix or marketing strategies are well explained for practical application in industry. The book also integrates elements of change, lean and innovation management as drivers for performance excellence. Featuring industry case studies, this book is a practical guide for marketing professionals, academics and policy makers to enable enterprises to achieve long-term competitive advantages through best-in-class marketing, sales and pricing activities.Provides a systematic overview and description of selling, pricing and negotiationsFeatures industry case studies at the end of each chapterIntegrates elements change, lean and innovation management as driver for performance excellenceMarc Helmold is full-time Professor at the IU International University of applied Sciences at the campus in Berlin (Germany). He teaches Bachelor, Master and M.B.A. students in lean management, sales, pricing and (total) revenue management. In parallel, he owns the consultancy MaHeLeanCon and supports international transactions and market entry strategies.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031100994MarketingSales and DistributionBusiness Strategy and Leadership468000
22
Business and Managementx978-3-662-49059-4HilbMartin HilbMartin Hilb, International Center for Corporate Governance, St. Gallen, SwitzerlandNew Corporate GovernanceSuccessful Board Management ToolsXIV, 182 p. 151 illus. in color.52016final69.9921.0074.8922.4759.9918.0079.9924.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English182KJRKJUSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0Available2016-02-252016-03-062016-03-061,978-3-642-23594-8,978-3-642-44357-2,978-3-642-23596-2,978-3-642-23595-5Introduction.- Situational Dimension.- Strategic Dimension.- Integrated Board Management Dimension.- Controlling Dimension.- Conclusions.In the 5th edition of this successful book Martin Hilb presents an innovative and integrated approach to the theory and practice of corporate governance. Central to this approach is a set of instruments - developed and tested by the author - that can be used by boards to offer effective strategic direction and control to their organizations. The board instruments can be readily applied to the selection, review, remuneration and development of board members, and for conducting board self-evaluations. This new approach to corporate governance is based on four guiding principles: keep it situational, keep it strategic, keep it integrated, and keep it controlled. Together, these principles form the basis of an integrated approach to all key aspects of corporate governance. The main arguments in each section are supported by conceptual models, practical board tools and case studies, making the book ideally suited to board members, senior managers and post-graduate students. This new edition is updated throughout the book and includes a new chapter on mobile integrated board management and documentation information systems.
'Martin Hilb's new book will stimulate behavioral change behind board doors. Nothing is more important to the continuing improvement of board governance than the board self-appraisal tools promoted in this book'.Professor David R. Beatty, Director of the 'Center for Board Effectiveness' of the University of Toronto 'There is no 'one size fits all' corporate governance solution, but integrity is the basis for all, and above all common sense needs to be used. Hilb's new glocal approach illustrates this in an effective way'.Noke Kiroyan, Chairman of the Board of Rio Tinto Corporation, Jarkarta'Martin Hilb's book is a welcome and substantial addition to the corporate governance debate. I have long respected and valued his insightful contributions to management issues. In this book he provides us with integrated and holistic concepts, and ways and means for achieving effective, real-world board management. With this book, responsible directors may well be encouraged to evaluate their own board performance. Therefore, it is essential reading for business leaders committed to successful corporate governance'.Dr. Egon Zehnder, Chairman of the Board of Egon Zehnder International Inc, Zurich		In the 5th edition of this successful book Martin Hilb presents an innovative and integrated approach to the theory and practice of corporate governance. Central to this approach is a set of instruments - developed and tested by the author - that can be used by boards to offer effective strategic direction and control to their organizations. The board instruments can be readily applied to the selection, review, remuneration and development of board members, and for conducting board self-evaluations. This new approach to corporate governance is based on four guiding principles: keep it situational, keep it strategic, keep it integrated, and keep it controlled. Together, these principles form the basis of an integrated approach to all key aspects of corporate governance. The main arguments in each section are supported by conceptual models, practical board tools and case studies, making the book ideally suited to board members, senior managers and post-graduate students. This new editionis updated throughout the book and includes a new chapter on mobile integrated board management and documentation information systems.Provides innovative tools that can be used by boards to offer effective strategic direction and control to their organizationsPresents a new, widely employed approach to Corporate Governance, developed by the authorExplains and demonstrates four critical principles of governance: keep it situational, keep it strategic, keep it integrated, and keep it controlledWinner of the gold medal in Corporate Governance by the "International Academy of Quality"Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasMartin Hilb is currently Chairman of the Board Foundation and its International Center for Corporate Governance, President of the Swiss Institute of Directors and Member of the Executive Commitee of the Global Network of Director Institutes, President of the Supervisory Board of the Research Institute for International Management at the University of St. Gallen, Vice Chairman of the Board of Governors of the University of Lucerne, Switzerland, Member of the Board of Directors of the European Institute for Advanced Studies in Management in Brussels, Belgium, and Member of the Advisory Board of the Center for Corporate Governance in Africa at the University of Stellenbosch, South Africa. His former positions include Professor of Management and Managing Director of the Institute for Leadership and HRM as well as Founder and Academic Director of the PhD Programme in International Business at the University of St. Gallen, Switzerland, Scholar at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, Canada, and at the Macquarie Graduate School of Management in Sydney, Australia, Director of Essex Chemie AG and HR Director Europe, Africa and the Middle East of Schering Corporation USA.He has teaching experience at the University of St. Gallen, Switzerland, University of Toronto, Canada, University of Dallas/Texas, USA, and Singapore Management University, Singapore.Martin Hilb contained a Gold Medal Award in Corporate Governance '...for exceptional contributions to the principles and practices of quality in governance' by the International Academy of Wuality in the USA in 2010.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783662490594Corporate GovernanceOrganizationBusiness Strategy and Leadership4203000
23
Business and Managementx978-3-662-56974-0HilbMartin HilbMartin Hilb, International Center for Corporate Governance, St. Gallen, SwitzerlandNew Corporate GovernanceSuccessful Board Management ToolsXIV, 182 p. 151 illus. in color.52016final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English182KJRKJUSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0Available2019-03-212019-03-202017-02-252017-03-251,978-3-642-23594-8,978-3-642-44357-2,978-3-642-23596-2,978-3-642-23595-5Introduction.- Situational Dimension.- Strategic Dimension.- Integrated Board Management Dimension.- Controlling Dimension.- Conclusions.In the 5th edition of this successful book Martin Hilb presents an innovative and integrated approach to the theory and practice of corporate governance. Central to this approach is a set of instruments - developed and tested by the author - that can be used by boards to offer effective strategic direction and control to their organizations. The board instruments can be readily applied to the selection, review, remuneration and development of board members, and for conducting board self-evaluations. This new approach to corporate governance is based on four guiding principles: keep it situational, keep it strategic, keep it integrated, and keep it controlled. Together, these principles form the basis of an integrated approach to all key aspects of corporate governance. The main arguments in each section are supported by conceptual models, practical board tools and case studies, making the book ideally suited to board members, senior managers and post-graduate students. This new edition is updated throughout the book and includes a new chapter on mobile integrated board management and documentation information systems.
'Martin Hilb's new book will stimulate behavioral change behind board doors. Nothing is more important to the continuing improvement of board governance than the board self-appraisal tools promoted in this book'.Professor David R. Beatty, Director of the 'Center for Board Effectiveness' of the University of Toronto 'There is no 'one size fits all' corporate governance solution, but integrity is the basis for all, and above all common sense needs to be used. Hilb's new glocal approach illustrates this in an effective way'.Noke Kiroyan, Chairman of the Board of Rio Tinto Corporation, Jarkarta'Martin Hilb's book is a welcome and substantial addition to the corporate governance debate. I have long respected and valued his insightful contributions to management issues. In this book he provides us with integrated and holistic concepts, and ways and means for achieving effective, real-world board management. With this book, responsible directors may well be encouraged to evaluate their own board performance. Therefore, it is essential reading for business leaders committed to successful corporate governance'.Dr. Egon Zehnder, Chairman of the Board of Egon Zehnder International Inc, Zurich		In the 5th edition of this successful book Martin Hilb presents an innovative and integrated approach to the theory and practice of corporate governance. Central to this approach is a set of instruments - developed and tested by the author - that can be used by boards to offer effective strategic direction and control to their organizations. The board instruments can be readily applied to the selection, review, remuneration and development of board members, and for conducting board self-evaluations. This new approach to corporate governance is based on four guiding principles: keep it situational, keep it strategic, keep it integrated, and keep it controlled. Together, these principles form the basis of an integrated approach to all key aspects of corporate governance. The main arguments in each section are supported by conceptual models, practical board tools and case studies, making the book ideally suited to board members, senior managers and post-graduate students. This new editionis updated throughout the book and includes a new chapter on mobile integrated board management and documentation information systems.Provides innovative tools that can be used by boards to offer effective strategic direction and control to their organizationsPresents a new, widely employed approach to Corporate Governance, developed by the authorExplains and demonstrates four critical principles of governance: keep it situational, keep it strategic, keep it integrated, and keep it controlledWinner of the gold medal in Corporate Governance by the "International Academy of Quality"Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasMartin Hilb is currently Chairman of the Board Foundation and its International Center for Corporate Governance, President of the Swiss Institute of Directors and Member of the Executive Commitee of the Global Network of Director Institutes, President of the Supervisory Board of the Research Institute for International Management at the University of St. Gallen, Vice Chairman of the Board of Governors of the University of Lucerne, Switzerland, Member of the Board of Directors of the European Institute for Advanced Studies in Management in Brussels, Belgium, and Member of the Advisory Board of the Center for Corporate Governance in Africa at the University of Stellenbosch, South Africa. His former positions include Professor of Management and Managing Director of the Institute for Leadership and HRM as well as Founder and Academic Director of the PhD Programme in International Business at the University of St. Gallen, Switzerland, Scholar at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, Canada, and at the Macquarie Graduate School of Management in Sydney, Australia, Director of Essex Chemie AG and HR Director Europe, Africa and the Middle East of Schering Corporation USA.He has teaching experience at the University of St. Gallen, Switzerland, University of Toronto, Canada, University of Dallas/Texas, USA, and Singapore Management University, Singapore.Martin Hilb contained a Gold Medal Award in Corporate Governance '...for exceptional contributions to the principles and practices of quality in governance' by the International Academy of Wuality in the USA in 2010.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783662569740Corporate GovernanceOrganizationBusiness Strategy and Leadership454000
24
Business and Managementx978-3-030-36378-9IñiguezSantiago IñiguezSantiago Iñiguez, IE Business School, Madrid, SpainIn an Ideal BusinessHow the Ideas of 10 Female Philosophers Bring Value into the WorkplaceXV, 179 p. 1 illus.12020final39.9912.0042.7912.8434.9910.5044.9913.50Hard cover0IE Business PublishingBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English179KJKJCPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2020-01-302019-12-272020-01-182020-01-1811. Why Female Philosophers Matter to Management: Randi Zuckerberg.- 2. Balance: Patricia Churchland / Belinda Holdsworth.- 3. Courage: Ayn Rand / Jiang Qiong Er.- 4. Virtue: Philippa Foot / Angelica Kohlmann.- 5. Love: Iris Murdoch / María Benjumea.- 6. Authenticity: Elisabeth Anscombe / Catherine Moukheibir.- 7. Humanity: Martha Nussbaum / Olga Urbani.- 8. Fortitude: Hannah Arendt / Maria Tereza Fleury.- 9. Passion: Simone Weil / Michelle Raymond.- 10. Ethics: Adela Cortina / Inés Temple.- 11. Vision: Simone de Beauvoir / Usha Prashar.- Epilogue - Resolve: African Challenges / Ifeoma Idigbe.Business decisions are not just based on abstract theories or models. They reflect a world view of how a company operates and the philosophy of management that it follows. Even denying any connection between management and values is a philosophical statement in itself.

Santiago Iñiguez de Onzoño, President of the prestigious IE Business School, looks to the greatest female philosophers from modern history to help us bring purpose and meaning back into the workplace and management education. He shows how their pioneering work can be applied in specific situations, from Iris Murdoch’s emphasis on compassion to Hannah Arendt’s work on making the world more human, each philosopher can, in a very practical way, help inform your own approach to work and life.

Packed with examples, personal stories and anecdotes from some of the world’s most influential companies and women in business, this book examines how the contributions from female philosophers stand up in the real world, helping to drive inclusion, diversity and ultimately, innovation.		Business decisions are not just based on abstract theories or models. They reflect a world view of how a company operates and the philosophy of management that it follows. Even denying any connection between management and values is a philosophical statement in itself.Santiago Iñiguez de Onzoño, President of the prestigious IE Business School, looks to the greatest female philosophers from modern history to help us bring purpose and meaning back into the workplace and management education. He shows how their pioneering work can be applied in specific situations, from Iris Murdoch’s emphasis on compassion to Hannah Arendt’s work on making the world more human, each philosopher can, in a very practical way, help inform your own approach to work and life. Packed with examples, personal stories and anecdotes from some of the world’s most influential companies and women in business, this book examines how the contributions from female philosophers stand up in the real world, helping to drive inclusion, diversity and ultimately, innovation.Includes case studies and interviews with leading women in business and institutionsBrings together the world of human ideals and the actual practices of managersProvides a framework for analysing business decisions from the perspective of values and principlesSantiago Iñiguez de Onzoño is the President of IE University and a recognized influencer in global higher education. He is also the Vice-Chairman of Headspring, a company owned by the Financial Times and IE Business School providing custom education programs for companies worldwide. He was distinguished with the Thinkers50 Founder’s Award in 2019.

Iniguez is the former Dean of IE Business School and has played a leading role in business education. He was portrayed by the Financial Times as “one of the most significant figures in promoting European business schools internationally”. He was the first European appointed as “Dean of the Year” by Poets & Quants (2017).He serves on the boards of EFMD (European Foundation for Management Development), Renmin University Business School (China), Antai Business School (Jiao Tong University, China), LUISS Business School (Italy), Mazars University (France) and FGV-EASP Fundaçao Getulio Vargas (Brazil). He is a pastChair of the Board of AACSB.He is the author of The Learning Curve: How Business Schools Are Reinventing Education (2011), Cosmopolitan Managers: Executive Education That Works (2016), and In An Ideal Business: How the Ideas of 10 Female Philosophers bring Values into the Workplace (forthcoming 2020), as well as co-editor of Business Despite Borders: Companies in the Age of Populist Anti-Globalization (2018), all published by Palgrave Macmillan.Iniguez is Professor of Strategic Management. He holds a Degree in Law, a Ph.D. in Moral Philosophy and Jurisprudence (Complutense University, Spain) and an MBA from IE Business School. He was a Recognized Student at the University of Oxford, UK.		TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030363789Business and ManagementBusiness Strategy and LeadershipDiversity Management and Women in BusinessFeminism and Feminist Theory454000
25
Business and Managementx978-3-030-36381-9IñiguezSantiago IñiguezSantiago Iñiguez, IE Business School, Madrid, SpainIn an Ideal BusinessHow the Ideas of 10 Female Philosophers Bring Value into the WorkplaceXV, 179 p. 1 illus.12020final34.9910.5037.4411.2329.999.0037.9911.40Soft cover1IE Business PublishingBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English179KJKJCPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2021-01-302019-12-272021-01-302021-01-3011. Why Female Philosophers Matter to Management: Randi Zuckerberg.- 2. Balance: Patricia Churchland / Belinda Holdsworth.- 3. Courage: Ayn Rand / Jiang Qiong Er.- 4. Virtue: Philippa Foot / Angelica Kohlmann.- 5. Love: Iris Murdoch / María Benjumea.- 6. Authenticity: Elisabeth Anscombe / Catherine Moukheibir.- 7. Humanity: Martha Nussbaum / Olga Urbani.- 8. Fortitude: Hannah Arendt / Maria Tereza Fleury.- 9. Passion: Simone Weil / Michelle Raymond.- 10. Ethics: Adela Cortina / Inés Temple.- 11. Vision: Simone de Beauvoir / Usha Prashar.- Epilogue - Resolve: African Challenges / Ifeoma Idigbe.Business decisions are not just based on abstract theories or models. They reflect a world view of how a company operates and the philosophy of management that it follows. Even denying any connection between management and values is a philosophical statement in itself.

Santiago Iñiguez de Onzoño, President of the prestigious IE Business School, looks to the greatest female philosophers from modern history to help us bring purpose and meaning back into the workplace and management education. He shows how their pioneering work can be applied in specific situations, from Iris Murdoch’s emphasis on compassion to Hannah Arendt’s work on making the world more human, each philosopher can, in a very practical way, help inform your own approach to work and life.

Packed with examples, personal stories and anecdotes from some of the world’s most influential companies and women in business, this book examines how the contributions from female philosophers stand up in the real world, helping to drive inclusion, diversity and ultimately, innovation.		Business decisions are not just based on abstract theories or models. They reflect a world view of how a company operates and the philosophy of management that it follows. Even denying any connection between management and values is a philosophical statement in itself.Santiago Iñiguez de Onzoño, President of the prestigious IE Business School, looks to the greatest female philosophers from modern history to help us bring purpose and meaning back into the workplace and management education. He shows how their pioneering work can be applied in specific situations, from Iris Murdoch’s emphasis on compassion to Hannah Arendt’s work on making the world more human, each philosopher can, in a very practical way, help inform your own approach to work and life. Packed with examples, personal stories and anecdotes from some of the world’s most influential companies and women in business, this book examines how the contributions from female philosophers stand up in the real world, helping to drive inclusion, diversity and ultimately, innovation.Includes case studies and interviews with leading women in business and institutionsBrings together the world of human ideals and the actual practices of managersProvides a framework for analysing business decisions from the perspective of values and principlesSantiago Iñiguez de Onzoño is the President of IE University and a recognized influencer in global higher education. He is also the Vice-Chairman of Headspring, a company owned by the Financial Times and IE Business School providing custom education programs for companies worldwide. He was distinguished with the Thinkers50 Founder’s Award in 2019.

Iniguez is the former Dean of IE Business School and has played a leading role in business education. He was portrayed by the Financial Times as “one of the most significant figures in promoting European business schools internationally”. He was the first European appointed as “Dean of the Year” by Poets & Quants (2017).He serves on the boards of EFMD (European Foundation for Management Development), Renmin University Business School (China), Antai Business School (Jiao Tong University, China), LUISS Business School (Italy), Mazars University (France) and FGV-EASP Fundaçao Getulio Vargas (Brazil). He is a pastChair of the Board of AACSB.He is the author of The Learning Curve: How Business Schools Are Reinventing Education (2011), Cosmopolitan Managers: Executive Education That Works (2016), and In An Ideal Business: How the Ideas of 10 Female Philosophers bring Values into the Workplace (forthcoming 2020), as well as co-editor of Business Despite Borders: Companies in the Age of Populist Anti-Globalization (2018), all published by Palgrave Macmillan.Iniguez is Professor of Strategic Management. He holds a Degree in Law, a Ph.D. in Moral Philosophy and Jurisprudence (Complutense University, Spain) and an MBA from IE Business School. He was a Recognized Student at the University of Oxford, UK.		TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030363819Business and ManagementBusiness Strategy and LeadershipDiversity Management and Women in BusinessFeminism and Feminist Theory454000
26
Business and Managementx978-3-030-84866-8K. DhimanSatinder K. Dhiman; Joan F. MarquesSatinder K. Dhiman, Woodbury University, Burbank, CA, USA; Joan F. Marques, Woodbury University, Burbank, CA, USALeadership after COVID-19Working Together Toward a Sustainable FutureXL, 609 p. 25 illus., 11 illus. in color.12022final79.9924.0085.5925.6869.9921.0089.9927.00Hard cover0Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English609KJCJMJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-03-062022-03-072022-07-022022-07-0211. Holistic Leadership for Post-COVID-19 Organizations:
Perspectives and Prospects.- 2. Leaders’ Resilience: What leaders can learn from the COVID-19 crisis.- 3. A Paean to the “Poet Laureate of Management”.- 4. The Compatibility of Christian Servant Leadership and Sustainable Leadership in a Post Covid-19 World.- 5. Quiet Ego Leadership after Covid-19: Releasing Compassion, Confidence and Creativity.- 6. Leadership for an unknowable tomorrow.- 7. Coevolutive Leadership for an After COVID-19 World.- 8. E-leadership 2.0: Meet Your AI Leader.- 9. The Role of Leaders in Enabling Organizational Resilience by Generating a Culture of Grit.- 10. Moral Leadership in a Post-COVID 19 World.- 11. COURAGE as a Roadmap Toward Sustainable Practices in a Post-COVID World.- 12. Towards Transformational Leadership Beyond the Covid-19 Pandemic.- 13. Transformational leadership and Job Crafting.- 14. Fostering Sustainable Change: Building on the Lessons from the COVID-19 Pandemic.- 15. Leading through VUCA times for a sustainable future of work: Expert views on the global automotive industry.- 16. Leading through Crisis: The Role of Mindfulness.- 17. Post-Pandemic Crisis Global Leadership and Our New Food Emergency.- 18. School Leadership and Information Literacy: Leading in Crisis and Beyond Covid-19.-19. Supporting leadership success in times of global disruption: Best practices for transformational executive coaching.- 20. Everything gonna be alright: antecedents to nurses’ change adaptability in the COVID-19 era.		The COVID-19 pandemic has permanently changed lives around the world and no dimension of life and leadership seems to have been spared from its wrath. It has also stirred us into thinking about novel approaches to lead organizations and societies toward a shared, sustainable future. This book offers novel perspectives on leadership and change management after the COVID-19 pandemic that take us beyond striving for thriving—perspectives that are grounded in emergent theory, research and practice. It highlights sustainable leadership and change management strategies to effectively deal with unpredictable and rapidly changing situations—particularly in a world that is increasingly volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (VUCA). This book also highlights engaging perspectives by specialists from different disciplines such as business, psychology, education, and health care. It serves as a practical guide in identifying and responding to leadership challenges and opportunities in eachof the four VUCA categories of volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity—and how they affect businesses, organizations, and societies as a whole.
The COVID-19 pandemic has permanently changed lives around the world and no dimension of life and leadership seems to have been spared from its wrath. It has also stirred us into thinking about novel approaches to lead organizations and societies toward a shared, sustainable future. This book offers novel perspectives on leadership and change management after the COVID-19 pandemic that take us beyond striving for thriving—perspectives that are grounded in emergent theory, research and practice. It highlights sustainable leadership and change management strategies to effectively deal with unpredictable and rapidly changing situations—particularly in a world that is increasingly volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (VUCA). This book also highlights engaging perspectives by specialists from different disciplines such as business, psychology, education, and health care. It serves as a practical guide in identifying and responding to leadership challenges and opportunities in eachof the four VUCA categories of volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity—and how they affect businesses, organizations, and societies as a whole.
Examines leadership and change management after the COVID-19 pandemicOffers strategies and tools in each of the four VUCA categoriesUtilizes findings from positive psychology and organizational behaviorSatinder Dhiman is Professor of Management and Associate Dean, Chair, and Director of the MBA Program at Woodbury University’s School of Business in Burbank, California. He is the Founder and Director of Forever Fulfilled, a Los Angeles-based wellbeing consultancy, which focuses on workplace wellness and self-leadership. Satinder’s work has been published in multiple national and international journals, and he has authored, co-authored, and co-edited many books on management and leadership. His current research on fulfillment is focused on transformative habits of mind for attaining lasting joy and fulfillment in both personal and professional life.

Joan Marques serves as Dean and Professor of Management at Woodbury University’s School of Business in Burbank, California. Her teaching focuses on leadership, ethics, and organizational behavior, and her research interests pertain to the same areas with specific focus on workplace spirituality and leadership awareness. She has been widely published in prestigious scholarly journals and has authored, co-authored, and co-edited more than 18 books on management and leadership topics. Joan is a co-founder and editor-in-chief of three scholarly journals: The Business Renaissance Quarterly, Journal of Global Business Issues, and Interbeing, Journal of Personal and Professional Mastery. She has presented a weekly radio program titled “De Andere Kant” (The Other Side) on Mart Radio, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, for the past 15 years, and has been a long-time columnist for De Ware Tijd (The True Times), one of the largest newspapers in Paramaribo, Suriname.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030848668Business Strategy and LeadershipOrganizational PsychologyLeadership Psychology1136000
27
Business and Managementx978-3-030-84869-9K. DhimanSatinder K. Dhiman; Joan F. MarquesSatinder K. Dhiman, Woodbury University, Burbank, CA, USA; Joan F. Marques, Woodbury University, Burbank, CA, USALeadership after COVID-19Working Together Toward a Sustainable FutureXL, 609 p. 25 illus., 11 illus. in color.12022final56.9917.1060.9818.2949.9915.0064.9919.50Soft cover1Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English609KJCJMJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-03-072022-03-072023-03-062023-03-0611. Holistic Leadership for Post-COVID-19 Organizations:
Perspectives and Prospects.- 2. Leaders’ Resilience: What leaders can learn from the COVID-19 crisis.- 3. A Paean to the “Poet Laureate of Management”.- 4. The Compatibility of Christian Servant Leadership and Sustainable Leadership in a Post Covid-19 World.- 5. Quiet Ego Leadership after Covid-19: Releasing Compassion, Confidence and Creativity.- 6. Leadership for an unknowable tomorrow.- 7. Coevolutive Leadership for an After COVID-19 World.- 8. E-leadership 2.0: Meet Your AI Leader.- 9. The Role of Leaders in Enabling Organizational Resilience by Generating a Culture of Grit.- 10. Moral Leadership in a Post-COVID 19 World.- 11. COURAGE as a Roadmap Toward Sustainable Practices in a Post-COVID World.- 12. Towards Transformational Leadership Beyond the Covid-19 Pandemic.- 13. Transformational leadership and Job Crafting.- 14. Fostering Sustainable Change: Building on the Lessons from the COVID-19 Pandemic.- 15. Leading through VUCA times for a sustainable future of work: Expert views on the global automotive industry.- 16. Leading through Crisis: The Role of Mindfulness.- 17. Post-Pandemic Crisis Global Leadership and Our New Food Emergency.- 18. School Leadership and Information Literacy: Leading in Crisis and Beyond Covid-19.-19. Supporting leadership success in times of global disruption: Best practices for transformational executive coaching.- 20. Everything gonna be alright: antecedents to nurses’ change adaptability in the COVID-19 era.		The COVID-19 pandemic has permanently changed lives around the world and no dimension of life and leadership seems to have been spared from its wrath. It has also stirred us into thinking about novel approaches to lead organizations and societies toward a shared, sustainable future. This book offers novel perspectives on leadership and change management after the COVID-19 pandemic that take us beyond striving for thriving—perspectives that are grounded in emergent theory, research and practice. It highlights sustainable leadership and change management strategies to effectively deal with unpredictable and rapidly changing situations—particularly in a world that is increasingly volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (VUCA). This book also highlights engaging perspectives by specialists from different disciplines such as business, psychology, education, and health care. It serves as a practical guide in identifying and responding to leadership challenges and opportunities in eachof the four VUCA categories of volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity—and how they affect businesses, organizations, and societies as a whole.
The COVID-19 pandemic has permanently changed lives around the world and no dimension of life and leadership seems to have been spared from its wrath. It has also stirred us into thinking about novel approaches to lead organizations and societies toward a shared, sustainable future. This book offers novel perspectives on leadership and change management after the COVID-19 pandemic that take us beyond striving for thriving—perspectives that are grounded in emergent theory, research and practice. It highlights sustainable leadership and change management strategies to effectively deal with unpredictable and rapidly changing situations—particularly in a world that is increasingly volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (VUCA). This book also highlights engaging perspectives by specialists from different disciplines such as business, psychology, education, and health care. It serves as a practical guide in identifying and responding to leadership challenges and opportunities in eachof the four VUCA categories of volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity—and how they affect businesses, organizations, and societies as a whole.
Examines leadership and change management after the COVID-19 pandemicOffers strategies and tools in each of the four VUCA categoriesUtilizes findings from positive psychology and organizational behaviorSatinder Dhiman is Professor of Management and Associate Dean, Chair, and Director of the MBA Program at Woodbury University’s School of Business in Burbank, California. He is the Founder and Director of Forever Fulfilled, a Los Angeles-based wellbeing consultancy, which focuses on workplace wellness and self-leadership. Satinder’s work has been published in multiple national and international journals, and he has authored, co-authored, and co-edited many books on management and leadership. His current research on fulfillment is focused on transformative habits of mind for attaining lasting joy and fulfillment in both personal and professional life.

Joan Marques serves as Dean and Professor of Management at Woodbury University’s School of Business in Burbank, California. Her teaching focuses on leadership, ethics, and organizational behavior, and her research interests pertain to the same areas with specific focus on workplace spirituality and leadership awareness. She has been widely published in prestigious scholarly journals and has authored, co-authored, and co-edited more than 18 books on management and leadership topics. Joan is a co-founder and editor-in-chief of three scholarly journals: The Business Renaissance Quarterly, Journal of Global Business Issues, and Interbeing, Journal of Personal and Professional Mastery. She has presented a weekly radio program titled “De Andere Kant” (The Other Side) on Mart Radio, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, for the past 15 years, and has been a long-time columnist for De Ware Tijd (The True Times), one of the largest newspapers in Paramaribo, Suriname.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030848699Business Strategy and LeadershipOrganizational PsychologyLeadership Psychology985000
28
Business and Managementx978-3-030-67143-3KaeferFlorian KaeferFlorian Kaefer, The Place Brand Observer, St. Gallen, SwitzerlandAn Insider's Guide to Place BrandingShaping the Identity and Reputation of Cities, Regions and CountriesXIII, 289 p. 48 illus.12021final79.9924.0085.5925.6869.9921.0089.9927.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English289KJSKNSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2021-03-302021-03-302021-04-162021-04-161Introduction to an Insider's Guide to Place Branding.- Place Branding Essentials: Understanding Place Branding.- Keys for Place Branding Success.- How Place Branding Can Contribute to a Better World.- Place Branding: The Future.- Interviews With Experts: Adam Mikolajczyk on Meaningful City Branding.- Dr. Andrea Lucarelli on the Politics of Place Branding.- Andrew Hoyne on Placemaking and Place Branding in Australia.- Anupam Yog on Place Branding and Placemaking in India.- Aparna Dutt Sharma on India, Nation Branding and Investment Promotion.- Bill Baker on Destination Branding for Small Cities and Regions.- Bill Geist on the Future of Destination Marketing and DMO's.- Buck Song Koh on Brand Singapore and Successful Nation Branding.- Caio Esteves on Place Branding in Brazil and Latin America.- Dr. Cecilia Cassinger on City Branding and Sustainability in the Nordics.- Dr. Cecilia Pasquinelli on Urban Competitiveness and Cultural Economy.- Christopher Hire on Strong City Brands andData-Led Innovation.- Ed Burghard on Economic Development and Brand America.- Dr. Eduardo Oliveira on Place Branding and Strategic Spatial Planning.- Dr. Efe Sevin on Exurban Place Branding.- Erling Fossen on Oslo, City Brand Reputation and Sustainability.- Dr. Gary Warnaby on City Marketing and Retail Destinations.- Günter Soydanbay on City Branding, Turkey and Psychology.- Gustavo Koniszczer on Country Branding in Latin America.- Dr. Heather Skinner on Responsible Tourism, Corfu and Place Branding.- Dr. Hila Oren on Placemaking and City Branding in Tel Aviv.- Hjörtur Smárason on Place Branding, Future Cities and Brand Africa.- Dr. Hong Fan on City Branding in China and Public Diplomacy.- Inga Hlín Pálsdóttir on Destination Branding and Iceland.- Dr. Irina Shafranskaya on City Happiness and Place Branding in Russia.- Jaume Marín on Destination Branding and Social Media.- Jeannette Hanna on Creating Authentic Place Brands.- Jeremy Tamanini on Dubai, the Green Economy and Country Reputation.- Dr. Joao Freire on Place Branding in Portugal and the Middle East.- Dr. Jordi de San Eugenio Vela on City Branding and Public Diplomacy.- Jose Filipe Torres on the Branding and Digital Reputation of Countries.- José Pablo Arango Calle on Country Branding in Colombia.- Juan Carlos Belloso on City Branding and the Case of Barcelona.- Dr. Madgalena Florek on Place Marketing and Brand Equity.- Malcolm Allan on City Branding and Placemaking in Great Britain.- Dr. Marta Herezniak on Place Brand Effectiveness.- Dr. Martin Boisen on Place Brand Management.- Dr. Natasha Grand on Creating Place Identity.- Dr. Oliver Zöllner on Place Branding in Germany.- Pärtel-Peeter Pere on Nordic Place Branding and Talent Attraction.- Rebecca Smith on Country Branding in New Zealand.- Dr. Robert Govers on the Origins and Future of Place Branding.- Dr. Sebastian Zenker on Place Marketing and City Branding in Europe.- Dr. Sonya Hanna on Strategic Place Brand Management.- Dr. Stella Kladou on How CultureImpacts City Branding.- Todd Babiak on Meaningful Place Branding and Storytelling.- Tom Buncle on Destination Branding, Tourismand Crisis Recovery.This professional guidebook highlights brand development and management for cities, regions, countries, and destinations. It presents a unique collection of expert interviews, combined with latest research insights and thoughts on the most relevant topics and trends linked to the reputation, brand development and management of cities, regions, countries and destinations. This is a book which offers inspiring personal stories and reflections, and at the same time serves as essential know how guide for busy place managers, marketers and developers who care about the reputation and well-being of their community.<div>
</div>		<div>This professional guidebook highlights brand development and management for cities, regions, countries, and destinations. It presents a unique collection of expert interviews, combined with latest research insights and thoughts on the most relevant topics and trends linked to the reputation, brand development and management of cities, regions, countries and destinations. This is a book which offers inspiring personal stories and reflections, and at the same time serves as essential know how guide for busy place managers, marketers and developers who care about the reputation and well-being of their community.</div><div>
</div>		Offers a unique mix of storytelling by interviews, and information sharing from research insightsPresents a hands-on guide for consultants, regional planners, tourism policy-makers and place marketers<div>Florian Kaefer is the founder and editor of The Place Brand Observer (PlaceBrandObserver.com), the leading online magazine and knowledge hub on place reputation and the branding of cities, regions, destinations and counties. Florian is an accredited journalist (Germany) and holds a PhD in Management Communication from the University of Waikato, New Zealand.
</div>		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030671433BrandingTourism ManagementUrban Economics623000
29
Business and Managementx978-3-030-67146-4KaeferFlorian KaeferFlorian Kaefer, The Place Brand Observer, St. Gallen, SwitzerlandAn Insider's Guide to Place BrandingShaping the Identity and Reputation of Cities, Regions and CountriesXIII, 289 p. 48 illus.12021final56.9917.1060.9818.2949.9915.0064.9919.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English289KJSKNSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-03-312021-03-302022-03-302022-03-301Introduction to an Insider's Guide to Place Branding.- Place Branding Essentials: Understanding Place Branding.- Keys for Place Branding Success.- How Place Branding Can Contribute to a Better World.- Place Branding: The Future.- Interviews With Experts: Adam Mikolajczyk on Meaningful City Branding.- Dr. Andrea Lucarelli on the Politics of Place Branding.- Andrew Hoyne on Placemaking and Place Branding in Australia.- Anupam Yog on Place Branding and Placemaking in India.- Aparna Dutt Sharma on India, Nation Branding and Investment Promotion.- Bill Baker on Destination Branding for Small Cities and Regions.- Bill Geist on the Future of Destination Marketing and DMO's.- Buck Song Koh on Brand Singapore and Successful Nation Branding.- Caio Esteves on Place Branding in Brazil and Latin America.- Dr. Cecilia Cassinger on City Branding and Sustainability in the Nordics.- Dr. Cecilia Pasquinelli on Urban Competitiveness and Cultural Economy.- Christopher Hire on Strong City Brands andData-Led Innovation.- Ed Burghard on Economic Development and Brand America.- Dr. Eduardo Oliveira on Place Branding and Strategic Spatial Planning.- Dr. Efe Sevin on Exurban Place Branding.- Erling Fossen on Oslo, City Brand Reputation and Sustainability.- Dr. Gary Warnaby on City Marketing and Retail Destinations.- Günter Soydanbay on City Branding, Turkey and Psychology.- Gustavo Koniszczer on Country Branding in Latin America.- Dr. Heather Skinner on Responsible Tourism, Corfu and Place Branding.- Dr. Hila Oren on Placemaking and City Branding in Tel Aviv.- Hjörtur Smárason on Place Branding, Future Cities and Brand Africa.- Dr. Hong Fan on City Branding in China and Public Diplomacy.- Inga Hlín Pálsdóttir on Destination Branding and Iceland.- Dr. Irina Shafranskaya on City Happiness and Place Branding in Russia.- Jaume Marín on Destination Branding and Social Media.- Jeannette Hanna on Creating Authentic Place Brands.- Jeremy Tamanini on Dubai, the Green Economy and Country Reputation.- Dr. Joao Freire on Place Branding in Portugal and the Middle East.- Dr. Jordi de San Eugenio Vela on City Branding and Public Diplomacy.- Jose Filipe Torres on the Branding and Digital Reputation of Countries.- José Pablo Arango Calle on Country Branding in Colombia.- Juan Carlos Belloso on City Branding and the Case of Barcelona.- Dr. Madgalena Florek on Place Marketing and Brand Equity.- Malcolm Allan on City Branding and Placemaking in Great Britain.- Dr. Marta Herezniak on Place Brand Effectiveness.- Dr. Martin Boisen on Place Brand Management.- Dr. Natasha Grand on Creating Place Identity.- Dr. Oliver Zöllner on Place Branding in Germany.- Pärtel-Peeter Pere on Nordic Place Branding and Talent Attraction.- Rebecca Smith on Country Branding in New Zealand.- Dr. Robert Govers on the Origins and Future of Place Branding.- Dr. Sebastian Zenker on Place Marketing and City Branding in Europe.- Dr. Sonya Hanna on Strategic Place Brand Management.- Dr. Stella Kladou on How CultureImpacts City Branding.- Todd Babiak on Meaningful Place Branding and Storytelling.- Tom Buncle on Destination Branding, Tourismand Crisis Recovery.This professional guidebook highlights brand development and management for cities, regions, countries, and destinations. It presents a unique collection of expert interviews, combined with latest research insights and thoughts on the most relevant topics and trends linked to the reputation, brand development and management of cities, regions, countries and destinations. This is a book which offers inspiring personal stories and reflections, and at the same time serves as essential know how guide for busy place managers, marketers and developers who care about the reputation and well-being of their community.<div>
</div>		<div>This professional guidebook highlights brand development and management for cities, regions, countries, and destinations. It presents a unique collection of expert interviews, combined with latest research insights and thoughts on the most relevant topics and trends linked to the reputation, brand development and management of cities, regions, countries and destinations. This is a book which offers inspiring personal stories and reflections, and at the same time serves as essential know how guide for busy place managers, marketers and developers who care about the reputation and well-being of their community.</div><div>
</div>		Offers a unique mix of storytelling by interviews, and information sharing from research insightsPresents a hands-on guide for consultants, regional planners, tourism policy-makers and place marketers<div>Florian Kaefer is the founder and editor of The Place Brand Observer (PlaceBrandObserver.com), the leading online magazine and knowledge hub on place reputation and the branding of cities, regions, destinations and counties. Florian is an accredited journalist (Germany) and holds a PhD in Management Communication from the University of Waikato, New Zealand.
</div>		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030671464BrandingTourism ManagementUrban Economics468000
30
Business and Managementx978-3-030-62600-6Kets de VriesManfred F. R. Kets de VriesManfred F. R. Kets de Vries, INSEAD, Fontainebleau, FranceThe CEO WhispererMeditations on Leadership, Life, and ChangeXIX, 230 p. 1 illus.12021final34.9910.5037.4411.2329.999.0037.9911.40Hard cover0The Palgrave Kets de Vries LibraryBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English230KJJMSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2020-12-162020-12-162021-01-022021-01-0211:The Rot at the Top.- 2:A Leadership Laboratory.- 3:The Clinical Paradigm.- 4:An Existential Dive.-5:The Self-Actualizing Equation.- 6:The Power of Storytelling.- 7:“Rewriting” Stories.- 8:Our Inner Theater.-9:Caveat Emptor.-10:The Freudian Trajectory.-11:The Rollercoaster Ride of Change.- 12:The Whisperer’s Dance.-13:Creating “Aha!” Experiences.-14:Are You a Prisoner of Optical Illusions?.- 15:The Loneliness of Command.-16:The Icarus Syndrome.- 17:How Greedy Are You?.- 18:Don’t Regret Regrets.-19:Managing Disappointment.- 20: A-Players or B-Players?.-21: How Closed-Minded Are You?.- 22: Whatever It Is, I’m Against It.-23:Living in the “I” world.-24: Are You Attracted to a Cult?.- 25: Do You Have a Corporate Culture or a Corporate Cult?.- 26:Creating Best Places to Work.- 27:Can Organizations Provide Wellness?.- 28:Old Age Is Not for Sissies.<div>“In this deeply personal book, Manfred Kets de Vries reflects on his lifelong engagement with issues around leadership of organizations and change. Clearly written, brimming with insight—the arguments frank but very sophisticated—this book once again shows why Kets de Vries is widely regarded as our foremost thinker on the psychology of leadership.”

- Sudhir Kakar, training psychoanalyst, novelist/ one of the world’s major intellectuals </div><div>“Another masterpiece from this brilliant alumnus of our school.”

- Professor Marc Salomon, Dean University of Amsterdam Business School, Netherlands“Manfred Kets De Vries is a colleague, a mentor, a friend and above all a good human being. Deeply curious and intellectually brilliant he has been a prolific writer over the last several decades. Each of his books has teased the subtleties of the intricate mesh of strengths, emotions and frailties that define leaders as actors in their personal and professional lives. This book is no different. The CEO Whisperer fathoms the deep emotions of and the complex challenges faced by CEOs and provides us with important perspectives to understand them better. The CEO Whisperer is a fascinating read and I am sure you will enjoy it thoroughly from start to end.”- Soumitra Dutta, Professor of Management and Former Founding Dean, SC Johnson College of Business, Cornell University, New York</div><div>“This is an outstanding book. Based on decades of Manfred’s work while coaching, teaching and researching CEOs, it can be seen as a real tour de force. The book is going to be of interest to a broad audience beyond the C-suite. It is useful to anyone who aspires to be a healthy employee and leader; who wants to create a great working environment; and generally, who wants to become a more well-rounded person. Many times, while reading this book, I could not help but reflect on my own leadership and thatof the +500 CEOs I have interviewed, making it a truly profound book. Reading it, I learned much from it and will share its many lessons with my students for years to come.”</div><div>- Karl Moore, Associate Professor Desautels Faculty of Management, McGill University</div><div>Associate Fellow, Green Templeton College, Oxford University</div><div>
</div><div>“Reading this book is like being coached by Manfred - he is very empathetic, experienced and humble at the same time. He has guided through difficult situations numerous C-suite executives. His caring and fun to read reflections will help you solve yours. It would have been very hard for me to have become a female top executive in the Russian banking industry and executive coach without the wisdom I obtained by participating in his in high demand courses at INSEAD and KDV institute as well as the knowledge I acquired from reading his books.”

- Yulia Chupina, Head of strategy andHR at Sberbank, Russia</div><div>
</div><div>At this critical junction in the history of humankind, leaders that are proficient in magical thinking aren’t going to solve our problems. Creating alternative realities is not the answer. We need a very different kind of leadership—leaders who can resist the calls of regression and whose outlook is firmly based in reality. We need leaders who analyze and draw conclusions from, or use their own experiences as a development tool, face their strengths and weaknesses, and critique their own experiences in order to build new understandings. In this very personal and entertaining book, Manfred Kets de Vries, one of the “gurus” in the field of leadership studies offers his thoughts on leadership and life, reflections written for executives and the people who deal with them. As a psychoanalyst and leadership professor let loose in the world of r		At this critical junction in the history of humankind, leaders that are proficient in magical thinking aren’t going to solve our problems. Creating alternative realities is not the answer. We need a very different kind of leadership—leaders who can resist the calls of regression and whose outlook is firmly based in reality. We need leaders who analyze and draw conclusions from, or use their own experiences as a development tool, face their strengths and weaknesses, and critique their own experiences in order to build new understandings. In this very personal and entertaining book, Manfred Kets de Vries, one of the “gurus” in the field of leadership studies offers his thoughts on leadership and life, reflections written for executives and the people who deal with them. As a psychoanalyst and leadership professor let loose in the world of renowned global organizations—as a passionate educator and scholar, or just a human being at the receiving end of heart-rending emails—he examines thepitfalls of leadership and the challenges for the professionals who work with senior executives in today’s AI-focused world. He points out why leaders can derail, and what steps they can take to prevent this from happening. Ultimately, this book encourages you to “Know yourself,” but makes no bones about the challenge it represents. Understanding our “inner theatre” will always be an uphill struggle. Kets de Vries points out why deep dives into our inner world are always fraught with many anxieties. Included in the many subjects covered by the author are the loneliness of command, the management of disappointment, the destructive role of greed, the impact of stubbornness, the role of storytelling, the importance of wellness, and the role of corporate culture. In addition, the book addresses the important topic of how to create great teams and best places to work. Furthermore, the book touches on endings– the ending of our career and the growing realization of the inevitable ending of our life. As time grows short, Kets de Vries emphasizes that we have no time to lose in dealing with our anxieties, regrets, and the things we spend much of our life determined not to see. Taking a deep dive into self-knowledge requires courage and support, and he is here to guide you through it.Includes personal anecdotes, case examples, and vignettesShort, concise chapters make this book easy reading for the busy executiveWritten by a genuinely pioneering practitioner, educator and scholar in the field of clinical and psychodynamic-systemic executive coaching/consulting/ and one of the “gurus” in the field of team dynamics, leadership development, and organizational changeManfred F. R. Kets de Vries is the Distinguished Clinical Professor of Leadership Development and Organizational Change at INSEAD where he has been the pioneer to make leadership studies and executive group coaching part of the school’s DNA. Tens of thousands of executives and coaches worldwide have been introduced to his leadership team intervention methodology. He is the Program Director of INSEAD’s long running top management program, “The Challenge of Leadership: Developing Your Emotional Intelligence.


The Financial Times, Le Capital, Wirtschaftswoche, and the Economist have rated him among the world’s leading management thinkers. As a global consultant in executive leadership development, his clients have included many of the most important global organizations. He is the author of more than 50 books and hundreds of articles, the recipient of numerous awards, including two honorary doctorates. He is also thechairman of the Kets de Vries Institute (KDVI), a boutique leadership development consulting firm.
TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030626006Business and ManagementLeadership PsychologyBusiness Strategy and Leadership501000
31
Business and Managementx978-3-030-62603-7Kets de VriesManfred F. R. Kets de VriesManfred F. R. Kets de Vries, INSEAD, Fontainebleau, FranceThe CEO WhispererMeditations on Leadership, Life, and ChangeXIX, 230 p. 1 illus.12021final29.999.0032.099.6324.997.5032.999.90Soft cover1The Palgrave Kets de Vries LibraryBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English230KJJMSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2021-12-172020-12-162021-12-162021-12-1611:The Rot at the Top.- 2:A Leadership Laboratory.- 3:The Clinical Paradigm.- 4:An Existential Dive.-5:The Self-Actualizing Equation.- 6:The Power of Storytelling.- 7:“Rewriting” Stories.- 8:Our Inner Theater.-9:Caveat Emptor.-10:The Freudian Trajectory.-11:The Rollercoaster Ride of Change.- 12:The Whisperer’s Dance.-13:Creating “Aha!” Experiences.-14:Are You a Prisoner of Optical Illusions?.- 15:The Loneliness of Command.-16:The Icarus Syndrome.- 17:How Greedy Are You?.- 18:Don’t Regret Regrets.-19:Managing Disappointment.- 20: A-Players or B-Players?.-21: How Closed-Minded Are You?.- 22: Whatever It Is, I’m Against It.-23:Living in the “I” world.-24: Are You Attracted to a Cult?.- 25: Do You Have a Corporate Culture or a Corporate Cult?.- 26:Creating Best Places to Work.- 27:Can Organizations Provide Wellness?.- 28:Old Age Is Not for Sissies.<div>“In this deeply personal book, Manfred Kets de Vries reflects on his lifelong engagement with issues around leadership of organizations and change. Clearly written, brimming with insight—the arguments frank but very sophisticated—this book once again shows why Kets de Vries is widely regarded as our foremost thinker on the psychology of leadership.”

- Sudhir Kakar, training psychoanalyst, novelist/ one of the world’s major intellectuals </div><div>“Another masterpiece from this brilliant alumnus of our school.”

- Professor Marc Salomon, Dean University of Amsterdam Business School, Netherlands“Manfred Kets De Vries is a colleague, a mentor, a friend and above all a good human being. Deeply curious and intellectually brilliant he has been a prolific writer over the last several decades. Each of his books has teased the subtleties of the intricate mesh of strengths, emotions and frailties that define leaders as actors in their personal and professional lives. This book is no different. The CEO Whisperer fathoms the deep emotions of and the complex challenges faced by CEOs and provides us with important perspectives to understand them better. The CEO Whisperer is a fascinating read and I am sure you will enjoy it thoroughly from start to end.”- Soumitra Dutta, Professor of Management and Former Founding Dean, SC Johnson College of Business, Cornell University, New York</div><div>“This is an outstanding book. Based on decades of Manfred’s work while coaching, teaching and researching CEOs, it can be seen as a real tour de force. The book is going to be of interest to a broad audience beyond the C-suite. It is useful to anyone who aspires to be a healthy employee and leader; who wants to create a great working environment; and generally, who wants to become a more well-rounded person. Many times, while reading this book, I could not help but reflect on my own leadership and thatof the +500 CEOs I have interviewed, making it a truly profound book. Reading it, I learned much from it and will share its many lessons with my students for years to come.”</div><div>- Karl Moore, Associate Professor Desautels Faculty of Management, McGill University</div><div>Associate Fellow, Green Templeton College, Oxford University</div><div>
</div><div>“Reading this book is like being coached by Manfred - he is very empathetic, experienced and humble at the same time. He has guided through difficult situations numerous C-suite executives. His caring and fun to read reflections will help you solve yours. It would have been very hard for me to have become a female top executive in the Russian banking industry and executive coach without the wisdom I obtained by participating in his in high demand courses at INSEAD and KDV institute as well as the knowledge I acquired from reading his books.”

- Yulia Chupina, Head of strategy andHR at Sberbank, Russia</div><div>
</div><div>At this critical junction in the history of humankind, leaders that are proficient in magical thinking aren’t going to solve our problems. Creating alternative realities is not the answer. We need a very different kind of leadership—leaders who can resist the calls of regression and whose outlook is firmly based in reality. We need leaders who analyze and draw conclusions from, or use their own experiences as a development tool, face their strengths and weaknesses, and critique their own experiences in order to build new understandings. In this very personal and entertaining book, Manfred Kets de Vries, one of the “gurus” in the field of leadership studies offers his thoughts on leadership and life, reflections written for executives and the people who deal with them. As a psychoanalyst and leadership professor let loose in the world of r		At this critical junction in the history of humankind, leaders that are proficient in magical thinking aren’t going to solve our problems. Creating alternative realities is not the answer. We need a very different kind of leadership—leaders who can resist the calls of regression and whose outlook is firmly based in reality. We need leaders who analyze and draw conclusions from, or use their own experiences as a development tool, face their strengths and weaknesses, and critique their own experiences in order to build new understandings. In this very personal and entertaining book, Manfred Kets de Vries, one of the “gurus” in the field of leadership studies offers his thoughts on leadership and life, reflections written for executives and the people who deal with them. As a psychoanalyst and leadership professor let loose in the world of renowned global organizations—as a passionate educator and scholar, or just a human being at the receiving end of heart-rending emails—he examines thepitfalls of leadership and the challenges for the professionals who work with senior executives in today’s AI-focused world. He points out why leaders can derail, and what steps they can take to prevent this from happening. Ultimately, this book encourages you to “Know yourself,” but makes no bones about the challenge it represents. Understanding our “inner theatre” will always be an uphill struggle. Kets de Vries points out why deep dives into our inner world are always fraught with many anxieties. Included in the many subjects covered by the author are the loneliness of command, the management of disappointment, the destructive role of greed, the impact of stubbornness, the role of storytelling, the importance of wellness, and the role of corporate culture. In addition, the book addresses the important topic of how to create great teams and best places to work. Furthermore, the book touches on endings– the ending of our career and the growing realization of the inevitable ending of our life. As time grows short, Kets de Vries emphasizes that we have no time to lose in dealing with our anxieties, regrets, and the things we spend much of our life determined not to see. Taking a deep dive into self-knowledge requires courage and support, and he is here to guide you through it.Includes personal anecdotes, case examples, and vignettesShort, concise chapters make this book easy reading for the busy executiveWritten by a genuinely pioneering practitioner, educator and scholar in the field of clinical and psychodynamic-systemic executive coaching/consulting/ and one of the “gurus” in the field of team dynamics, leadership development, and organizational changeManfred F. R. Kets de Vries is the Distinguished Clinical Professor of Leadership Development and Organizational Change at INSEAD where he has been the pioneer to make leadership studies and executive group coaching part of the school’s DNA. Tens of thousands of executives and coaches worldwide have been introduced to his leadership team intervention methodology. He is the Program Director of INSEAD’s long running top management program, “The Challenge of Leadership: Developing Your Emotional Intelligence.


The Financial Times, Le Capital, Wirtschaftswoche, and the Economist have rated him among the world’s leading management thinkers. As a global consultant in executive leadership development, his clients have included many of the most important global organizations. He is the author of more than 50 books and hundreds of articles, the recipient of numerous awards, including two honorary doctorates. He is also thechairman of the Kets de Vries Institute (KDVI), a boutique leadership development consulting firm.
TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030626037Business and ManagementLeadership PsychologyBusiness Strategy and Leadership391000
32
Business and Managementx978-3-662-56547-6KreutzerRalf T. Kreutzer; Tim Neugebauer; Annette PattlochRalf T. Kreutzer, Berlin School of Economics & Law, Berlin, Germany; Tim Neugebauer, DMK E-BUSINESS GmbH, Chemnitz, Germany; Annette Pattloch, Beuth University of Applied Sciences, Berlin, GermanyDigital Business LeadershipDigital Transformation, Business Model Innovation, Agile Organization, Change ManagementXII, 263 p. 199 illus., 197 illus. in color.12018final99.9930.00106.9932.1089.9927.00109.9933.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English263KJCKJSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0Available2018-05-142018-04-282018-07-062018-07-0611. Background and the necessity to build a Digital Business Leadership.- 2. Eight areas of action to build a Digital Business Leadership.- 3. Change management - shaping change successfully.- 4. Best Practices in building a Digital Business Leadership.- 5. Beginning is the most difficult - our call to action.This book provides specialists and executives with a clear, yet practical set of recommendations to meet the challenges of digital transformation and ensure long-term success as a leader in a primarily digital business world. The authors describe the fundamental principles of digitization and its economic opportunities and risks, integrating them into a framework of classic and new management methods. The book also explores how increasing digitization – not only of communication, but of complete value chains – has led to a need to establish a digital business leadership. Digitization is changing people and markets: it causes the upheaval of entire industries, creates new digital-centric companies, and forces established companies to cope with the transformation activities associated with these digitization processes. New approaches and methods have to be learned, tried and tested patterns of thinking have to be explored, and last but not least, innovation activities have to be understood as continuous necessities. At the same time, digital business offers considerable opportunities for renewing competitive advantages, improving existing process structures and realigning products, services and business models.Illustrates eight central fields of action for digital business leadershipProvides practitioners and executives with a clear, yet practical, set of recommendations for actionDelivers case studies with insights in organizational behavior and methods of leading digital organizationsProf. Dr. Ralf T. Kreutzer has been a Professor of Marketing at the Berlin School of Economics and Law. In addition, he works as a marketing and management consultant, trainer, and coach. He previously worked for 15 years in various management positions at Bertelsmann, Volkswagen and Deutsche Post. Through regular publications and presentations Professor Kreutzer has spread considerable impulses concerning various topics related to marketing, dialogue marketing, CRM / loyalty programs, database marketing, online marketing, digital darwinism, strategic and international marketing. He advised a variety of enterprises nationally and abroad in these fields and trained/coached managers at middle and top management level. Professor Kreutzer is a frequent keynote speaker at national and international conferences. His recent book publications include “Kundenclubs & More“ (2004), “Marketing Excellence“ (2007), “Die neue Macht des Marketing” (2008), “Praxisorientiertes Dialog-Marketing” (2009), “Praxisorientiertes Marketing” (4th Edition, 2013), “Praxisorientiertes Online Marketing” (2. Auflage, 2014), “Digital Darwinism“ (2014, together with Karl-Heinz Land), “B2B-Online-Marketing und Social Media (2015, together with Andrea Rumler and Benjamin Wille-Baumkauff), “Dematerialisierung – Die Neuverteilung der Welt” (2015, together with Karl-Heinz Land), “Digitaler Darwinismus – Der stille Angriff auf Ihr Geschäftsmodell und Ihre Marke” (2nd Edition, 2016, together with Karl-Heinz Land) and “Kundenbeziehungsmanagement in digitalen Zeitalter” (2016).Prof. Dr. Annette Pattloch has been a Professor of Marketing at the Beuth University of Applied Sciences Berlin since 2005. After studying Information Science at the University of the Saarland and at Rutgers University in the US, she has been working in the industry for more than ten years, most recently in a consulting firm as department manager for customer relationship management systems at the Volkswagen subsidiary gedas. Her focus in research and teaching lies on brand management and services marketing.Tim Neugebauer is co-founder and CEO of DMK E-BUSINESS GmbH. The business graduate is responsible for managing the areas of strategy, consulting and marketing / sales. As Senior Digital Business Consultant he also leads the digital consulting unit DMK INNOVATIONS, where he is actively involved in the digital management and strategy consulting for group companies, public institutions and SMEs. The main topics are: digital transformation, digital business leadership, agility, user centralization, and questions concerning dual organizational principles. Since 2012 Tim Neugebauer has also been spokesman of the forum 'Digital Business' in association with SIBB eV - ICT & Digital Business Association of Berlin-Brandenburg, pushing issues of digitization in the capital region. At the Beuth University of Applied Sciences Berlin he has been a lecturer in the areas of service marketing and innovation management. At the University of Applied Sciences Potsdam Tim Neugebauer advises on the establishment of an entrepreneurship- and management lab. Tim Neugebauer regularly publishes in relevant media, gives statements and interviews and also speaks at conferences and trade shows.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783662565476Business Strategy and LeadershipInnovation and Technology ManagementIT in Businesse-Commerce and e-BusinessOrganization582000
33
Business and Managementx978-3-662-58588-7KreutzerRalf T. Kreutzer; Tim Neugebauer; Annette PattlochRalf T. Kreutzer, Berlin School of Economics & Law, Berlin, Germany; Tim Neugebauer, DMK E-BUSINESS GmbH, Chemnitz, Germany; Annette Pattloch, Beuth University of Applied Sciences, Berlin, GermanyDigital Business LeadershipDigital Transformation, Business Model Innovation, Agile Organization, Change ManagementXII, 263 p. 199 illus., 197 illus. in color.12018final64.9919.5069.5420.8654.9916.5069.9921.00Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English263KJCKJSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0Available2018-12-252018-12-252019-05-142019-06-1111. Background and the necessity to build a Digital Business Leadership.- 2. Eight areas of action to build a Digital Business Leadership.- 3. Change management - shaping change successfully.- 4. Best Practices in building a Digital Business Leadership.- 5. Beginning is the most difficult - our call to action.This book provides specialists and executives with a clear, yet practical set of recommendations to meet the challenges of digital transformation and ensure long-term success as a leader in a primarily digital business world. The authors describe the fundamental principles of digitization and its economic opportunities and risks, integrating them into a framework of classic and new management methods. The book also explores how increasing digitization – not only of communication, but of complete value chains – has led to a need to establish a digital business leadership. Digitization is changing people and markets: it causes the upheaval of entire industries, creates new digital-centric companies, and forces established companies to cope with the transformation activities associated with these digitization processes. New approaches and methods have to be learned, tried and tested patterns of thinking have to be explored, and last but not least, innovation activities have to be understood as continuous necessities. At the same time, digital business offers considerable opportunities for renewing competitive advantages, improving existing process structures and realigning products, services and business models.Illustrates eight central fields of action for digital business leadershipProvides practitioners and executives with a clear, yet practical, set of recommendations for actionDelivers case studies with insights in organizational behavior and methods of leading digital organizationsProf. Dr. Ralf T. Kreutzer has been a Professor of Marketing at the Berlin School of Economics and Law. In addition, he works as a marketing and management consultant, trainer, and coach. He previously worked for 15 years in various management positions at Bertelsmann, Volkswagen and Deutsche Post. Through regular publications and presentations Professor Kreutzer has spread considerable impulses concerning various topics related to marketing, dialogue marketing, CRM / loyalty programs, database marketing, online marketing, digital darwinism, strategic and international marketing. He advised a variety of enterprises nationally and abroad in these fields and trained/coached managers at middle and top management level. Professor Kreutzer is a frequent keynote speaker at national and international conferences. His recent book publications include “Kundenclubs & More“ (2004), “Marketing Excellence“ (2007), “Die neue Macht des Marketing” (2008), “Praxisorientiertes Dialog-Marketing” (2009), “Praxisorientiertes Marketing” (4th Edition, 2013), “Praxisorientiertes Online Marketing” (2. Auflage, 2014), “Digital Darwinism“ (2014, together with Karl-Heinz Land), “B2B-Online-Marketing und Social Media (2015, together with Andrea Rumler and Benjamin Wille-Baumkauff), “Dematerialisierung – Die Neuverteilung der Welt” (2015, together with Karl-Heinz Land), “Digitaler Darwinismus – Der stille Angriff auf Ihr Geschäftsmodell und Ihre Marke” (2nd Edition, 2016, together with Karl-Heinz Land) and “Kundenbeziehungsmanagement in digitalen Zeitalter” (2016).Prof. Dr. Annette Pattloch has been a Professor of Marketing at the Beuth University of Applied Sciences Berlin since 2005. After studying Information Science at the University of the Saarland and at Rutgers University in the US, she has been working in the industry for more than ten years, most recently in a consulting firm as department manager for customer relationship management systems at the Volkswagen subsidiary gedas. Her focus in research and teaching lies on brand management and services marketing.Tim Neugebauer is co-founder and CEO of DMK E-BUSINESS GmbH. The business graduate is responsible for managing the areas of strategy, consulting and marketing / sales. As Senior Digital Business Consultant he also leads the digital consulting unit DMK INNOVATIONS, where he is actively involved in the digital management and strategy consulting for group companies, public institutions and SMEs. The main topics are: digital transformation, digital business leadership, agility, user centralization, and questions concerning dual organizational principles. Since 2012 Tim Neugebauer has also been spokesman of the forum 'Digital Business' in association with SIBB eV - ICT & Digital Business Association of Berlin-Brandenburg, pushing issues of digitization in the capital region. At the Beuth University of Applied Sciences Berlin he has been a lecturer in the areas of service marketing and innovation management. At the University of Applied Sciences Potsdam Tim Neugebauer advises on the establishment of an entrepreneurship- and management lab. Tim Neugebauer regularly publishes in relevant media, gives statements and interviews and also speaks at conferences and trade shows.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783662585887Business Strategy and LeadershipInnovation and Technology ManagementIT in Businesse-Commerce and e-BusinessOrganization454000
34
Business and Managementx978-3-030-95400-0KummerSebastian Kummer; Tina Wakolbinger; Lydia Novoszel; Alexander M. GeskeSebastian Kummer, Institute for Transport and Logistics Management, WU (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Vienna, Austria; Tina Wakolbinger, Institute for Transport and Logistics Management, WU (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Vienna, Austria; Lydia Novoszel, Institute for Transport and Logistics Management, WU (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Vienna, Austria; Alexander M. Geske, Institute for Transport and Logistics Management, WU (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Vienna, AustriaSupply Chain ResilienceInsights from Theory and PracticeXII, 355 p. 1 illus.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Hard cover0Springer Series in Supply Chain ManagementVolumeBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English355KJMV8KJMVSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-09-252022-09-262022-10-122022-10-121Part I: Supply Chain Disruptions and Resilience.- 1. Definition and Development of Supply Chain Resilience.- 2. Supply Chain Resilience: A Decade of Evolvement.- 3. Supply Chain Resilience Framework.- 4. Supply Chain Challenges During the COVID-19 Pandemic.- 5. Pandemic-Related Disruptions in the Field of Freight Transportation.- 6. Modern Slavery and Working Conditions in the European Trucking Industry: A Growing Threat to Supply Chain Resilience.- Part II: Measuring Resilience.- 7. Enhancing Supply Chain Resilience Through Incorporating Business Continuity Management Systems.- 8. Measuring and Fostering Supply Chain Resilience in the Humanitarian Context.- 9. The Value of Artificial Intelligence for More Resilient Supply Chains.- 10. Applying Blockchain Technologies for Increasing Supply Chain Resilience.- Part III: Achieving Resilience.- 11. Policy Options for Strengthening Resilience to Achieve Strategic Autonomy for Austria in a Disrupted World.- 12. Managing Supply Chain Resilience for Sustainability in an Uncertain World: Challenges and Solutions.- 13. Supply Chain Resilience in the Fourth Industrial Revolution.- 14. Resilient Supply Chain Network Design: An Overview of Optimization Models.- Part IV: Resilience in Theory and Practice.- 15. Resilient Supply Chains: A Practical Guide for Successful Implementation.- 16. What Really Works: A Practitioner’s Critical Review on Supply Chain Resilience Research.- 17. Delphi Study on Supply Chain Resilience.- Part V: Supply Chain Resilience in Different Functional Areas.- 18. Commodity Price Risks: Strategies to Increase Supply Chain Resilience.- 19. Achieving Supply Chain Resilience Through Additive Manufacturing.- 20. Resilience in Warehousing.- 21. How to Successfully Master a Pandemic in a Global Distribution Network?.- 22. Resilience Strategies for Freight Transportation: An Overview of the Different Transport Modes Responses.- 23. Thoughts About Individual Resilience Impact to Team and Organization.- Part VI: Supply Chain Resilience in Different Industries.- 24. Resilient Supply Chains in the Parcel Shipping Sector.- 25. Deep Dive on Resilience in the Aviation Industry: Between Resilience for Short-Term Disruptions and Focus on Long-Term Preparedness.- 26. Semiconductor Supply Chain: A 360-Degree View of Supply Chain Risk and Network Resilience Based on GIS and AI.- 27. Ways to Build Resilient Inbound Transportation Logistics in the Automotive Industry.- 28. Overview of the Enablers of Humanitarian Supply Chain Resilience.- 29. Resilience and Military Supply Chain Management.- 30. Concluding Remarks.

Every global crisis highlights the strategic importance of industrial and non-profit supply chains for society. In terms of coping with unforeseen and unpredictable events, supply chain resilience enables the parties and networks involved to stay successful during and after the disruption. Furthermore, a resilient supply chain contributes to the sustainable competitive advantage of the entire value chain.Written by scholars and practitioners alike, this book not only puts forward a new framework for resilience in supply chain management, but also presents best practice cases from various areas and industries. As a particular highlight, it includes a Delphi study that gathers state-of-the-art insights from supply chain leaders.In addition to practical approaches, methods and tools, the book also offers food for thought on the future of supply chain resilience. As such, it offers a valuable resource for current and future managers in the public and private sector, as well as researchers and students engaged in this field.Every global crisis highlights the strategic importance of industrial and non-profit supply chains for society. In terms of coping with unforeseen and unpredictable events, supply chain resilience enables the parties and networks involved to stay successful during and after the disruption. Furthermore, a resilient supply chain contributes to the sustainable competitive advantage of the entire value chain.

Written by scholars and practitioners alike, this book not only puts forward a new framework for resilience in supply chain management, but also presents best practice cases from various areas and industries. As a particular highlight, it includes a Delphi study that gathers state-of-the-art insights from supply chain leaders.

In addition to practical approaches, methods and tools, the book also offers food for thought on the future of supply chain resilience. As such, it offers a valuable resource for current and future managers in the public and private sector, aswell as researchers and students engaged in this field.		Highlights results of a Delphi Study collecting state-of-the-art insights from supply chain leadersProvides a new definition of supply chain resilienceUnifies concepts from city logistics, transport, supply chain management and networksProf. Sebastian Kummer is Head of the Institute for Transport and Logistics Management at the Vienna University of Economics and Business (Austria) and an Endowed Chair Professor at the Jilin University in Changchun (China). In addition to being responsible for program development and teaching in the fields of transportation, logistics and supply chain management, he has coordinated numerous successful research and practical projects for industrial and commercial companies, and for transport and logistics service providers. He has supported numerous transport and logistic tenders. He is the author or editor of more than 180 publications, including leading textbooks.

Prof. Tina Wakolbinger is Head of the Research Institute for Supply Chain Management and Deputy Head of the Institute for Transport and Logistics Management at the Vienna University of Economics and Business (Austria). Her research interests lie in the modeling and analysis of complex decision-making in network systems with a specific focus on global issues. She is especially interested in social and knowledge networks, global transportation and telecommunication networks, financial networks, humanitarian logistics and closed-loop supply chains.


Lydia Novoszel is a Research Associate at the Institute of Transport and Logistics Management at the Vienna University of Economics and Business (Austria). Following an international professional career in supply chain management, she decided to investigate current logistics challenges from an academic perspective. She holds degrees in both mechanical engineering and business administration.

Alexander Maximilian Geske is a Research Associate at the Institute of Transport and Logistics Management at the Vienna University of Economics and Business (Austria). He holds a bachelor’s degree in international business administration and a master’s degree in supply chain management. Thanks to his previous professional career in the transportation industry, he successfully combines practical and academic perspectives.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030954000Supply Chain ManagementLogisticsOperations ManagementOperations Research, Management ScienceOperations Research and Decision TheoryProcurement717000
35
Business and Managementx978-3-030-95403-1KummerSebastian Kummer; Tina Wakolbinger; Lydia Novoszel; Alexander M. GeskeSebastian Kummer, Institute for Transport and Logistics Management, WU (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Vienna, Austria; Tina Wakolbinger, Institute for Transport and Logistics Management, WU (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Vienna, Austria; Lydia Novoszel, Institute for Transport and Logistics Management, WU (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Vienna, Austria; Alexander M. Geske, Institute for Transport and Logistics Management, WU (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Vienna, AustriaSupply Chain ResilienceInsights from Theory and PracticeXII, 355 p. 1 illus.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Springer Series in Supply Chain ManagementVolumeBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English355KJMV8KJMVSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-09-262022-09-262023-09-252023-09-251Part I: Supply Chain Disruptions and Resilience.- 1. Definition and Development of Supply Chain Resilience.- 2. Supply Chain Resilience: A Decade of Evolvement.- 3. Supply Chain Resilience Framework.- 4. Supply Chain Challenges During the COVID-19 Pandemic.- 5. Pandemic-Related Disruptions in the Field of Freight Transportation.- 6. Modern Slavery and Working Conditions in the European Trucking Industry: A Growing Threat to Supply Chain Resilience.- Part II: Measuring Resilience.- 7. Enhancing Supply Chain Resilience Through Incorporating Business Continuity Management Systems.- 8. Measuring and Fostering Supply Chain Resilience in the Humanitarian Context.- 9. The Value of Artificial Intelligence for More Resilient Supply Chains.- 10. Applying Blockchain Technologies for Increasing Supply Chain Resilience.- Part III: Achieving Resilience.- 11. Policy Options for Strengthening Resilience to Achieve Strategic Autonomy for Austria in a Disrupted World.- 12. Managing Supply Chain Resilience for Sustainability in an Uncertain World: Challenges and Solutions.- 13. Supply Chain Resilience in the Fourth Industrial Revolution.- 14. Resilient Supply Chain Network Design: An Overview of Optimization Models.- Part IV: Resilience in Theory and Practice.- 15. Resilient Supply Chains: A Practical Guide for Successful Implementation.- 16. What Really Works: A Practitioner’s Critical Review on Supply Chain Resilience Research.- 17. Delphi Study on Supply Chain Resilience.- Part V: Supply Chain Resilience in Different Functional Areas.- 18. Commodity Price Risks: Strategies to Increase Supply Chain Resilience.- 19. Achieving Supply Chain Resilience Through Additive Manufacturing.- 20. Resilience in Warehousing.- 21. How to Successfully Master a Pandemic in a Global Distribution Network?.- 22. Resilience Strategies for Freight Transportation: An Overview of the Different Transport Modes Responses.- 23. Thoughts About Individual Resilience Impact to Team and Organization.- Part VI: Supply Chain Resilience in Different Industries.- 24. Resilient Supply Chains in the Parcel Shipping Sector.- 25. Deep Dive on Resilience in the Aviation Industry: Between Resilience for Short-Term Disruptions and Focus on Long-Term Preparedness.- 26. Semiconductor Supply Chain: A 360-Degree View of Supply Chain Risk and Network Resilience Based on GIS and AI.- 27. Ways to Build Resilient Inbound Transportation Logistics in the Automotive Industry.- 28. Overview of the Enablers of Humanitarian Supply Chain Resilience.- 29. Resilience and Military Supply Chain Management.- 30. Concluding Remarks.

Every global crisis highlights the strategic importance of industrial and non-profit supply chains for society. In terms of coping with unforeseen and unpredictable events, supply chain resilience enables the parties and networks involved to stay successful during and after the disruption. Furthermore, a resilient supply chain contributes to the sustainable competitive advantage of the entire value chain.Written by scholars and practitioners alike, this book not only puts forward a new framework for resilience in supply chain management, but also presents best practice cases from various areas and industries. As a particular highlight, it includes a Delphi study that gathers state-of-the-art insights from supply chain leaders.In addition to practical approaches, methods and tools, the book also offers food for thought on the future of supply chain resilience. As such, it offers a valuable resource for current and future managers in the public and private sector, as well as researchers and students engaged in this field.Every global crisis highlights the strategic importance of industrial and non-profit supply chains for society. In terms of coping with unforeseen and unpredictable events, supply chain resilience enables the parties and networks involved to stay successful during and after the disruption. Furthermore, a resilient supply chain contributes to the sustainable competitive advantage of the entire value chain.

Written by scholars and practitioners alike, this book not only puts forward a new framework for resilience in supply chain management, but also presents best practice cases from various areas and industries. As a particular highlight, it includes a Delphi study that gathers state-of-the-art insights from supply chain leaders.

In addition to practical approaches, methods and tools, the book also offers food for thought on the future of supply chain resilience. As such, it offers a valuable resource for current and future managers in the public and private sector, aswell as researchers and students engaged in this field.		Highlights results of a Delphi Study collecting state-of-the-art insights from supply chain leadersProvides a new definition of supply chain resilienceUnifies concepts from city logistics, transport, supply chain management and networksProf. Sebastian Kummer is Head of the Institute for Transport and Logistics Management at the Vienna University of Economics and Business (Austria) and an Endowed Chair Professor at the Jilin University in Changchun (China). In addition to being responsible for program development and teaching in the fields of transportation, logistics and supply chain management, he has coordinated numerous successful research and practical projects for industrial and commercial companies, and for transport and logistics service providers. He has supported numerous transport and logistic tenders. He is the author or editor of more than 180 publications, including leading textbooks.

Prof. Tina Wakolbinger is Head of the Research Institute for Supply Chain Management and Deputy Head of the Institute for Transport and Logistics Management at the Vienna University of Economics and Business (Austria). Her research interests lie in the modeling and analysis of complex decision-making in network systems with a specific focus on global issues. She is especially interested in social and knowledge networks, global transportation and telecommunication networks, financial networks, humanitarian logistics and closed-loop supply chains.


Lydia Novoszel is a Research Associate at the Institute of Transport and Logistics Management at the Vienna University of Economics and Business (Austria). Following an international professional career in supply chain management, she decided to investigate current logistics challenges from an academic perspective. She holds degrees in both mechanical engineering and business administration.

Alexander Maximilian Geske is a Research Associate at the Institute of Transport and Logistics Management at the Vienna University of Economics and Business (Austria). He holds a bachelor’s degree in international business administration and a master’s degree in supply chain management. Thanks to his previous professional career in the transportation industry, he successfully combines practical and academic perspectives.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030954031Supply Chain ManagementLogisticsOperations ManagementOperations Research, Management ScienceOperations Research and Decision TheoryProcurement563000
36
Business and Managementx978-3-658-33488-8KupiekMartin KupiekMartin Kupiek, Krailling, GermanyDigital Leadership, Agile Change and the Emotional OrganizationEmotion as a Success Factor for Digital Transformation ProjectsXVII, 174 p. 29 illus.12021final89.9927.0096.2928.8979.9924.0099.9930.00Hard cover0Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English174KJCJMJSpringerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0Available2021-05-252021-05-252021-06-112021-06-11Non-automated Translation11. Digital Leadership in the Agile World and the Present of Change Management.- 2. What We (Can and Should) Know About Emotions Today.- 3. Emotions and Organizational Culture.- 4. Emotions and Agile Change.- 5. Concepts and Instruments for Dealing with Emotions.- 6. Conclusion.<div>This book shows an innovative way for managers to gain a better understanding of emotions in teams and organizational units and thus positively influence agile development in the context of digital transformation of companies.


Digitalization does not just lead to technical changes. It dramatically changes the way employees work with each other as well as how executives play their roles. In an agile working environment, middle management in particular loses power, influence, and relevance, and customer relationships are subject to greater affectivity. The result is an increased emotionalization of the actors, which should be recognized and understood prior to designing the emotional landscape of the organization and to developing and implementing successful business models. The author introduces various conventional and AI-based instruments based on current research for handling emotions, supported by practical concepts.
</div>		This book shows an innovative way for managers to gain a better understanding of emotions in teams and organizational units and thus positively influence agile development in the context of digital transformation of companies. Digitalization does not just lead to technical changes. It dramatically changes the way employees work with each other as well as how executives play their roles. In an agile working environment, middle management in particular loses power, influence, and relevance, and customer relationships are subject to greater affectivity. The result is an increased emotionalization of the actors, which should be recognized and understood prior to designing the emotional landscape of the organization and to developing and implementing successful business models. The author introduces various conventional and AI-based instruments based on current research for handling emotions, supported by practical concepts.
Includes concrete concepts and AI-based instruments for dealing with emotionsOffers a practical guide for managers allowing a deeper understanding of emotions in teams and organizationsConceptualizes emotions as a basis for the successful implementation of digital transformationDr. Martin Kupiek works as an independent management consultant and lecturer combining academic knowledge with experience. For more than 25 years, he has been active as a consultant in the field of organizational change management and leadership development for medium-sized and large companies as well as international corporations. Currently, Dr. Kupiek advises companies from the ICT and automotive industries focused on introducing agile methods to dynamically meet the challenges of digital transformation

ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783658334888Business Strategy and LeadershipWork and Organizational PsychologyIT in Business459000
37
Business and Managementx978-3-658-33491-8KupiekMartin KupiekMartin Kupiek, Krailling, GermanyDigital Leadership, Agile Change and the Emotional OrganizationEmotion as a Success Factor for Digital Transformation ProjectsXVII, 174 p. 29 illus.12021final64.9919.5069.5420.8654.9916.5069.9921.00Soft cover1Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English174KJCJMJSpringerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0Available2022-05-262021-05-252022-05-252022-05-25Non-automated Translation11. Digital Leadership in the Agile World and the Present of Change Management.- 2. What We (Can and Should) Know About Emotions Today.- 3. Emotions and Organizational Culture.- 4. Emotions and Agile Change.- 5. Concepts and Instruments for Dealing with Emotions.- 6. Conclusion.<div>This book shows an innovative way for managers to gain a better understanding of emotions in teams and organizational units and thus positively influence agile development in the context of digital transformation of companies.


Digitalization does not just lead to technical changes. It dramatically changes the way employees work with each other as well as how executives play their roles. In an agile working environment, middle management in particular loses power, influence, and relevance, and customer relationships are subject to greater affectivity. The result is an increased emotionalization of the actors, which should be recognized and understood prior to designing the emotional landscape of the organization and to developing and implementing successful business models. The author introduces various conventional and AI-based instruments based on current research for handling emotions, supported by practical concepts.
</div>		This book shows an innovative way for managers to gain a better understanding of emotions in teams and organizational units and thus positively influence agile development in the context of digital transformation of companies. Digitalization does not just lead to technical changes. It dramatically changes the way employees work with each other as well as how executives play their roles. In an agile working environment, middle management in particular loses power, influence, and relevance, and customer relationships are subject to greater affectivity. The result is an increased emotionalization of the actors, which should be recognized and understood prior to designing the emotional landscape of the organization and to developing and implementing successful business models. The author introduces various conventional and AI-based instruments based on current research for handling emotions, supported by practical concepts.
Includes concrete concepts and AI-based instruments for dealing with emotionsOffers a practical guide for managers allowing a deeper understanding of emotions in teams and organizationsConceptualizes emotions as a basis for the successful implementation of digital transformationDr. Martin Kupiek works as an independent management consultant and lecturer combining academic knowledge with experience. For more than 25 years, he has been active as a consultant in the field of organizational change management and leadership development for medium-sized and large companies as well as international corporations. Currently, Dr. Kupiek advises companies from the ICT and automotive industries focused on introducing agile methods to dynamically meet the challenges of digital transformation

ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783658334918Business Strategy and LeadershipWork and Organizational PsychologyIT in Business302000
38
Business and Managementx978-3-030-22152-2LanzKate Lanz; Paul BrownKate Lanz, Bedford, UK; Paul Brown, Vientiane, Lao People's Democratic RepublicAll the Brains in the BusinessThe Engendered Brain in the 21st Century OrganisationXXI, 144 p. 13 illus., 9 illus. in color.12020final34.9910.5037.4411.2329.999.0037.9911.40Hard cover0The Neuroscience of BusinessBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English144KJKJMV2Palgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2019-11-222019-11-032019-11-162019-11-161Chapter 1 Brain Sex and Biological Sex.- Chapter 2 Conditions for Optimal Brain Function.- Chapter 3 Survive, Thrive and Flow.- Chapter 4 Brain-Sex Based Attention and Communication.- Chapter 5 Power, Politics and Pressure.- Chapter 6 Problem Solvers and Solution Seekers – the Difference between Intra- Compared with Inter- Neural Connectivity.- Chapter 7 The Beginnings of a New Motivational Theory, from the Engendered Brain.- Chapter 8 The Business Case for Valuing Brain Sex Difference.- Chapter 9 How to Ignite All the Brains in the Business.- Chapter 10 Exhaustion, Energy and Excellence – The Male-Female Differences.- Chapter 11 Creating the Mind of the Organisation.- Chapter 12 The New Organisational Paradigm.The power of gender difference, not gender equality, is a secret source for success. Some smart businesses are starting to wake up to this fact. This book explores why and how.

Properly valuing brain gender diversity in the workplace is one of the biggest and largely untapped sources of competitive advantage for modern businesses. Recent advances in neuroscience provide the key to unlocking it. Modern research shows that there are gender-based differences in the brain – it’s just not as simple as a binary between a ‘male brain’ and ‘female brain’. In fact, our brains are like a mosaic where many of the tiles are available in thousands of shades on a spectrum between pink and blue. The problem is that our workplaces tend to be governed by structures, processes and cultures that are practically pure blue. All the brains in the business that are elsewhere on the spectrum cannot thrive as they might, so sources of productivity, creativity and agility go untapped.


Anyone who manages people needs to understand how the brain works and the impact it has on how people work together as teams. Anyone who wants to unlock the talent and productivity of all of their people needs to understand how recent findings around male- and female-type brains should shape the way they manage.

Leading applied neuroscientists and international corporate coaches Kate Lanz and Paul Brown show you why and how to access all the brains in your business.		The power of gender difference, not gender equality, is a secret source for success. Some smart businesses are starting to wake up to this fact. This book explores why and how.

Properly valuing brain gender diversity in the workplace is one of the biggest and largely untapped sources of competitive advantage for modern businesses. Recent advances in neuroscience provide the key to unlocking it.

Modern research shows that there are gender-based differences in the brain – it’s just not as simple as a binary between a ‘male brain’ and ‘female brain’. In fact, our brains are like a mosaic where many of the tiles are available in thousands of shades on a spectrum between pink and blue. The problem is that our workplaces tend to be governed by structures, processes and cultures that are practically pure blue. All the brains in the business that are elsewhere on the spectrum cannot thrive as they might, so sources of productivity, creativity and agility go untapped.

Anyone who manages people needs to understand how the brain works and the impact it has on how people work together as teams. Anyone who wants to unlock the talent and productivity of all of their people needs to understand how recent findings around male- and female-type brains should shape the way they manage.

Leading applied neuroscientists and international corporate coaches Kate Lanz and Paul Brown show you why and how to access all the brains in your business.		Re-frames the conversation to ?identify and appreciate the spectrum of differences in brain sexProvides organizations with the understanding they need to unlock the value of gender differencesAccessibly surveys recent research to provide business leaders with a sound neuroscientific basis for organizational change<div>Kate Lanz is Founder and CEO of Mindbridge, an executive coaching and business performance consultancy specialising in applied neuroscience. Before consulting and coaching she held senior international roles in business, notably with Diageo, where at the time, she was the only female and the youngest International General Manager. Kate’s fascination with accessing individual motivation at work led to her second degree, a BSc in psychology, before she went on to an MBA and now her ongoing doctoral research into brain gender difference in business. She has a wide variety of clients, from hedge funds to multinationals in Singapore, Beijing, South and Central America, the USA, the Middle East, Europe and the UK and is senior Coaching Faculty at INSEAD. She is also an accredited coach supervisor.</div><div>Dr. Paul Brown is a consulting clinical and organisational psychologist, executive coach and supervisor. He was Chairman of the Association for Professional and Executive Coaching and Supervision, APECS; has been Visiting Professor in Organisational Neuroscience at London South Bank University and in Individual and Organisational Psychology at Nottingham Law School; started the first MSc in Organisational Neuroscience; and is now Professor of Organisational Neuroscience, Monarch Business School, Switzerland. He is an External Adviser to the International Energy Research Centre, the Tyndall Institute, University of Cork, Ireland and is the Association for Coaching's Global Ambassador for Applied Neuroscience. He consults and teaches widely, especially in Southeast Asia.</div>TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030221522Business and ManagementDiversity Management and Women in BusinessBusiness Strategy and LeadershipNeuroscienceWork and Organizational Psychology454000
39
Business and Managementx978-3-030-22155-3LanzKate Lanz; Paul BrownKate Lanz, Bedford, UK; Paul Brown, Vientiane, Lao People's Democratic RepublicAll the Brains in the BusinessThe Engendered Brain in the 21st Century OrganisationXXI, 144 p. 13 illus., 9 illus. in color.12020final29.999.0032.099.6324.997.5032.999.90Soft cover1The Neuroscience of BusinessBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English144KJKJMV2Palgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2020-11-222019-11-032020-11-222020-11-221Chapter 1 Brain Sex and Biological Sex.- Chapter 2 Conditions for Optimal Brain Function.- Chapter 3 Survive, Thrive and Flow.- Chapter 4 Brain-Sex Based Attention and Communication.- Chapter 5 Power, Politics and Pressure.- Chapter 6 Problem Solvers and Solution Seekers – the Difference between Intra- Compared with Inter- Neural Connectivity.- Chapter 7 The Beginnings of a New Motivational Theory, from the Engendered Brain.- Chapter 8 The Business Case for Valuing Brain Sex Difference.- Chapter 9 How to Ignite All the Brains in the Business.- Chapter 10 Exhaustion, Energy and Excellence – The Male-Female Differences.- Chapter 11 Creating the Mind of the Organisation.- Chapter 12 The New Organisational Paradigm.The power of gender difference, not gender equality, is a secret source for success. Some smart businesses are starting to wake up to this fact. This book explores why and how.

Properly valuing brain gender diversity in the workplace is one of the biggest and largely untapped sources of competitive advantage for modern businesses. Recent advances in neuroscience provide the key to unlocking it. Modern research shows that there are gender-based differences in the brain – it’s just not as simple as a binary between a ‘male brain’ and ‘female brain’. In fact, our brains are like a mosaic where many of the tiles are available in thousands of shades on a spectrum between pink and blue. The problem is that our workplaces tend to be governed by structures, processes and cultures that are practically pure blue. All the brains in the business that are elsewhere on the spectrum cannot thrive as they might, so sources of productivity, creativity and agility go untapped.


Anyone who manages people needs to understand how the brain works and the impact it has on how people work together as teams. Anyone who wants to unlock the talent and productivity of all of their people needs to understand how recent findings around male- and female-type brains should shape the way they manage.

Leading applied neuroscientists and international corporate coaches Kate Lanz and Paul Brown show you why and how to access all the brains in your business.		The power of gender difference, not gender equality, is a secret source for success. Some smart businesses are starting to wake up to this fact. This book explores why and how.

Properly valuing brain gender diversity in the workplace is one of the biggest and largely untapped sources of competitive advantage for modern businesses. Recent advances in neuroscience provide the key to unlocking it.

Modern research shows that there are gender-based differences in the brain – it’s just not as simple as a binary between a ‘male brain’ and ‘female brain’. In fact, our brains are like a mosaic where many of the tiles are available in thousands of shades on a spectrum between pink and blue. The problem is that our workplaces tend to be governed by structures, processes and cultures that are practically pure blue. All the brains in the business that are elsewhere on the spectrum cannot thrive as they might, so sources of productivity, creativity and agility go untapped.

Anyone who manages people needs to understand how the brain works and the impact it has on how people work together as teams. Anyone who wants to unlock the talent and productivity of all of their people needs to understand how recent findings around male- and female-type brains should shape the way they manage.

Leading applied neuroscientists and international corporate coaches Kate Lanz and Paul Brown show you why and how to access all the brains in your business.		Re-frames the conversation to ?identify and appreciate the spectrum of differences in brain sexProvides organizations with the understanding they need to unlock the value of gender differencesAccessibly surveys recent research to provide business leaders with a sound neuroscientific basis for organizational change<div>Kate Lanz is Founder and CEO of Mindbridge, an executive coaching and business performance consultancy specialising in applied neuroscience. Before consulting and coaching she held senior international roles in business, notably with Diageo, where at the time, she was the only female and the youngest International General Manager. Kate’s fascination with accessing individual motivation at work led to her second degree, a BSc in psychology, before she went on to an MBA and now her ongoing doctoral research into brain gender difference in business. She has a wide variety of clients, from hedge funds to multinationals in Singapore, Beijing, South and Central America, the USA, the Middle East, Europe and the UK and is senior Coaching Faculty at INSEAD. She is also an accredited coach supervisor.</div><div>Dr. Paul Brown is a consulting clinical and organisational psychologist, executive coach and supervisor. He was Chairman of the Association for Professional and Executive Coaching and Supervision, APECS; has been Visiting Professor in Organisational Neuroscience at London South Bank University and in Individual and Organisational Psychology at Nottingham Law School; started the first MSc in Organisational Neuroscience; and is now Professor of Organisational Neuroscience, Monarch Business School, Switzerland. He is an External Adviser to the International Energy Research Centre, the Tyndall Institute, University of Cork, Ireland and is the Association for Coaching's Global Ambassador for Applied Neuroscience. He consults and teaches widely, especially in Southeast Asia.</div>TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030221553Business and ManagementDiversity Management and Women in BusinessBusiness Strategy and LeadershipNeuroscienceWork and Organizational Psychology454000
40
Business and Managementx978-3-030-90035-9LemppMartin Lempp; Patrick SiegfriedMartin Lempp, ISM International School of Management GmbH, Oberursel, Germany; Patrick Siegfried, ISM International School of Management GmbH, Frankfurt am Main, GermanyAutomotive Disruption and the Urban Mobility RevolutionRethinking the Business Model 2030XVIII, 155 p. 57 illus.12022final37.9911.4040.6512.2032.999.9044.9913.50Hard cover0Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English155KNDKJCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2021-12-212021-12-212021-12-302021-12-301<div>1. Introduction to Automotive Disruption and the Urban Mobility Revolution.- 2. Characterization of the Automotive Industry.- 3. Elements of the Automotive Disruption.- 4. Urban Mobility Revolution: A Quantitative Analysis.- 5. Business Model 2030: A Metamorphosis of the Automotive</div><div>Landscape.- 6. Conclusion to Automotive Disruption and the Urban Mobility Revolution.- 7. Prospects: A Look Beyond.</div>This book provides an integrated perspective of the automotive market for the next decade. It shows how customers and producers are shaping the market simultaneously and contends that the first steps of the mobility revolution have already been taken. It compels automotive companies to strike new paths to participate in this journey.<div>
<div>The authors provide a comprehensive analysis of the automotive industry, including prevailing business models of OEMs and 'tier-n' automotive suppliers, the competitive environment they are embedded in as well as socio-economic changes affecting future market conditions. Subsequently, elements of the automotive disruption are presented; these enable the provision of novel urban mobility concepts and offer a new source for additional services accompanying the user. A comprehensive insight into consumer behavior, potential automotive business models which can be sustained by 2030, smart city models, transformation strategies, and diverse marketpenetration scenarios are also provided in the book. It also outlines the challenges and key actions that shape the automotive sector even beyond 2030 as well as knock-on effects across different industries arising from the technological and economic changes in the automotive market are projected.</div><div>
</div></div><div>
</div>		This book provides an integrated perspective of the automotive market for the next decade. It shows how customers and producers are shaping the market simultaneously and contends that the first steps of the mobility revolution have already been taken. It compels automotive companies to strike new paths to participate in this journey.<div>
<div>The authors provide a comprehensive analysis of the automotive industry, including prevailing business models of OEMs and 'tier-n' automotive suppliers, the competitive environment they are embedded in as well as socio-economic changes affecting future market conditions. Subsequently, elements of the automotive disruption are presented; these enable the provision of novel urban mobility concepts and offer a new source for additional services accompanying the user. A comprehensive insight into consumer behavior, potential automotive business models which can be sustained by 2030, smart city models, transformation strategies, and diverse marketpenetration scenarios are also provided in the book. It also outlines the challenges and key actions that shape the automotive sector even beyond 2030 as well as knock-on effects across different industries arising from the technological and economic changes in the automotive market are projected.</div><div>
</div></div>		Compels the automotive industry to rethink current business models aiming for sustained business in 2030Outlines the challenges and key actions that shape the automotive sectorFocuses on consumer behavior, business transformation strategies, and socio-economic challengesPatrick Siegfried is a Professor of Supply Chain Management and Logistics at the International School of Management in Frankfurt (Germany). He also holds a Guest Professorship for Entrepreneurship at the Szent István University in Gödöllö (Hungary). He has professional experience as a CEO of various logistics companies and as a commercial manager for an international distribution center. His research focuses on strategic management and innovation management in startups.Martin Lempp is a consultant for a management and IT consultancy in Europe and specializes in the area of digitalization and strategy for the automotive industry. He studied International Business and Development at the University of Bayreuth (Germany) and holds a Master's degree in International Business at the International School of Management in Frankfurt (Germany).
TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030900359Automotive IndustryBusiness Strategy and LeadershipSustainabilityInnovation and Technology Management386000
41
Business and Managementx978-3-030-90038-0LemppMartin Lempp; Patrick SiegfriedMartin Lempp, ISM International School of Management GmbH, Oberursel, Germany; Patrick Siegfried, ISM International School of Management GmbH, Frankfurt am Main, GermanyAutomotive Disruption and the Urban Mobility RevolutionRethinking the Business Model 2030XVIII, 155 p. 57 illus.12022final37.9911.4040.6512.2032.999.9044.9913.50Soft cover1Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English155KNDKJCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2022-12-222021-12-212022-12-212022-12-211<div>1. Introduction to Automotive Disruption and the Urban Mobility Revolution.- 2. Characterization of the Automotive Industry.- 3. Elements of the Automotive Disruption.- 4. Urban Mobility Revolution: A Quantitative Analysis.- 5. Business Model 2030: A Metamorphosis of the Automotive</div><div>Landscape.- 6. Conclusion to Automotive Disruption and the Urban Mobility Revolution.- 7. Prospects: A Look Beyond.</div>This book provides an integrated perspective of the automotive market for the next decade. It shows how customers and producers are shaping the market simultaneously and contends that the first steps of the mobility revolution have already been taken. It compels automotive companies to strike new paths to participate in this journey.<div>
<div>The authors provide a comprehensive analysis of the automotive industry, including prevailing business models of OEMs and 'tier-n' automotive suppliers, the competitive environment they are embedded in as well as socio-economic changes affecting future market conditions. Subsequently, elements of the automotive disruption are presented; these enable the provision of novel urban mobility concepts and offer a new source for additional services accompanying the user. A comprehensive insight into consumer behavior, potential automotive business models which can be sustained by 2030, smart city models, transformation strategies, and diverse marketpenetration scenarios are also provided in the book. It also outlines the challenges and key actions that shape the automotive sector even beyond 2030 as well as knock-on effects across different industries arising from the technological and economic changes in the automotive market are projected.</div><div>
</div></div><div>
</div>		This book provides an integrated perspective of the automotive market for the next decade. It shows how customers and producers are shaping the market simultaneously and contends that the first steps of the mobility revolution have already been taken. It compels automotive companies to strike new paths to participate in this journey.<div>
<div>The authors provide a comprehensive analysis of the automotive industry, including prevailing business models of OEMs and 'tier-n' automotive suppliers, the competitive environment they are embedded in as well as socio-economic changes affecting future market conditions. Subsequently, elements of the automotive disruption are presented; these enable the provision of novel urban mobility concepts and offer a new source for additional services accompanying the user. A comprehensive insight into consumer behavior, potential automotive business models which can be sustained by 2030, smart city models, transformation strategies, and diverse marketpenetration scenarios are also provided in the book. It also outlines the challenges and key actions that shape the automotive sector even beyond 2030 as well as knock-on effects across different industries arising from the technological and economic changes in the automotive market are projected.</div><div>
</div></div>		Compels the automotive industry to rethink current business models aiming for sustained business in 2030Outlines the challenges and key actions that shape the automotive sectorFocuses on consumer behavior, business transformation strategies, and socio-economic challengesPatrick Siegfried is a Professor of Supply Chain Management and Logistics at the International School of Management in Frankfurt (Germany). He also holds a Guest Professorship for Entrepreneurship at the Szent István University in Gödöllö (Hungary). He has professional experience as a CEO of various logistics companies and as a commercial manager for an international distribution center. His research focuses on strategic management and innovation management in startups.Martin Lempp is a consultant for a management and IT consultancy in Europe and specializes in the area of digitalization and strategy for the automotive industry. He studied International Business and Development at the University of Bayreuth (Germany) and holds a Master's degree in International Business at the International School of Management in Frankfurt (Germany).
TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030900380Automotive IndustryBusiness Strategy and LeadershipSustainabilityInnovation and Technology Management239000
42
Business and Managementx978-3-031-14263-5LukingsMelissa Lukings; Arash Habibi LashkariMelissa Lukings, York University, Toronto, ON, Canada; Arash Habibi Lashkari, York University, Toronto, ON, CanadaUnderstanding Cybersecurity Law in Data Sovereignty and Digital GovernanceAn Overview from a Legal PerspectiveXXI, 281 p. 142 illus., 139 illus. in color.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Hard cover0Progress in ISBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English281KJQLNCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-10-152022-10-142022-11-012022-11-011Chapter 1. Data Sovereignty.- Chapter 2. Digital Governance.- Chapter 3. Conflicts of Law.- Chapter 4. Technical Complexities.- Chapter 5. Comparative Legal Strategies.- Chapter 6. Emerging Topics in Data Sovereignty and Digital Governance.This book provides an overview of the topics of data, sovereignty, and governance with respect to data and online activities through a legal lens and from a cybersecurity perspective. This first chapter explores the concepts of data, ownerships, and privacy with respect to digital media and content, before defining the intersection of sovereignty in law with application to data and digital media content. The authors delve into the issue of digital governance, as well as theories and systems of governance on a state level, national level, and corporate/organizational level. Chapter three jumps into the complex area of jurisdictional conflict of laws and the related issues regarding digital activities in international law, both public and private. Additionally, the book discusses the many technical complexities which underlay the evolution and creation of new law and governance strategies and structures. This includes socio-political, legal, and industrial technical complexities which can apply in these areas. The fifth chapter is a comparative examination of the legal strategies currently being explored by a variety of nations. The book concludes with a discussion about emerging topics which either influence, or are influenced by, data sovereignty and digital governance, such as indigenous data sovereignty, digital human rights and self-determination, artificial intelligence, and global digital social responsibility. <div>
</div><div>Cumulatively, this book provides the full spectrum of information, from foundational principles underlining the described topics, through to the larger, more complex, evolving issues which we can foresee ahead of us.</div>		This book provides an overview of the topics of data, sovereignty, and governance with respect to data and online activities through a legal lens and from a cybersecurity perspective. This first chapter explores the concepts of data, ownerships, and privacy with respect to digital media and content, before defining the intersection of sovereignty in law with application to data and digital media content. The authors delve into the issue of digital governance, as well as theories and systems of governance on a state level, national level, and corporate/organizational level. Chapter three jumps into the complex area of jurisdictional conflict of laws and the related issues regarding digital activities in international law, both public and private. Additionally, the book discusses the many technical complexities which underlay the evolution and creation of new law and governance strategies and structures. This includes socio-political, legal, and industrial technical complexities which can apply in these areas. The fifth chapter is a comparative examination of the legal strategies currently being explored by a variety of nations. The book concludes with a discussion about emerging topics which either influence, or are influenced by, data sovereignty and digital governance, such as indigenous data sovereignty, digital human rights and self-determination, artificial intelligence, and global digital social responsibility. <div>
</div><div>Cumulatively, this book provides the full spectrum of information, from foundational principles underlining the described topics, through to the larger, more complex, evolving issues which we can foresee ahead of us.</div>		Provides background on common law legal principles in cybersecurityNeuro-divergent friendly — includes infographics, diagrams, tables, and other visual aidsCovers digital governance on a state level, national level, and corporate/organizational levelMelissa Lukings is a Research Assistant at York University (Canada). She is a graduated Juris Doctor (JD) from the Faculty of Law, University of New Brunswick (Canada), a former graduate of Memorial University of Newfoundland (MUN), and an intersectional research assistant with a background in social justice, grassroots organization, data privacy and cybersecurity law. Lukings is currently working on a handful of research projects covering a wide variety of topics, ranging from cybersecurity and privacy law to legal reform and access to justice within the Canadian judicial system.

During 2020 and 2021, Melissa Lukings co-authored a ten-part article series, entitled “Understanding Canadian Cybersecurity Laws”, which was published by IT World Canada. The article series was recognized with a Gold Medal for the Best Blog Column in the Business Division of the 2020 Canadian Online Publishing Awards, which was remotely held in February 2021. Following the publication of thefinal series article, in April 2021, Lukings was invited to appear as an experiential witness and individual advocate in a hearing before the Parliamentary Ethics Committee for the House of Commons of Canada — formally known as the Standing Committee on Access to Information, Privacy and Ethics.Arash Habibi Lashkari is a Canada Research Chair (CRC) in Cybersecurity. He is a senior member of the IEEE and an Associate Professor at York University (Canada). Prior to this, he was an Associate Professor at the Faculty of Computer Science, University of New Brunswick (Canada), and the Research Coordinator of the Canadian Institute for Cybersecurity (CIC). His research focuses on cyber threat modeling and detection, malware analysis, big data security, internet traffic analysis, and cybersecurity dataset generation.Arash Lashkari has over 22 years of teaching experience, spanning several international universities, and was responsible for designing the first cybersecurity Capture the Flag (CTF) competition for post-secondary students in Canada. He has been the recipient of 15 awards at international computer security competitions - including three gold awards - and was recognized as one of Canada’s Top 150 Researchers for 2017. In 2020, Dr. Lashkari was recognized with the University of New Brunswick’s prestigious Teaching Innovation Award for his personally created teaching methodology, the Think-Que-Cussion Method.He is the author of ten published books and more than 100 academic articles on a variety of cybersecurity-related topics and the co-author of the national award-winning article series, “Understanding Canadian Cybersecurity Laws,” which was recently recognized with a Gold Medal at the 2020 Canadian Online Publishing Awards.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031142635IT in BusinessBusiness LawBig DataBusiness Information SystemsBusiness Ethics623000
43
Business and Managementx978-3-031-14266-6LukingsMelissa Lukings; Arash Habibi LashkariMelissa Lukings, York University, Toronto, ON, Canada; Arash Habibi Lashkari, York University, Toronto, ON, CanadaUnderstanding Cybersecurity Law in Data Sovereignty and Digital GovernanceAn Overview from a Legal PerspectiveXXI, 281 p. 142 illus., 139 illus. in color.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Progress in ISBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English281KJQLNCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-10-152022-10-142023-10-152023-10-151Chapter 1. Data Sovereignty.- Chapter 2. Digital Governance.- Chapter 3. Conflicts of Law.- Chapter 4. Technical Complexities.- Chapter 5. Comparative Legal Strategies.- Chapter 6. Emerging Topics in Data Sovereignty and Digital Governance.This book provides an overview of the topics of data, sovereignty, and governance with respect to data and online activities through a legal lens and from a cybersecurity perspective. This first chapter explores the concepts of data, ownerships, and privacy with respect to digital media and content, before defining the intersection of sovereignty in law with application to data and digital media content. The authors delve into the issue of digital governance, as well as theories and systems of governance on a state level, national level, and corporate/organizational level. Chapter three jumps into the complex area of jurisdictional conflict of laws and the related issues regarding digital activities in international law, both public and private. Additionally, the book discusses the many technical complexities which underlay the evolution and creation of new law and governance strategies and structures. This includes socio-political, legal, and industrial technical complexities which can apply in these areas. The fifth chapter is a comparative examination of the legal strategies currently being explored by a variety of nations. The book concludes with a discussion about emerging topics which either influence, or are influenced by, data sovereignty and digital governance, such as indigenous data sovereignty, digital human rights and self-determination, artificial intelligence, and global digital social responsibility. <div>
</div><div>Cumulatively, this book provides the full spectrum of information, from foundational principles underlining the described topics, through to the larger, more complex, evolving issues which we can foresee ahead of us.</div>		This book provides an overview of the topics of data, sovereignty, and governance with respect to data and online activities through a legal lens and from a cybersecurity perspective. This first chapter explores the concepts of data, ownerships, and privacy with respect to digital media and content, before defining the intersection of sovereignty in law with application to data and digital media content. The authors delve into the issue of digital governance, as well as theories and systems of governance on a state level, national level, and corporate/organizational level. Chapter three jumps into the complex area of jurisdictional conflict of laws and the related issues regarding digital activities in international law, both public and private. Additionally, the book discusses the many technical complexities which underlay the evolution and creation of new law and governance strategies and structures. This includes socio-political, legal, and industrial technical complexities which can apply in these areas. The fifth chapter is a comparative examination of the legal strategies currently being explored by a variety of nations. The book concludes with a discussion about emerging topics which either influence, or are influenced by, data sovereignty and digital governance, such as indigenous data sovereignty, digital human rights and self-determination, artificial intelligence, and global digital social responsibility. <div>
</div><div>Cumulatively, this book provides the full spectrum of information, from foundational principles underlining the described topics, through to the larger, more complex, evolving issues which we can foresee ahead of us.</div>		Provides background on common law legal principles in cybersecurityNeuro-divergent friendly — includes infographics, diagrams, tables, and other visual aidsCovers digital governance on a state level, national level, and corporate/organizational levelMelissa Lukings is a Research Assistant at York University (Canada). She is a graduated Juris Doctor (JD) from the Faculty of Law, University of New Brunswick (Canada), a former graduate of Memorial University of Newfoundland (MUN), and an intersectional research assistant with a background in social justice, grassroots organization, data privacy and cybersecurity law. Lukings is currently working on a handful of research projects covering a wide variety of topics, ranging from cybersecurity and privacy law to legal reform and access to justice within the Canadian judicial system.

During 2020 and 2021, Melissa Lukings co-authored a ten-part article series, entitled “Understanding Canadian Cybersecurity Laws”, which was published by IT World Canada. The article series was recognized with a Gold Medal for the Best Blog Column in the Business Division of the 2020 Canadian Online Publishing Awards, which was remotely held in February 2021. Following the publication of thefinal series article, in April 2021, Lukings was invited to appear as an experiential witness and individual advocate in a hearing before the Parliamentary Ethics Committee for the House of Commons of Canada — formally known as the Standing Committee on Access to Information, Privacy and Ethics.Arash Habibi Lashkari is a Canada Research Chair (CRC) in Cybersecurity. He is a senior member of the IEEE and an Associate Professor at York University (Canada). Prior to this, he was an Associate Professor at the Faculty of Computer Science, University of New Brunswick (Canada), and the Research Coordinator of the Canadian Institute for Cybersecurity (CIC). His research focuses on cyber threat modeling and detection, malware analysis, big data security, internet traffic analysis, and cybersecurity dataset generation.Arash Lashkari has over 22 years of teaching experience, spanning several international universities, and was responsible for designing the first cybersecurity Capture the Flag (CTF) competition for post-secondary students in Canada. He has been the recipient of 15 awards at international computer security competitions - including three gold awards - and was recognized as one of Canada’s Top 150 Researchers for 2017. In 2020, Dr. Lashkari was recognized with the University of New Brunswick’s prestigious Teaching Innovation Award for his personally created teaching methodology, the Think-Que-Cussion Method.He is the author of ten published books and more than 100 academic articles on a variety of cybersecurity-related topics and the co-author of the national award-winning article series, “Understanding Canadian Cybersecurity Laws,” which was recently recognized with a Gold Medal at the 2020 Canadian Online Publishing Awards.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031142666IT in BusinessBusiness LawBig DataBusiness Information SystemsBusiness Ethics468000
44
Business and Managementx978-3-030-90954-3MalikAshish MalikAshish Malik, The University of Newcastle, Ourimbah, Central Coast, NSW, AustraliaStrategic Human Resource Management and Employment RelationsAn International PerspectiveXIII, 376 p. 11 illus., 7 illus. in color.22022final99.9930.00106.9932.1089.9927.00109.9933.00Hard cover0Springer Texts in Business and EconomicsBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English376KJMV2KJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2022-04-242022-04-242022-05-112022-05-1112018,978-981-13-0398-2,978-981-13-0399-9,978-981-13-0400-2,978-981-13-4406-0Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. HRM and ER: A Strategic Perspective.- Chapter 3. Strategic HRM & ER: Best-Practice Versus Best Fit.- Chapter 4. SHRM & ER: The Resource-Based View.- Chapter 5. Institutional Theory and SHRM.- Chapter 6. Strategic Choice and SHRM & ER.- Chapter 7. Professionalism and Ethics.- Chapter 8. Work Design and HR Planning: A Strategic Perspective.- Chapter 9. Strategic Performance and Commitment Management.- Chapter 10. Strategic Learning and Development.- Chapter 11. Managing Employee Voice.- Chapter 12. Managing Change and HRM.- Chapter 13. Strategic Compensation and Benefits Management.- Chapter 14. Special Topics in SHRM & ER.- Chapter 15. Managing People in a Crisis.This textbook takes a theoretically informed and practice-based approach to strategic human resource management (HRM) and employment relations (ER). The book follows a unique pedagogical design employing problem-based learning and participant-centred learning approaches, both of which the author has extensive experience in implementing with advanced undergraduate HRM and post-graduate learners.

<div>This new edition includes chapters on artificial intelligence (AI) and HR, employee experience and engagement, managing HRM during crises, and eight new cases. In addition, this book includes an online instructors’ manual for instructors.
</div><div>
</div><div>Ashish Malik is an Associate Professor at the University of Newcastle, Australia and researches and teaches managing human resources strategically. Dr. Malik’s research focuses on how HRM can transform and support business model innovation and change for individual performance and sustained competitive advantage. His research has been published in top-tier academic journals, such as the Human Resource Management (US), British Journal of Management, Harvard Business Review, MIT Sloan Management Review, International Journal of HRM, Human Resource Management Review, Journal of Business Research, and Journal of International Management, among others. In addition, Dr Malik has co-edited and authored nine books on HRM and management topics such as business models, human capital formation, high-performance systems and culture in service firms operating in India and overseas.
</div>		This textbook takes a theoretically informed and practice-based approach to strategic human resource management (HRM) and employment relations (ER). The book follows a unique pedagogical design employing problem-based learning and participant-centred learning approaches, both of which the author has extensive experience in implementing with advanced undergraduate HRM and post-graduate learners.

<div>This new edition includes chapters on artificial intelligence (AI) and HR, employee experience and engagement, managing HRM during crises, and eight new cases. In addition, this book includes an online instructors’ manual for instructors.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>		Provides a single resource for research analysis and case-study-based learningFeatures artificial intelligence(AI), HRM and eight new international case studiesFeatures an online instructors’ manual for case analysisAshish Malik is an Associate Professor at the University of Newcastle, Australia and researches and teaches managing human resources strategically. Dr. Malik’s research focuses on how HRM can transform and support business model innovation and change for individual performance and sustained competitive advantage. His research has been published in top-tier academic journals, such as the Human Resource Management (US), British Journal of Management, Harvard Business Review, MIT Sloan Management Review, International Journal of HRM, Human Resource Management Review, Journal of Business Research, and Journal of International Management, among others. In addition, Dr Malik has co-edited and authored nine books on HRM and management topics such as business models, human capital formation, high-performance systems and culture in service firms operating in India and overseas.StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030909543Human Resource ManagementInternational BusinessBusiness Strategy and Leadership752100
45
Business and Managementx978-3-030-90957-4MalikAshish MalikAshish Malik, The University of Newcastle, Ourimbah, Central Coast, NSW, AustraliaStrategic Human Resource Management and Employment RelationsAn International PerspectiveXIII, 376 p. 11 illus., 7 illus. in color.22022final69.9921.0074.8922.4759.9918.0079.9924.00Soft cover1Springer Texts in Business and EconomicsBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English376KJMV2KJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2023-04-242022-04-242023-04-242023-04-2412018,978-981-13-0398-2,978-981-13-0399-9,978-981-13-0400-2,978-981-13-4406-0Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. HRM and ER: A Strategic Perspective.- Chapter 3. Strategic HRM & ER: Best-Practice Versus Best Fit.- Chapter 4. SHRM & ER: The Resource-Based View.- Chapter 5. Institutional Theory and SHRM.- Chapter 6. Strategic Choice and SHRM & ER.- Chapter 7. Professionalism and Ethics.- Chapter 8. Work Design and HR Planning: A Strategic Perspective.- Chapter 9. Strategic Performance and Commitment Management.- Chapter 10. Strategic Learning and Development.- Chapter 11. Managing Employee Voice.- Chapter 12. Managing Change and HRM.- Chapter 13. Strategic Compensation and Benefits Management.- Chapter 14. Special Topics in SHRM & ER.- Chapter 15. Managing People in a Crisis.This textbook takes a theoretically informed and practice-based approach to strategic human resource management (HRM) and employment relations (ER). The book follows a unique pedagogical design employing problem-based learning and participant-centred learning approaches, both of which the author has extensive experience in implementing with advanced undergraduate HRM and post-graduate learners.

<div>This new edition includes chapters on artificial intelligence (AI) and HR, employee experience and engagement, managing HRM during crises, and eight new cases. In addition, this book includes an online instructors’ manual for instructors.
</div><div>
</div><div>Ashish Malik is an Associate Professor at the University of Newcastle, Australia and researches and teaches managing human resources strategically. Dr. Malik’s research focuses on how HRM can transform and support business model innovation and change for individual performance and sustained competitive advantage. His research has been published in top-tier academic journals, such as the Human Resource Management (US), British Journal of Management, Harvard Business Review, MIT Sloan Management Review, International Journal of HRM, Human Resource Management Review, Journal of Business Research, and Journal of International Management, among others. In addition, Dr Malik has co-edited and authored nine books on HRM and management topics such as business models, human capital formation, high-performance systems and culture in service firms operating in India and overseas.
</div>		This textbook takes a theoretically informed and practice-based approach to strategic human resource management (HRM) and employment relations (ER). The book follows a unique pedagogical design employing problem-based learning and participant-centred learning approaches, both of which the author has extensive experience in implementing with advanced undergraduate HRM and post-graduate learners.

<div>This new edition includes chapters on artificial intelligence (AI) and HR, employee experience and engagement, managing HRM during crises, and eight new cases. In addition, this book includes an online instructors’ manual for instructors.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>		Provides a single resource for research analysis and case-study-based learningFeatures artificial intelligence(AI), HRM and eight new international case studiesFeatures an online instructors’ manual for case analysisAshish Malik is an Associate Professor at the University of Newcastle, Australia and researches and teaches managing human resources strategically. Dr. Malik’s research focuses on how HRM can transform and support business model innovation and change for individual performance and sustained competitive advantage. His research has been published in top-tier academic journals, such as the Human Resource Management (US), British Journal of Management, Harvard Business Review, MIT Sloan Management Review, International Journal of HRM, Human Resource Management Review, Journal of Business Research, and Journal of International Management, among others. In addition, Dr Malik has co-edited and authored nine books on HRM and management topics such as business models, human capital formation, high-performance systems and culture in service firms operating in India and overseas.StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030909574Human Resource ManagementInternational BusinessBusiness Strategy and Leadership599100
46
Business and Managementx978-981-19-4541-0MitsuiIzumi Mitsui; Kazuhito Isomura; Yoshiyuki TakeuchiIzumi Mitsui, Sonoda Women’s University, Amagasaki, Japan; Kazuhito Isomura, Chuo University, Tokyo, Japan; Yoshiyuki Takeuchi, Osaka University, Toyonaka, JapanTranslating and Incorporating American Management Thought into JapanImpacts on Academics and Practices of Business AdministrationX, 186 p. 1 illus.12022final99.9930.00106.9932.1089.9927.00109.9933.00Hard cover0Translational Systems SciencesVolumeBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English186KJMKCDSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0Available2022-10-122022-10-132022-11-182022-11-1811. Introduction: historical background and focus of this book.- 2. Introduction, installation, and dissemination of the Scientific Management in Japan. 3.- The acceptance of Human Relations Theory in Japan.- 4. Examining the impact of Chester Barnard’s organization theory in Japan.- 5. Peter F. Drucker and the Philosophy of ‘Management.- 6. How has Japan accepted, developed, and transformed strategic management theory?.- 7. The development of Human Resource Management theory in Japan.- 8. The development of corporate culture studies in Japan: What did the corporate culture boom of the 1980s bring about?.- 9. Conclusion.This book focuses on the establishment process of the Japanese style of management (JSM). Traditionally, it has been widely believed that the JSM is native to Japan and consists of three pillars: lifetime employment, a seniority-based wage system, and company unions. This book opposes these traditional views on the JSM and argues that it has been shaped by the influence of management theories and ideas of other countries. The JSM has not only adopted the ideas and concepts of other countries, but also has refined, translated, and customized them to make such ideas and concepts acceptable in Japan. The hypothesis presented here is that in the postwar period of rapid growth, the JSM was a hybrid set of management theories and techniques greatly influenced by American ideas about management.This book concentrates on the impact of American management theories and ideas on the JSM. Taking the historical point of view, it clarifies that impact not only for academics but also for business people. The hypothesis propounded here is that some of those theories and ideas have been accepted whereas some of them have been rejected and eventually made irrelevant. The following issues are discussed: scientific management, the human relations school, Barnard’s organizational theory, Drucker’s management thoughts, strategic management, human resource management, and corporate culture.
This book focuses on the establishment process of the Japanese style of management (JSM). Traditionally, it has been widely believed that the JSM is native to Japan and consists of three pillars: lifetime employment, a seniority-based wage system, and company unions. This book opposes these traditional views on the JSM and argues that it has been shaped by the influence of management theories and ideas of other countries. The JSM has not only adopted the ideas and concepts of other countries, but also has refined, translated, and customized them to make such ideas and concepts acceptable in Japan. The hypothesis presented here is that in the postwar period of rapid growth, the JSM was a hybrid set of management theories and techniques greatly influenced by American ideas about management.This book concentrates on the impact of American management theories and ideas on the JSM. Taking the historical point of view, it clarifies that impact not only for academics but also for business people. The hypothesis propounded here is that some of those theories and ideas have been accepted whereas some of them have been rejected and eventually made irrelevant. The following issues are discussed: scientific management, the human relations school, Barnard’s organizational theory, Drucker’s management thoughts, strategic management, human resource management, and corporate culture.Reveals Japan’s cultural power of assimilation and dissimilationExamines the cultural transformation process through case studies on management theoriesExplains why Japan’s economy has been suffering from a long intermittent recessionProf. Kazuhito Isomura is Professor of Organizational Behavior in the School of Science and Engineering, Chuo University. Prior to joining Chuo University, he was with Fukushima University, School of Economics as an associate professor. He was a professor in the MBA program at Chuo Graduate School of International Accounting before transferring to the School of Science and Engineering. He earned a BA, an MA, and a Ph.D. in economics at Kyoto University. He is a leading researcher on Chester Barnard’s management thought. His areas of research are leadership development, corporate strategy, knowledge management, and management history. He is the author of Soshiki to Ken-i [Organization and Authority] (in Japanese) (2000), Senryaku Model wo Design suru [Designing Strategic Models] (in Japanese) (2018), Organization Theory by Chester Barnard: An Introduction (2020), and Management Theory by Chester Barnard: An Introduction (2021).
Prof. Izumi Mitsui is Professor of Business Administration in the Faculty of Business Administration, Sonoda Women’s University. Prior to joining SWU, she was in Nihon University, Tezukayama University, and Fukushima University. Her research interests include management philosophy, history of management thought, and anthropological approaches to business administration. She is author of Shakaiteki Networking-ron no Genryū: MP Follett no Shisou [An Origin of Social Networking Theory: The Thought of MP Follett] (in Japanese) (2009), editor of Asia-kigyō no Keieirinen: Seisei Denpa Keishō no Dynamism [Management Philosophy of Asian Companies: Dynamism of Creation, Diffusion and Succession] (in Japanese) (2013), and coeditor of Enterprise as an Instrument of Civilization: An Anthropological Approach to Business Administration (2016), Enterprise as a Carrier of Culture: An Anthropological Approach to Business Administration (2019), and Cultural Translation of Management Philosophy in Asian Companies: Its Emergence, Transmission, and Diffusion in the Global Era (2020).


Prof. Yoshiyuki Takeuchi is Associate Professor of Applied Statistics and Econometrics in the Graduate School of Economics, Osaka University. His research interests focus on data science including statistics. In addition, he has been working on the history of statistical thought, in particular the migration of the mathematical statistics into Japan, and the anthropology of business administration. He is author of “On a Statistical Method to Detect discontinuity in the Distribution Function of Reported Earnings” (Mathematics and Computers in Simulation 64(1), 2004) and is co-editor of Enterprise as an Instrument of Civilization (2016) and of Tekisuto Keiei Jinruigaku [Textbook: Anthropology of Business Administration] (in Japanese) (2019).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009789811945410ManagementIndustrial OrganizationHuman Resource ManagementBusiness and Management465000
47
Business and Managementx978-981-19-4544-1MitsuiIzumi Mitsui; Kazuhito Isomura; Yoshiyuki TakeuchiIzumi Mitsui, Sonoda Women’s University, Amagasaki, Japan; Kazuhito Isomura, Chuo University, Tokyo, Japan; Yoshiyuki Takeuchi, Osaka University, Toyonaka, JapanTranslating and Incorporating American Management Thought into JapanImpacts on Academics and Practices of Business AdministrationX, 186 p. 1 illus.12022final99.9930.00106.9932.1089.9927.00109.9933.00Soft cover1Translational Systems SciencesVolumeBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English186KJMKCDSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0Available2023-10-132022-10-122023-10-122023-10-1211. Introduction: historical background and focus of this book.- 2. Introduction, installation, and dissemination of the Scientific Management in Japan. 3.- The acceptance of Human Relations Theory in Japan.- 4. Examining the impact of Chester Barnard’s organization theory in Japan.- 5. Peter F. Drucker and the Philosophy of ‘Management.- 6. How has Japan accepted, developed, and transformed strategic management theory?.- 7. The development of Human Resource Management theory in Japan.- 8. The development of corporate culture studies in Japan: What did the corporate culture boom of the 1980s bring about?.- 9. Conclusion.This book focuses on the establishment process of the Japanese style of management (JSM). Traditionally, it has been widely believed that the JSM is native to Japan and consists of three pillars: lifetime employment, a seniority-based wage system, and company unions. This book opposes these traditional views on the JSM and argues that it has been shaped by the influence of management theories and ideas of other countries. The JSM has not only adopted the ideas and concepts of other countries, but also has refined, translated, and customized them to make such ideas and concepts acceptable in Japan. The hypothesis presented here is that in the postwar period of rapid growth, the JSM was a hybrid set of management theories and techniques greatly influenced by American ideas about management.This book concentrates on the impact of American management theories and ideas on the JSM. Taking the historical point of view, it clarifies that impact not only for academics but also for business people. The hypothesis propounded here is that some of those theories and ideas have been accepted whereas some of them have been rejected and eventually made irrelevant. The following issues are discussed: scientific management, the human relations school, Barnard’s organizational theory, Drucker’s management thoughts, strategic management, human resource management, and corporate culture.
This book focuses on the establishment process of the Japanese style of management (JSM). Traditionally, it has been widely believed that the JSM is native to Japan and consists of three pillars: lifetime employment, a seniority-based wage system, and company unions. This book opposes these traditional views on the JSM and argues that it has been shaped by the influence of management theories and ideas of other countries. The JSM has not only adopted the ideas and concepts of other countries, but also has refined, translated, and customized them to make such ideas and concepts acceptable in Japan. The hypothesis presented here is that in the postwar period of rapid growth, the JSM was a hybrid set of management theories and techniques greatly influenced by American ideas about management.This book concentrates on the impact of American management theories and ideas on the JSM. Taking the historical point of view, it clarifies that impact not only for academics but also for business people. The hypothesis propounded here is that some of those theories and ideas have been accepted whereas some of them have been rejected and eventually made irrelevant. The following issues are discussed: scientific management, the human relations school, Barnard’s organizational theory, Drucker’s management thoughts, strategic management, human resource management, and corporate culture.Reveals Japan’s cultural power of assimilation and dissimilationExamines the cultural transformation process through case studies on management theoriesExplains why Japan’s economy has been suffering from a long intermittent recessionProf. Kazuhito Isomura is Professor of Organizational Behavior in the School of Science and Engineering, Chuo University. Prior to joining Chuo University, he was with Fukushima University, School of Economics as an associate professor. He was a professor in the MBA program at Chuo Graduate School of International Accounting before transferring to the School of Science and Engineering. He earned a BA, an MA, and a Ph.D. in economics at Kyoto University. He is a leading researcher on Chester Barnard’s management thought. His areas of research are leadership development, corporate strategy, knowledge management, and management history. He is the author of Soshiki to Ken-i [Organization and Authority] (in Japanese) (2000), Senryaku Model wo Design suru [Designing Strategic Models] (in Japanese) (2018), Organization Theory by Chester Barnard: An Introduction (2020), and Management Theory by Chester Barnard: An Introduction (2021).
Prof. Izumi Mitsui is Professor of Business Administration in the Faculty of Business Administration, Sonoda Women’s University. Prior to joining SWU, she was in Nihon University, Tezukayama University, and Fukushima University. Her research interests include management philosophy, history of management thought, and anthropological approaches to business administration. She is author of Shakaiteki Networking-ron no Genryū: MP Follett no Shisou [An Origin of Social Networking Theory: The Thought of MP Follett] (in Japanese) (2009), editor of Asia-kigyō no Keieirinen: Seisei Denpa Keishō no Dynamism [Management Philosophy of Asian Companies: Dynamism of Creation, Diffusion and Succession] (in Japanese) (2013), and coeditor of Enterprise as an Instrument of Civilization: An Anthropological Approach to Business Administration (2016), Enterprise as a Carrier of Culture: An Anthropological Approach to Business Administration (2019), and Cultural Translation of Management Philosophy in Asian Companies: Its Emergence, Transmission, and Diffusion in the Global Era (2020).


Prof. Yoshiyuki Takeuchi is Associate Professor of Applied Statistics and Econometrics in the Graduate School of Economics, Osaka University. His research interests focus on data science including statistics. In addition, he has been working on the history of statistical thought, in particular the migration of the mathematical statistics into Japan, and the anthropology of business administration. He is author of “On a Statistical Method to Detect discontinuity in the Distribution Function of Reported Earnings” (Mathematics and Computers in Simulation 64(1), 2004) and is co-editor of Enterprise as an Instrument of Civilization (2016) and of Tekisuto Keiei Jinruigaku [Textbook: Anthropology of Business Administration] (in Japanese) (2019).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009789811945441ManagementIndustrial OrganizationHuman Resource ManagementBusiness and Management308000
48
Business and Managementx978-3-319-11724-9NandramSharda S. NandramSharda S. Nandram, Praan Solutions, Amsterdam, The NetherlandsOrganizational Innovation by Integrating SimplificationLearning from Buurtzorg NederlandXIV, 225 p. 19 illus.12015final74.9922.5080.2424.0764.9919.5084.9925.50Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English225KJUJHBLSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2014-12-032014-11-202014-12-112014-12-111Towards a New Way of Organizing.- Buurtzorg Nederland: Start-up Process and Organizational Design.- Theory of Integrating Simplification.- Attuning to Clients.- Subtle Craftsmanship in Communities.- Intrapreneurial Team Freedom.- Pragmatic Will with ICT.- Leading Higher Purpose.- Scientific Contribution of IST in the Domain of Organizational Innovation.- Implications and Discussion.- Reflections and Conclusion.This book presents the theory of integrating implification and it provides a profound evidence based study of Buurtzorg Nederland. The case itself, forming the building block of the theory, has received tremendous interest in the Netherlands and abroad. This is the first international book on Buurtzorg Nederland and the first one departing from a management multidisciplinary perspective. The book demonstrates theory building by using the Grounded Theory Methodology as a way to contribute to management theory. Integrating simplification gives room for context specific implementation of organizational innovation to different industries.One of the most talked about and innovative cases in community care: the successful and award winning practice of Buurtzorg. There is only one simple focus: the wellbeing of the client.
Prof. Dr. Mathieu Weggeman, the NetherlandsAll grounded theories are asymptotic, that is as close to perfection as possible. Sharda has come very close to achieving a perfect Grounded Theory.  Read well and enjoy the conceptual level and integration of concepts!
Barney G. Glaser, PhD, Hon. PhD, USAIntegrating Simplification Theory shows in a lucid and convincing way, how constructing reality based on different sources and processes of knowledge results in new organization creation.
Prof. Ikujiro Nonaka, JapanSharda has seamlessly combined the Eastern and Western philosophies to explain human principles of organizing the reality around us. The book has truly brought out the 'art of management'. Dr. Madhumita Chatterji, IndiaThe humanistic leadership of Buurtzorg demonstrates the Yoga philosophy which transcends the duality of matter and spirit as well as the duality of self and others, leading to radical simplicity. Sharda has provided a fascinating analysis of a fascinating case.
Prof. Laszlo Zsolnai, Hungary  		This book presents the theory of integrating implification and it provides a profound evidence based study of Buurtzorg Nederland. The case itself, forming the building block of the theory, has received tremendous interest in the Netherlands and abroad. This is the first international book on Buurtzorg Nederland and the first one departing from a management multidisciplinary perspective. The book demonstrates theory building by using the Grounded Theory Methodology as a way to contribute to management theory. Integrating simplification gives room for context specific implementation of organizational innovation to different industries.Explains a client-focus approach to be easily applied in different contextsProvides evidence-based theory and applicable modelProvides a detailed description of the case to inspire a context specific applicationIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasDr. Sharda S. Nandram is a scholar, (international) public speaker, consultant and a writer with main focus on the areas of entrepreneurship, spiritual transformation and organizational innovation. Sharda is Associate Professor at Nyenrode Business University and founder of Praan Solutions. Sharda has two bachelors and two masters’ degrees to her credit; one in Work and Organizational Psychology at the University of Amsterdam and the other in General Economics at the University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands. She completed her PhD at the Vrije University of Amsterdam.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11643Business and Economics009783319117249OrganizationEconomic SociologyHealth AdministrationInnovation and Technology Management4853100
49
Business and Managementx978-3-319-36060-7NandramSharda S. NandramSharda S. Nandram, Praan Solutions, Amsterdam, The NetherlandsOrganizational Innovation by Integrating SimplificationLearning from Buurtzorg NederlandXIV, 225 p. 19 illus.12015final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English225KJUJHBLSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2016-08-232016-08-232016-07-202016-07-201Towards a New Way of Organizing.- Buurtzorg Nederland: Start-up Process and Organizational Design.- Theory of Integrating Simplification.- Attuning to Clients.- Subtle Craftsmanship in Communities.- Intrapreneurial Team Freedom.- Pragmatic Will with ICT.- Leading Higher Purpose.- Scientific Contribution of IST in the Domain of Organizational Innovation.- Implications and Discussion.- Reflections and Conclusion.This book presents the theory of integrating implification and it provides a profound evidence based study of Buurtzorg Nederland. The case itself, forming the building block of the theory, has received tremendous interest in the Netherlands and abroad. This is the first international book on Buurtzorg Nederland and the first one departing from a management multidisciplinary perspective. The book demonstrates theory building by using the Grounded Theory Methodology as a way to contribute to management theory. Integrating simplification gives room for context specific implementation of organizational innovation to different industries.One of the most talked about and innovative cases in community care: the successful and award winning practice of Buurtzorg. There is only one simple focus: the wellbeing of the client.
Prof. Dr. Mathieu Weggeman, the NetherlandsAll grounded theories are asymptotic, that is as close to perfection as possible. Sharda has come very close to achieving a perfect Grounded Theory.  Read well and enjoy the conceptual level and integration of concepts!
Barney G. Glaser, PhD, Hon. PhD, USAIntegrating Simplification Theory shows in a lucid and convincing way, how constructing reality based on different sources and processes of knowledge results in new organization creation.
Prof. Ikujiro Nonaka, JapanSharda has seamlessly combined the Eastern and Western philosophies to explain human principles of organizing the reality around us. The book has truly brought out the 'art of management'. Dr. Madhumita Chatterji, IndiaThe humanistic leadership of Buurtzorg demonstrates the Yoga philosophy which transcends the duality of matter and spirit as well as the duality of self and others, leading to radical simplicity. Sharda has provided a fascinating analysis of a fascinating case.
Prof. Laszlo Zsolnai, Hungary  		This book presents the theory of integrating implification and it provides a profound evidence based study of Buurtzorg Nederland. The case itself, forming the building block of the theory, has received tremendous interest in the Netherlands and abroad. This is the first international book on Buurtzorg Nederland and the first one departing from a management multidisciplinary perspective. The book demonstrates theory building by using the Grounded Theory Methodology as a way to contribute to management theory. Integrating simplification gives room for context specific implementation of organizational innovation to different industries.Explains a client-focus approach to be easily applied in different contextsProvides evidence-based theory and applicable modelProvides a detailed description of the case to inspire a context specific applicationIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasDr. Sharda S. Nandram is a scholar, (international) public speaker, consultant and a writer with main focus on the areas of entrepreneurship, spiritual transformation and organizational innovation. Sharda is Associate Professor at Nyenrode Business University and founder of Praan Solutions. Sharda has two bachelors and two masters’ degrees to her credit; one in Work and Organizational Psychology at the University of Amsterdam and the other in General Economics at the University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands. She completed her PhD at the Vrije University of Amsterdam.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11643Business and Economics009783319360607OrganizationEconomic SociologyHealth AdministrationInnovation and Technology Management3693100
50
Business and Managementx978-3-030-19608-0NeySteven Ney; Christoph MeinelSteven Ney, T-Systems International, Berlin, Germany; Christoph Meinel, University of Potsdam, Potsdam, GermanyPutting Design Thinking to WorkHow Large Organizations Can Embrace Messy Institutions to Tackle Wicked ProblemsVIII, 192 p. 12 illus.12019final79.9924.0085.5925.6869.9921.0089.9927.00Hard cover0Understanding InnovationBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English192KJCJNKSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2019-07-162019-07-052019-09-162019-09-161Introduction.- Innovation, Wicked Problems and Design Thinking.- Clumsy Solutions, Messy Institutions and Cultural Change.- Creating Social Spaces for Exploration.- Hunting, Gathering and Taking it Home - Bringing New Perspectives and Perceptions into Organisations.- Design Thinking and Messy Practices.- Leadership, Design Thinking and Messy Institutions.- Conclusion.This book discusses how the methods and mindsets of design thinking empower large organizations to create groundbreaking innovations. Arguing that innovations must effectively tackle so-called “wicked problems,” it shows how design thinking enables managers and innovators to create the organizational spaces and practices needed for breakthrough innovations. Design thinking equips actors with the tools and methods for harnessing the creative tensions inherent in pluralist, often conflicting disciplinary approaches. This, however, requires the transformation of contemporary organizational cultures away from monolithic, integrated models (or identities) toward more pluralist, dynamic and flexible institutional identities. Based on real-world cases from a wide range of organizations around the globe, the book offers managers and innovators practical guidance on initiating and managing the cultural transformations required for effective innovation.This book discusses how the methods and mindsets of design thinking empower large organizations to create groundbreaking innovations. Arguing that innovations must effectively tackle so-called “wicked problems,” it shows how design thinking enables managers and innovators to create the organizational spaces and practices needed for breakthrough innovations. Design thinking equips actors with the tools and methods for harnessing the creative tensions inherent in pluralist, often conflicting disciplinary approaches. This, however, requires the transformation of contemporary organizational cultures away from monolithic, integrated models (or identities) toward more pluralist, dynamic and flexible institutional identities. Based on real-world cases from a wide range of organizations around the globe, the book offers managers and innovators practical guidance on initiating and managing the cultural transformations required for effective innovation.Shows how design thinking enables manager and innovators to pave the way for breakthrough innovationsProvides practical guidance on initiating and managing cultural transformations for effective innovationOutlines lessons learnt from case studies in the private and public sectors<div>Steven Ney completed his doctorate in the policy sciences at the Department of Comparative Politics in the University of Bergen, Norway. Trained as a policy analyst at the University of London, Steven Ney has worked on a wide range of policy issues in a number of research institutes including the LOS Center in Bergen, ICCR in Vienna and the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis in Laxenburg. After spending four years from 2005 as an Assistant Professor of Political Science at Singapore Management University, Steven Ney took up the Chair of Social Entrepreneurship at Jacobs University, Bremen, Germany, in August 2009. Starting as a researcher of environmental issues, particularly climate change, Steven Ney has developed an interest in analyzing the way societies deal with complex and uncertain policy changes. Recently he has concentrated on social innovation and social entrepreneurship as a means of bringing about institutional change. From 2014 to 2018 Steven Ney designed, implemented and managed professional and executive education formats at the HPI Academy and HPI School of Design Thinking in Potsdam. In particular, he was responsible for managing the Certification Programme for Design-Thinking coaches. Since November 2018, Steven Ney develops co-creation and co-innovation workshops for T-Systems International.
</div><div>Prof. Dr. sc. nat. Dr.rer.nat. Christoph Meinel (1954) is President and CEO of the Hasso Plattner Institute for Digital Engineering gGmbH (HPI) and Dean of the Digital Engineering Faculty of the University of Potsdam. He is C4-professor for computer science and heads the department for Internet Technologies and Systems. Beside others Meinel is member of acatech, the National German Academy of Science and Engineering, and visiting professor in various national and international universities. He developed the first European MOOC-platform openHPI, heads the Schul-Cloud project of the Federal German Ministry of Education and Sciences, and is program director of the HPI-Stanford Design Thinking Research Program.

</div>		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030196080Business Strategy and LeadershipOrganization and LeadershipPublic PolicyInnovation and Technology ManagementOrganization471000
51
Business and Managementx978-3-030-19611-0NeySteven Ney; Christoph MeinelSteven Ney, T-Systems International, Berlin, Germany; Christoph Meinel, University of Potsdam, Potsdam, GermanyPutting Design Thinking to WorkHow Large Organizations Can Embrace Messy Institutions to Tackle Wicked ProblemsVIII, 192 p. 12 illus.12019final56.9917.1060.9818.2949.9915.0064.9919.50Soft cover1Understanding InnovationBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English192KJCJNKSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2020-08-142019-07-052020-07-162020-07-161Introduction.- Innovation, Wicked Problems and Design Thinking.- Clumsy Solutions, Messy Institutions and Cultural Change.- Creating Social Spaces for Exploration.- Hunting, Gathering and Taking it Home - Bringing New Perspectives and Perceptions into Organisations.- Design Thinking and Messy Practices.- Leadership, Design Thinking and Messy Institutions.- Conclusion.This book discusses how the methods and mindsets of design thinking empower large organizations to create groundbreaking innovations. Arguing that innovations must effectively tackle so-called “wicked problems,” it shows how design thinking enables managers and innovators to create the organizational spaces and practices needed for breakthrough innovations. Design thinking equips actors with the tools and methods for harnessing the creative tensions inherent in pluralist, often conflicting disciplinary approaches. This, however, requires the transformation of contemporary organizational cultures away from monolithic, integrated models (or identities) toward more pluralist, dynamic and flexible institutional identities. Based on real-world cases from a wide range of organizations around the globe, the book offers managers and innovators practical guidance on initiating and managing the cultural transformations required for effective innovation.This book discusses how the methods and mindsets of design thinking empower large organizations to create groundbreaking innovations. Arguing that innovations must effectively tackle so-called “wicked problems,” it shows how design thinking enables managers and innovators to create the organizational spaces and practices needed for breakthrough innovations. Design thinking equips actors with the tools and methods for harnessing the creative tensions inherent in pluralist, often conflicting disciplinary approaches. This, however, requires the transformation of contemporary organizational cultures away from monolithic, integrated models (or identities) toward more pluralist, dynamic and flexible institutional identities. Based on real-world cases from a wide range of organizations around the globe, the book offers managers and innovators practical guidance on initiating and managing the cultural transformations required for effective innovation.Shows how design thinking enables manager and innovators to pave the way for breakthrough innovationsProvides practical guidance on initiating and managing cultural transformations for effective innovationOutlines lessons learnt from case studies in the private and public sectors<div>Steven Ney completed his doctorate in the policy sciences at the Department of Comparative Politics in the University of Bergen, Norway. Trained as a policy analyst at the University of London, Steven Ney has worked on a wide range of policy issues in a number of research institutes including the LOS Center in Bergen, ICCR in Vienna and the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis in Laxenburg. After spending four years from 2005 as an Assistant Professor of Political Science at Singapore Management University, Steven Ney took up the Chair of Social Entrepreneurship at Jacobs University, Bremen, Germany, in August 2009. Starting as a researcher of environmental issues, particularly climate change, Steven Ney has developed an interest in analyzing the way societies deal with complex and uncertain policy changes. Recently he has concentrated on social innovation and social entrepreneurship as a means of bringing about institutional change. From 2014 to 2018 Steven Ney designed, implemented and managed professional and executive education formats at the HPI Academy and HPI School of Design Thinking in Potsdam. In particular, he was responsible for managing the Certification Programme for Design-Thinking coaches. Since November 2018, Steven Ney develops co-creation and co-innovation workshops for T-Systems International.
</div><div>Prof. Dr. sc. nat. Dr.rer.nat. Christoph Meinel (1954) is President and CEO of the Hasso Plattner Institute for Digital Engineering gGmbH (HPI) and Dean of the Digital Engineering Faculty of the University of Potsdam. He is C4-professor for computer science and heads the department for Internet Technologies and Systems. Beside others Meinel is member of acatech, the National German Academy of Science and Engineering, and visiting professor in various national and international universities. He developed the first European MOOC-platform openHPI, heads the Schul-Cloud project of the Federal German Ministry of Education and Sciences, and is program director of the HPI-Stanford Design Thinking Research Program.

</div>		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030196110Business Strategy and LeadershipOrganization and LeadershipPublic PolicyInnovation and Technology ManagementOrganization454000
52
Business and Managementx978-3-319-59977-9NorthKlaus North; Gita KumtaKlaus North, Wiesbaden Business School, Hochschule RheinMain, Wiesbaden, Germany; Gita Kumta, School of Business Management, SVKM’s Narsee Monj. Inst. of Management Studies, Mumbai, IndiaKnowledge ManagementValue Creation Through Organizational LearningXXV, 344 p. 84 illus., 38 illus. in color.22018final119.9936.00128.3938.52109.9933.00129.9939.00Hard cover0Springer Texts in Business and EconomicsBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English344KJMV3KJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2018-04-132018-04-042018-04-192018-04-1902014,978-3-319-03699-1,978-3-319-03697-7,978-3-319-03698-4,978-3-319-37785-8Towards a Digitally Enabled Knowledge Society.- Knowledge in Organisations.- Organisational Forms to Leverage Knowledge.- Knowledge Work(ers) in the Digital Age.- Strategies for Managing Knowledge.- Context Specific Knowledge Management Strategies.- Information and Communication Technologies Supporting the Digital Transformation of Knowledge Work.- Measuring and Safeguarding Intellectual Capital.- How to Put Knowledge Management into Practice.- Multilingual Glossary.This textbook on knowledge management draws on the authors’ more than twenty years of research, teaching and consulting experience. The first edition of this book brought together European, Asian and American perspectives on knowledge-based value creation; this second edition features substantial updates to all chapters, reflecting the implications of the digital transformation on knowledge work and knowledge management. It also addresses three new topics: the impact of knowledge management practices on performance; knowledge management in the public sector; and an introduction to ISO 9001:2015 as an implementation framework.<br/><br/>The book is intended not only for academic education but also as an essential guide for managers, consultants, trainers, coaches, and all those engaged in business, public administration or non-profit work who are interested in learning about organizations in a knowledge economy. Given its wealth of case studies, examples, questions, exercises and easy-to-use knowledge management tools, it offers a true compendium for learning about and implementing knowledge management initiatives.This textbook on knowledge management draws on the authors’ more than twenty years of research, teaching and consulting experience. The first edition of this book brought together European, Asian and American perspectives on knowledge-based value creation; this second edition features substantial updates to all chapters, reflecting the implications of the digital transformation on knowledge work and knowledge management. It also addresses three new topics: the impact of knowledge management practices on performance; knowledge management in the public sector; and an introduction to ISO 9001:2015 as an implementation framework.<br/><br/>The book is intended not only for academic education but also as an essential guide for managers, consultants, trainers, coaches, and all those engaged in business, public administration or non-profit work who are interested in learning about organizations in a knowledge economy. Given its wealth of case studies, examples, questions, exercises and easy-to-use knowledge management tools, it offers a true compendium for learning about and implementing knowledge management initiatives.<br/><br/>Comprehensively spans the theory and practices of knowledge management and organizational learningFeatures knowledge management cases from all over the worldProvides questions, assignments, mini cases and examplesIncludes knowledge management self assessmentsProvides a multilingual glossary of essential knowledge management terminologyDr. Klaus North is Professor of International Management at Wiesbaden Business School, Germany. His current research covers knowledge and innovation management, particularly knowledge sharing within and between enterprises in an international context. He was founding president of the German Knowledge Management Association and was scientific director of the German Knowledge Management Award. He frequently consults with major firms, governments and international organizations and teaches regularly in business programmes internationally. Dr. Gita A. Kumta is Information Systems faculty at the School of Business Management, SVKM’s Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies (Deemed-to-be-University), Mumbai, India and specializes in Enterprise Systems and Knowledge Management and is a recognised Research Guide. She holds a Masters Degree in Statistics from the Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta and a Doctorate in Management Studies from the University of Mumbai. Dr. Kumtahas around 30 years experience in industry predominantly in the area of business analysis and consultancy in financial systems. She actively participates and contributes papers at conferences on Knowledge Management, Enterprise Solutions and E-Governance.StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319599779Knowledge ManagementInnovation and Technology ManagementOrganizationIndustrial Organization879100,
53
Business and Managementx978-3-030-09648-9NorthKlaus North; Gita KumtaKlaus North, Wiesbaden Business School, Hochschule RheinMain, Wiesbaden, Germany; Gita Kumta, School of Business Management, SVKM’s Narsee Monj. Inst. of Management Studies, Mumbai, IndiaKnowledge ManagementValue Creation Through Organizational LearningXXV, 344 p. 84 illus., 38 illus. in color.22018final84.9925.5090.9427.2874.9922.5099.9930.00Soft cover1Springer Texts in Business and EconomicsBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English344KJMV3KJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2019-02-112019-02-082019-04-132019-05-1102014,978-3-319-03699-1,978-3-319-03697-7,978-3-319-03698-4,978-3-319-37785-8Towards a Digitally Enabled Knowledge Society.- Knowledge in Organisations.- Organisational Forms to Leverage Knowledge.- Knowledge Work(ers) in the Digital Age.- Strategies for Managing Knowledge.- Context Specific Knowledge Management Strategies.- Information and Communication Technologies Supporting the Digital Transformation of Knowledge Work.- Measuring and Safeguarding Intellectual Capital.- How to Put Knowledge Management into Practice.- Multilingual Glossary.This textbook on knowledge management draws on the authors’ more than twenty years of research, teaching and consulting experience. The first edition of this book brought together European, Asian and American perspectives on knowledge-based value creation; this second edition features substantial updates to all chapters, reflecting the implications of the digital transformation on knowledge work and knowledge management. It also addresses three new topics: the impact of knowledge management practices on performance; knowledge management in the public sector; and an introduction to ISO 9001:2015 as an implementation framework.<br/><br/>The book is intended not only for academic education but also as an essential guide for managers, consultants, trainers, coaches, and all those engaged in business, public administration or non-profit work who are interested in learning about organizations in a knowledge economy. Given its wealth of case studies, examples, questions, exercises and easy-to-use knowledge management tools, it offers a true compendium for learning about and implementing knowledge management initiatives.This textbook on knowledge management draws on the authors’ more than twenty years of research, teaching and consulting experience. The first edition of this book brought together European, Asian and American perspectives on knowledge-based value creation; this second edition features substantial updates to all chapters, reflecting the implications of the digital transformation on knowledge work and knowledge management. It also addresses three new topics: the impact of knowledge management practices on performance; knowledge management in the public sector; and an introduction to ISO 9001:2015 as an implementation framework.<br/><br/>The book is intended not only for academic education but also as an essential guide for managers, consultants, trainers, coaches, and all those engaged in business, public administration or non-profit work who are interested in learning about organizations in a knowledge economy. Given its wealth of case studies, examples, questions, exercises and easy-to-use knowledge management tools, it offers a true compendium for learning about and implementing knowledge management initiatives.<br/><br/>Comprehensively spans the theory and practices of knowledge management and organizational learningFeatures knowledge management cases from all over the worldProvides questions, assignments, mini cases and examplesIncludes knowledge management self assessmentsProvides a multilingual glossary of essential knowledge management terminologyDr. Klaus North is Professor of International Management at Wiesbaden Business School, Germany. His current research covers knowledge and innovation management, particularly knowledge sharing within and between enterprises in an international context. He was founding president of the German Knowledge Management Association and was scientific director of the German Knowledge Management Award. He frequently consults with major firms, governments and international organizations and teaches regularly in business programmes internationally. Dr. Gita A. Kumta is Information Systems faculty at the School of Business Management, SVKM’s Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies (Deemed-to-be-University), Mumbai, India and specializes in Enterprise Systems and Knowledge Management and is a recognised Research Guide. She holds a Masters Degree in Statistics from the Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta and a Doctorate in Management Studies from the University of Mumbai. Dr. Kumtahas around 30 years experience in industry predominantly in the area of business analysis and consultancy in financial systems. She actively participates and contributes papers at conferences on Knowledge Management, Enterprise Solutions and E-Governance.StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030096489Knowledge ManagementInnovation and Technology ManagementOrganizationIndustrial Organization765100,
54
Business and Managementx978-3-319-49153-0O'MaraShane O'MaraShane O'Mara, Trinity College Dublin, Dublin, IrelandA Brain for Business – A Brain for LifeHow insights from behavioural and brain science can change business and business practice for the betterXI, 163 p. 1 illus.12018final44.9913.5048.1414.4439.9912.0049.9915.00Hard cover0The Neuroscience of BusinessBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English163KJMV2JMJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2017-10-202017-10-072017-10-212017-10-211Chatper1.Setting the Scene.- Chapter2.Mindsets - what they are, how they are inscribed in the brain, how they have implications for organisations.- Chapter3.Brain Hygiene: Optimising performance.- Chapter4.Self-regulation and self-control: How we exercise control over our behaviour.- Chapter5.Resilience including lifestyle.- Chapter6.Positive Brain States: happiness & meaning; subjective well-being.- Chapter7.How our brains are wired for status.- Chapter8.De-biasing Groups; De-biasing Gender Roles.Behaviour change is hard, but O’Mara shows that by adopting strategies that are well-founded in the science of brain and behaviour individuals and organisations can adapt to the demands of the modern world.<br/>The brain matters in business. The problem is that our brains have many biases, heuristics and predilections that can distort behaviour and decision making. The good news is that we know more about how these work than ever before.<br/>O’Mara’s starting point is that, as our behaviour arises from the structure and function of our brains, careful examination of a series of brain–based (‘neurocognitive’) analyses of common aspects of human behaviour relevant to business and management practice reveals lessons that can be used at work.He begins by looking at neuroplasticity and how it is enables a shift from a restrictive ‘fixed mindset’ to an enabling ‘growth mindset’. He shows how this changing mindset approach – where the focus is on task and improvements based on effort – is scalable within organisations.Next, as the brain is a living organ like the heart and lungs, O’Mara shows how to keep it physically in the best possible shape before examining how we exercise control over our behaviour, build resilience and create positive brain states. He also considers the implications for business of our brains wiring for status and illustrates how research shows that it is possible to de-bias assumptions about gender and race – and the impact that this has on performance.Behaviour change is hard, but O’Mara shows that by adopting strategies that are well-founded in the science of brain and behaviour individuals and organisations can adapt to the demands of the modern world.<br/>The brain matters in business. The problem is that our brains have many biases, heuristics and predilections that can distort behaviour and decision making. The good news is that we know more about how these work than ever before.<br/> O’Mara’s starting point is that, as our behaviour arises from the structure and function of our brains, careful examination of a series of brain–based (‘neurocognitive’) analyses of common aspects of human behaviour relevant to business and management practice reveals lessons that can be used at work. He begins by looking at neuroplasticity and how it is enables a shift from a restrictive ‘fixed mindset’ to an enabling ‘growth mindset’. He shows how this changing mindset approach – where the focus is on task and improvements based on effort – is scalable within organisations. Next, as the brain is a living organ like the heart and lungs, O’Mara shows how to keep it physically in the best possible shape before examining how we exercise control over our behaviour, build resilience and create positive brain states. He also considers the implications for business of our brains wiring for status and illustrates how research shows that it is possible to de-bias assumptions about gender and race – and the impact that this has on performance. <br/>Blend of both neuroscience and behavioural psychologyIllustrated with stories and interviews from leading industry playersPractical insights from brain science to help improve business performanceShane O’Mara is Professor of Experimental Brain Research and a Wellcome Trust Senior Investigator at Trinity College Dublin. His research interests include the brain systems supporting learning, memory and cognition; the brain systems affected by stress, depression and motivation; applying brain and behavioural science to organisations and business. He has published more than 120 peer-reviewed papers in these areas.ProfessionalsPalgrave Business US (P2)Palgrave Business ( P2)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319491530Human Resource DevelopmentWork and Organizational PsychologyMarket Research and Competitive IntelligenceConsumer BehaviorManagement EducationExperimental Economics390000
55
Business and Managementx978-3-319-84094-9O'MaraShane O'MaraShane O'Mara, Trinity College Dublin, Dublin, IrelandA Brain for Business – A Brain for LifeHow insights from behavioural and brain science can change business and business practice for the betterXI, 163 p. 1 illus.12018final44.9913.5048.1414.4439.9912.0049.9915.00Soft cover1The Neuroscience of BusinessBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English163KJMV2JMJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2018-08-232018-08-232019-10-202019-11-171Chatper1.Setting the Scene.- Chapter2.Mindsets - what they are, how they are inscribed in the brain, how they have implications for organisations.- Chapter3.Brain Hygiene: Optimising performance.- Chapter4.Self-regulation and self-control: How we exercise control over our behaviour.- Chapter5.Resilience including lifestyle.- Chapter6.Positive Brain States: happiness & meaning; subjective well-being.- Chapter7.How our brains are wired for status.- Chapter8.De-biasing Groups; De-biasing Gender Roles.Behaviour change is hard, but O’Mara shows that by adopting strategies that are well-founded in the science of brain and behaviour individuals and organisations can adapt to the demands of the modern world.<br/>The brain matters in business. The problem is that our brains have many biases, heuristics and predilections that can distort behaviour and decision making. The good news is that we know more about how these work than ever before.<br/>O’Mara’s starting point is that, as our behaviour arises from the structure and function of our brains, careful examination of a series of brain–based (‘neurocognitive’) analyses of common aspects of human behaviour relevant to business and management practice reveals lessons that can be used at work.He begins by looking at neuroplasticity and how it is enables a shift from a restrictive ‘fixed mindset’ to an enabling ‘growth mindset’. He shows how this changing mindset approach – where the focus is on task and improvements based on effort – is scalable within organisations.Next, as the brain is a living organ like the heart and lungs, O’Mara shows how to keep it physically in the best possible shape before examining how we exercise control over our behaviour, build resilience and create positive brain states. He also considers the implications for business of our brains wiring for status and illustrates how research shows that it is possible to de-bias assumptions about gender and race – and the impact that this has on performance.Behaviour change is hard, but O’Mara shows that by adopting strategies that are well-founded in the science of brain and behaviour individuals and organisations can adapt to the demands of the modern world.<br/>The brain matters in business. The problem is that our brains have many biases, heuristics and predilections that can distort behaviour and decision making. The good news is that we know more about how these work than ever before.<br/> O’Mara’s starting point is that, as our behaviour arises from the structure and function of our brains, careful examination of a series of brain–based (‘neurocognitive’) analyses of common aspects of human behaviour relevant to business and management practice reveals lessons that can be used at work. He begins by looking at neuroplasticity and how it is enables a shift from a restrictive ‘fixed mindset’ to an enabling ‘growth mindset’. He shows how this changing mindset approach – where the focus is on task and improvements based on effort – is scalable within organisations. Next, as the brain is a living organ like the heart and lungs, O’Mara shows how to keep it physically in the best possible shape before examining how we exercise control over our behaviour, build resilience and create positive brain states. He also considers the implications for business of our brains wiring for status and illustrates how research shows that it is possible to de-bias assumptions about gender and race – and the impact that this has on performance. <br/>Blend of both neuroscience and behavioural psychologyIllustrated with stories and interviews from leading industry playersPractical insights from brain science to help improve business performanceShane O’Mara is Professor of Experimental Brain Research and a Wellcome Trust Senior Investigator at Trinity College Dublin. His research interests include the brain systems supporting learning, memory and cognition; the brain systems affected by stress, depression and motivation; applying brain and behavioural science to organisations and business. He has published more than 120 peer-reviewed papers in these areas.ProfessionalsPalgrave Business US (P2)Palgrave Business ( P2)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319840949Human Resource DevelopmentWork and Organizational PsychologyMarket Research and Competitive IntelligenceConsumer BehaviorManagement EducationExperimental Economics454000
56
Business and Managementx978-3-030-69900-0PyzdekThomas PyzdekThomas Pyzdek, The Pyzdek Institute, Tucson, AZ, USAThe Lean Healthcare HandbookA Complete Guide to Creating Healthcare WorkplacesXIV, 252 p. 160 illus., 75 illus. in color.The first edition originally published as The Lean Healthcare Handbook: A Complete Guide to creating healthcare workplaces that maximize flow and minimize waste in 2018 by Atlantis Publishing22021final84.9925.5090.9427.2874.9922.5099.9930.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English252KCQMBPMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2021-04-292021-04-292021-05-162021-05-161Part I: Lean Tools and Techniques.- 1. Introduction to Lean and Muda (Waste).- 2. Product Family Matrices.- 3. Spaghetti Diagrams.- 4. Value Stream Maps.- 5. Lean Value Stream Design.- 6. Standardized Work Design.- 7. 5S.- 8. Fast Work Changeover.- Part II: Continuous Improvement and Kaizen.- 9. Introduction to Continuous Improvement.- 10. Process Mapping- 11. Statistical Thinking.- 12. Descriptive Statistics.- 13. X-Charts.- 14. Pareto Analysis.- 15. Graphical Data Analysis.- 16. Problem Solving Tools.- 17. Project Management.- 18. Kaizen Events.- 19. A3 Thinking.The book shows readers exactly how to use Lean tools to design healthcare work that is smooth, efficient, error free and focused on patients and patient outcomes. It includes in-depth discussions of every important Lean tool, including value stream maps, takt time, spaghetti diagrams, workcell design, 5S, SMED, A3, Kanban, Kaizen and many more, all presented in the context of healthcare. For example, the book explains the importance of quick operating room or exam room changeovers and shows the reader specific methods for drastically reducing changeover time.

Readers will learn to create healthcare value streams where workflows are based on the pull of customer/patient demand. The book also presents a variety of ways to continue improving after initial Lean successes. Methods for finding the root causes of problems and implementing effective solutions are described and demonstrated. The approach taught here is based on the Toyota Production System, which has been adopted worldwide by healthcare organizations for use in clinical, non-clinical and administrative areas.		The book shows readers exactly how to use Lean tools to design healthcare work that is smooth, efficient, error free and focused on patients and patient outcomes. It includes in-depth discussions of every important Lean tool, including value stream maps, takt time, spaghetti diagrams, workcell design, 5S, SMED, A3, Kanban, Kaizen and many more, all presented in the context of healthcare. For example, the book explains the importance of quick operating room or exam room changeovers and shows the reader specific methods for drastically reducing changeover time.

Readers will learn to create healthcare value streams where workflows are based on the pull of customer/patient demand. The book also presents a variety of ways to continue improving after initial Lean successes. Methods for finding the root causes of problems and implementing effective solutions are described and demonstrated. The approach taught here is based on the Toyota Production System, which has been adopted worldwide by healthcare organizations for use in clinical, non-clinical and administrative areas.		Covers the most useful Lean tools and techniques in healthcare managementShows how Lean is used to improve healthcare processesFeatures in-depth discussions of major Lean tools such as takt time, workcell design, 5S, SMED, A3, Kanban and KaizenThomas Pyzdek is an internationally respected expert in process excellence. Through the Pyzdek Institute, he offers online training and certification in Six Sigma, Lean and Lean Six Sigma. Pyzdek serves on numerous editorial boards and has helped found such journals as The Quality Management Journal, Quality Engineering and International Journal of Six Sigma and Competitive Advantage.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030699000Health Care ManagementPractice and Hospital ManagementOperations Research and Decision TheoryOperations ManagementPublic Health571000
57
Business and Managementx978-3-030-69903-1PyzdekThomas PyzdekThomas Pyzdek, The Pyzdek Institute, Tucson, AZ, USAThe Lean Healthcare HandbookA Complete Guide to Creating Healthcare WorkplacesXIV, 252 p. 160 illus., 75 illus. in color.The first edition originally published as The Lean Healthcare Handbook: A Complete Guide to creating healthcare workplaces that maximize flow and minimize waste in 2018 by Atlantis Publishing22021final59.9918.0064.1919.2654.9916.5064.9919.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English252KCQMBPMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-04-292021-04-292022-04-292022-04-291Part I: Lean Tools and Techniques.- 1. Introduction to Lean and Muda (Waste).- 2. Product Family Matrices.- 3. Spaghetti Diagrams.- 4. Value Stream Maps.- 5. Lean Value Stream Design.- 6. Standardized Work Design.- 7. 5S.- 8. Fast Work Changeover.- Part II: Continuous Improvement and Kaizen.- 9. Introduction to Continuous Improvement.- 10. Process Mapping- 11. Statistical Thinking.- 12. Descriptive Statistics.- 13. X-Charts.- 14. Pareto Analysis.- 15. Graphical Data Analysis.- 16. Problem Solving Tools.- 17. Project Management.- 18. Kaizen Events.- 19. A3 Thinking.The book shows readers exactly how to use Lean tools to design healthcare work that is smooth, efficient, error free and focused on patients and patient outcomes. It includes in-depth discussions of every important Lean tool, including value stream maps, takt time, spaghetti diagrams, workcell design, 5S, SMED, A3, Kanban, Kaizen and many more, all presented in the context of healthcare. For example, the book explains the importance of quick operating room or exam room changeovers and shows the reader specific methods for drastically reducing changeover time.

Readers will learn to create healthcare value streams where workflows are based on the pull of customer/patient demand. The book also presents a variety of ways to continue improving after initial Lean successes. Methods for finding the root causes of problems and implementing effective solutions are described and demonstrated. The approach taught here is based on the Toyota Production System, which has been adopted worldwide by healthcare organizations for use in clinical, non-clinical and administrative areas.		The book shows readers exactly how to use Lean tools to design healthcare work that is smooth, efficient, error free and focused on patients and patient outcomes. It includes in-depth discussions of every important Lean tool, including value stream maps, takt time, spaghetti diagrams, workcell design, 5S, SMED, A3, Kanban, Kaizen and many more, all presented in the context of healthcare. For example, the book explains the importance of quick operating room or exam room changeovers and shows the reader specific methods for drastically reducing changeover time.

Readers will learn to create healthcare value streams where workflows are based on the pull of customer/patient demand. The book also presents a variety of ways to continue improving after initial Lean successes. Methods for finding the root causes of problems and implementing effective solutions are described and demonstrated. The approach taught here is based on the Toyota Production System, which has been adopted worldwide by healthcare organizations for use in clinical, non-clinical and administrative areas.		Covers the most useful Lean tools and techniques in healthcare managementShows how Lean is used to improve healthcare processesFeatures in-depth discussions of major Lean tools such as takt time, workcell design, 5S, SMED, A3, Kanban and KaizenThomas Pyzdek is an internationally respected expert in process excellence. Through the Pyzdek Institute, he offers online training and certification in Six Sigma, Lean and Lean Six Sigma. Pyzdek serves on numerous editorial boards and has helped found such journals as The Quality Management Journal, Quality Engineering and International Journal of Six Sigma and Competitive Advantage.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030699031Health Care ManagementPractice and Hospital ManagementOperations Research and Decision TheoryOperations ManagementPublic Health415000
58
Business and Managementx978-3-031-20603-0RashediJonas RashediJonas Rashedi, Waldbronn, GermanyThe Data-driven OrganizationUsing Data for the Success of Your CompanyXIV, 119 p. 1 illus.12023final39.9912.0042.7912.8434.9910.5044.9913.50Hard cover0Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English119KJQKJQSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0Available2022-12-122022-12-122022-12-292022-12-291Foreword1 Background and drivers of the data-driven organization

2 Characteristics of the data-driven organization

3 Challenges and barriers of the data-driven organization

4 Process Mode for Data Management

5 Process model for implementing the data-driven organization

6 Closing words		Data has become an indispensable success factor for every company. However, the road towards a data-driven organization is paved with numerous challenges. This book presents a process model for the path to a data-driven company and provides recommendations for the design of all relevant fields of action: Which structures need to be created? Which systems and processes have proven beneficial? How can the quality of the data be ensured and what requirements exist for a data-driven organization in the areas of governance and communication? And last but not least: How can employees be brought along on the journey and what implications does the data-driven organization have for our corporate culture? The book presents an orientation and action framework for the strategic and operational design of a data-driven organization and is valuable for managers who are involved in data management in companies and organizations.Data has become an indispensable success factor for every company. However, the road towards a data-driven organization is paved with numerous challenges. This book presents a process model for the path to a data-driven company and provides recommendations for the design of all relevant fields of action: Which structures need to be created? Which systems and processes have proven beneficial? How can the quality of the data be ensured and what requirements exist for a data-driven organization in the areas of governance and communication? And last but not least: How can employees be brought along on the journey and what implications does the data-driven organization have for our corporate culture? The book presents an orientation and action framework for the strategic and operational design of a data-driven organization and is valuable for managers who are involved in data management in companies and organizations.Presents processes that are easy to implementProvides data management solutions for companies of all sizesBased on the lates technology in the area of data management<div>Jonas Rashedi is a speaker and consultant for various seminar providers and a regular contributor to summits, blogs and podcasts. He has been working in the field of data management for over 10 years, specializing in organization building and data analytics, and has developed techniques to help large and mid-sized companies manage data more efficiently and profitably. Through his work as a consultant, he has guided companies through various set-up and expansion phases, gaining expert knowledge in a wide range of tools and methodologies.</div><div>
</div><div> </div>		TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031206030IT in BusinessBusiness Process ManagementBig Data317000
59
Business and Managementx978-3-031-20606-1RashediJonas RashediJonas Rashedi, Waldbronn, GermanyThe Data-driven OrganizationUsing Data for the Success of Your CompanyXIV, 119 p. 1 illus.12023final39.9912.0042.7912.8434.9910.5044.9913.50Soft cover1Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English119KJQKJQSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0Available2023-12-122022-12-122023-12-122023-12-121Foreword1 Background and drivers of the data-driven organization

2 Characteristics of the data-driven organization

3 Challenges and barriers of the data-driven organization

4 Process Mode for Data Management

5 Process model for implementing the data-driven organization

6 Closing words		Data has become an indispensable success factor for every company. However, the road towards a data-driven organization is paved with numerous challenges. This book presents a process model for the path to a data-driven company and provides recommendations for the design of all relevant fields of action: Which structures need to be created? Which systems and processes have proven beneficial? How can the quality of the data be ensured and what requirements exist for a data-driven organization in the areas of governance and communication? And last but not least: How can employees be brought along on the journey and what implications does the data-driven organization have for our corporate culture? The book presents an orientation and action framework for the strategic and operational design of a data-driven organization and is valuable for managers who are involved in data management in companies and organizations.Data has become an indispensable success factor for every company. However, the road towards a data-driven organization is paved with numerous challenges. This book presents a process model for the path to a data-driven company and provides recommendations for the design of all relevant fields of action: Which structures need to be created? Which systems and processes have proven beneficial? How can the quality of the data be ensured and what requirements exist for a data-driven organization in the areas of governance and communication? And last but not least: How can employees be brought along on the journey and what implications does the data-driven organization have for our corporate culture? The book presents an orientation and action framework for the strategic and operational design of a data-driven organization and is valuable for managers who are involved in data management in companies and organizations.Presents processes that are easy to implementProvides data management solutions for companies of all sizesBased on the lates technology in the area of data management<div>Jonas Rashedi is a speaker and consultant for various seminar providers and a regular contributor to summits, blogs and podcasts. He has been working in the field of data management for over 10 years, specializing in organization building and data analytics, and has developed techniques to help large and mid-sized companies manage data more efficiently and profitably. Through his work as a consultant, he has guided companies through various set-up and expansion phases, gaining expert knowledge in a wide range of tools and methodologies.</div><div>
</div><div> </div>		TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031206061IT in BusinessBusiness Process ManagementBig Data187000
60
Business and Managementx978-3-031-19277-7RecanatiAshley Marc RecanatiAshley Marc Recanati, Shanghai, ChinaAI Battle RoyaleHow to Protect Your Job from Disruption in the 4th Industrial RevolutionXVII, 428 p. 110 illus., 87 illus. in color.12023final24.997.5026.748.0222.996.9027.998.40Soft cover0Copernicus BooksBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English428KJQKJMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2023-03-272023-03-272023-12-242023-12-241Part I: Context.- Chapter 1: Possible Futures.- Chapter 2: Past Industrial Revolutions.- Chapter 3: Tech.- Part 2: Work.- Chapter 3: Sectorial and Corporate Disruption.- Chapter 2: Job Disruption.- Chapter 3 : Tasks.- Chapter 4 : Other Aspects.- Conclusion.AI, Big Data and other 4th industrial revolution technologies are poised to wreak havoc in virtually every industry, unlocking huge productivity gains via automation of labor both manual and cognitive. Less discussed are the impacts on workers, who see the value of their skills erode, along with the menace of mass structural unemployment.

How can workers assess their vulnerabilities? What can they do to improve their prospects, effective immediately?

In this book, you will learn how to:

- Survey new tech and decrypt their potential impacts on work

- Assess your strengths and weaknesses in the face of AI, the shared economy, and other tech-propelled threats

- Foment a battle plan to survive and thrive

Ashley Recanati provides guidance for employees to rise above their peers and preserve their value,in a book that will interest managers and scholars, but foremost destined to ordinary workers.		AI, Big Data and other 4th Industrial Revolution technologies are poised to wreak havoc in virtually every industry, unlocking huge productivity gains via automation of labor both manual and cognitive. Less discussed are the impacts on workers, who see the value of their skills erode, along with the menace of mass structural unemployment. How can workers assess their vulnerabilities? What can they do to improve their prospects, effective immediately? In this book, you will learn how to:- Survey new tech and decrypt their potential impacts on work - Assess your strengths and weaknesses in the face of AI, the shared economy, and other tech-propelled threats- Foment a battle plan to survive and thrive Ashley Recanati provides guidance for employees to rise above their peers and preserve their value, in a book that will interest managers and scholars, but foremost destined to ordinary workers.Explores the impact of AI and new technologiesAnalyzes how AI will change the global economyProvides a methodology for ordinary workers to assess and secure their situationOver the past twenty years, Ashley Recanati has lived and worked in the three powerhouses that are Europe, the U.S. and China, rising from odd jobs to general management through financial control, thanks in part to the continuous learning and implementation of automation tools. Meanwhile he developed a keen awareness of the contrast between the latest evolving technologies and actual working habitats in offices, factories, and retail.

Despite the broad consensus among experts on the dire effects that new tech will have on employees, a blatant gap persists in terms of advice as to how they can prepare for the disruption. AI Battle Royale is the fruit of research conducted over five years to remedy this gap.		TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031192777IT in BusinessManagementHuman Resource Management688100
61
Business and Managementx978-3-030-82618-5RüsenTom A. Rüsen; Heiko Kleve; Arist von SchlippeTom A. Rüsen, Witten/Herdecke University, Witten, Germany; Heiko Kleve, Witten/Herdecke University, Witten, Germany; Arist von Schlippe, Witten/Herdecke University, Witten, GermanyManaging Business Family DynastiesBetween Family, Organisation, and NetworkXXIII, 124 p. 17 illus.12021final74.9922.5080.2424.0764.9919.5084.9925.50Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English124KJVSKJUSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2021-10-162021-10-162021-11-022021-11-0211. Introduction: Dynastic Business Families and the “Big Family Management” Research Project.- 2. The Dynastic Business Family as Family, Organisation, and Network.- 3. Six Key Issues and Challenges in Managing Dynastic Business Families.- 4. Committee Structure and Participation Opportunities – Forms of 'Appropriate' Family Governance for Dynastic Business Families.- 5. Communication Within the Dynastic Business Family.- 6. Competence Development and Personnel Selection in Dynastic Business Families.- 7. Assets, Distributions and Value Differences.- 8. Conflict Configurations in Dynastic Business Families.- 9. Family Strategies and Management of the Dynastic Business Family.
This book deals with dynastic business families. Such families are characterized by a circle of owners comprising more than 50 family members, which typically face specific issues and challenges for which there has been little research knowledge and practical approaches until now. The book presents results and findings from a special research project on “big family management” where 7 representatives of dynastic families from Germany were studied over a 3-year period. The result was the identification of six topic areas that management in these business families has to deal with. At the same time, the study observes that dynastic business families hardly follow the logic of classic families anymore, but can rather be understood as networks with common family backgrounds. The study also reveals that a large number of business families are heading for large shareholder groups due to changed inheritance practices. The contents outlined here provide an orientation framework for the growingbusiness family.This book deals with dynastic business families. Such families are characterized by a circle of owners comprising more than 50 family members, which typically face specific issues and challenges for which there has been little research knowledge and practical approaches until now. The book presents results and findings from a special research project on “big family management” where 7 representatives of dynastic families from Germany were studied over a 3-year period. The result was the identification of six topic areas that management in these business families has to deal with. At the same time, the study observes that dynastic business families hardly follow the logic of classic families anymore, but can rather be understood as networks with common family backgrounds. The study also reveals that a large number of business families are heading for large shareholder groups due to changed inheritance practices. The contents outlined here provide an orientation framework for the growing business family.Provides deep insights into the solution strategies for big family management in GermanyHighlights the central questions in managing medium to large shareholder groups of family businessesFollows a structured approach in addressing issues such as shareholder management, succession, among othersProf. Tom A. Rüsen is the managing director of the Witten Institute for Family Business (WIFU) at Witten/Herdecke University (Germany) and serves as the CEO of the WIFU-Foundation. He is also an honorary professor and project initiator of the 'Big Family Management' research project. The WIFU is a leading research institute in the field of family businesses in Europe and has unique access to practice through which current issues in family businesses and business families can be identified and researched.

Prof. Heiko Kleve is the academic director of WIFU and holder of the WIFU-Foundation Endowed Chair for Organisation and Development of Business Families at the Witten/Herdecke University (Germany). He is a project participant in the 'Big Family Management' research project.

Prof. Arist von Schlippe is the former academic director of WIFU and holder of the WIFU-Foundation Endowed Chair for Leadership and Dynamics in Family Businesses at Witten/Herdecke University (Germany). He is a project participant in the 'Big Family Management' research project.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030826185Family BusinessOrganizationBusiness Strategy and Leadership395000
62
Business and Managementx978-3-030-82621-5RüsenTom A. Rüsen; Heiko Kleve; Arist von SchlippeTom A. Rüsen, Witten/Herdecke University, Witten, Germany; Heiko Kleve, Witten/Herdecke University, Witten, Germany; Arist von Schlippe, Witten/Herdecke University, Witten, GermanyManaging Business Family DynastiesBetween Family, Organisation, and NetworkXXIII, 124 p. 17 illus.12021final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English124KJVSKJUSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-10-162021-10-202022-10-162022-10-1611. Introduction: Dynastic Business Families and the “Big Family Management” Research Project.- 2. The Dynastic Business Family as Family, Organisation, and Network.- 3. Six Key Issues and Challenges in Managing Dynastic Business Families.- 4. Committee Structure and Participation Opportunities – Forms of 'Appropriate' Family Governance for Dynastic Business Families.- 5. Communication Within the Dynastic Business Family.- 6. Competence Development and Personnel Selection in Dynastic Business Families.- 7. Assets, Distributions and Value Differences.- 8. Conflict Configurations in Dynastic Business Families.- 9. Family Strategies and Management of the Dynastic Business Family.
This book deals with dynastic business families. Such families are characterized by a circle of owners comprising more than 50 family members, which typically face specific issues and challenges for which there has been little research knowledge and practical approaches until now. The book presents results and findings from a special research project on “big family management” where 7 representatives of dynastic families from Germany were studied over a 3-year period. The result was the identification of six topic areas that management in these business families has to deal with. At the same time, the study observes that dynastic business families hardly follow the logic of classic families anymore, but can rather be understood as networks with common family backgrounds. The study also reveals that a large number of business families are heading for large shareholder groups due to changed inheritance practices. The contents outlined here provide an orientation framework for the growingbusiness family.This book deals with dynastic business families. Such families are characterized by a circle of owners comprising more than 50 family members, which typically face specific issues and challenges for which there has been little research knowledge and practical approaches until now. The book presents results and findings from a special research project on “big family management” where 7 representatives of dynastic families from Germany were studied over a 3-year period. The result was the identification of six topic areas that management in these business families has to deal with. At the same time, the study observes that dynastic business families hardly follow the logic of classic families anymore, but can rather be understood as networks with common family backgrounds. The study also reveals that a large number of business families are heading for large shareholder groups due to changed inheritance practices. The contents outlined here provide an orientation framework for the growing business family.Provides deep insights into the solution strategies for big family management in GermanyHighlights the central questions in managing medium to large shareholder groups of family businessesFollows a structured approach in addressing issues such as shareholder management, succession, among othersProf. Tom A. Rüsen is the managing director of the Witten Institute for Family Business (WIFU) at Witten/Herdecke University (Germany) and serves as the CEO of the WIFU-Foundation. He is also an honorary professor and project initiator of the 'Big Family Management' research project. The WIFU is a leading research institute in the field of family businesses in Europe and has unique access to practice through which current issues in family businesses and business families can be identified and researched.

Prof. Heiko Kleve is the academic director of WIFU and holder of the WIFU-Foundation Endowed Chair for Organisation and Development of Business Families at the Witten/Herdecke University (Germany). He is a project participant in the 'Big Family Management' research project.

Prof. Arist von Schlippe is the former academic director of WIFU and holder of the WIFU-Foundation Endowed Chair for Leadership and Dynamics in Family Businesses at Witten/Herdecke University (Germany). He is a project participant in the 'Big Family Management' research project.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030826215Family BusinessOrganizationBusiness Strategy and Leadership238000
63
Business and Managementx978-3-031-03848-8RuthemeierAlexander Ruthemeier; Seda Röder; Kathleen Schröter; Philipp PlugmannAlexander Ruthemeier, Steinbeis Institute for Global Entrepreneurship and Innovation, Berlin, Germany; Seda Röder, Managing Partner at The Mindshift. Global, Salzburg, Austria; Kathleen Schröter, ootiboo GmbH, Berlin, Germany; Philipp Plugmann, SRH University of Applied Health Sciences, Leverkusen, GermanyThe Global Impact of Social InnovationDisrupting Old Models and PatternsXII, 247 p. 1 illus.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English247KJKCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-09-152022-09-152022-10-022022-10-021Chapter 1. Global Health Care Platforms as Social Innovations.- Chapter 2. Senior Entrepreneurs Are Driving More and More Sustainable Social Innovation Worldwide than Any Other Demographic.- Chapter 3. Largest Social Movement in Human History.- Chapter 4. Social innovation in a field of tension between stability and disruption.- Chapter 5. Professor of Organisation, Entrepreneurship & Technology at the Vrije Universiteit in Amsterdam.- Chapter 6. Sonophilia Foundation: Creative confidence and empowerment as a tool for social innovation.- Chapter 7. Let’s change the tone! Music for a better future.- Chapter 8. Empowerment ad Care: made with Love in Berlin & Nepal.- Chapter 9. The Safe-Hub model: A social platform for global change.- Chapter 10. Integrating social innovation within a multi-national corporate.- Chapter 11. Social Innovation - Back to the roots of social interaction.Social Innovation is not just a buzzword, it’s a global opportunity. However, it is also a very wide and heterogeneous field. The aim of this book is to give the reader different perspectives, concepts and experiences to understand the challenging tasks of the future while also showcasing some existing best-practice examples, impact-investing and social innovation strategies that successfully empower communities and individuals to shape a better life.Social Innovation is not just a buzzword, it’s a global opportunity. However, it is also a very wide and heterogeneous field. The aim of this book is to give the reader different perspectives, concepts and experiences to understand the challenging tasks of the future while also showcasing some existing best-practice examples, impact-investing and social innovation strategies that successfully empower communities and individuals to shape a better life.Provides an overview over the newest developments in social innovationExamines the policy implications of social innovations in economicsIncludes chapters with applications of social innovation in different industries and countriesAlexander Ruthemeier held different positions in fast-pace start-ups with a particular focus on the financial service industry (wefox, ONE Insurance, Element Insurance, Lendico) as well as with incubators (Rocket Internet) and Accelerators (Startupbootcamp). He also gained relevant corporate experience as internal staff (Allianz) and external consultant (Volkswagen, zeb). Driven by his own migration and work experience in Singapore as well as the strong track record in Europe's start-up capitals Berlin & London, Alexander became curious about the topic of Migrant Entrepreneurship. Henceforth he dedicated his entrepreneurial (Expatrio) and academic efforts (PhD thesis, Founding Director Steinbeis Institute for Global Entrepreneurship & Innovation) on the topic of Migrant Entrepreneurship with a special focus on highly qualified entrepreneurs with voluntary migration background starting a business in the knowledge-intense digital economy in Germany.Seda Röder, formerly known as “the piano hacker”, is an unorthodox musician, author and entrepreneur devoted to cultivating creativity in society and organisations. She is a sought-after speaker, consultant to DAX listed companies (The Mindshift®) and the founder of the Sonophilia® Foundation; a non-profit organization dedicated to advancing the scientific research of creativity and critical thinking. Furthermore, Seda is a Fellow and a member of the Salzburg Global Seminar Corporate Governance Forum, angel investor and network partner at the European startup accelerator Silicon Castles. In 2018 Seda received the Game Changer Award at the Austrian Chamber of Commerce for her business merits in Salzburg County. Before relocating to Europe, Seda taught Music Performance, Theory and History at Harvard University and Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) as an Associate and Affiliated Artist.Kathleen Schröter has a background in Business Administration and focused 11years in Marketing & Business Development for applied sciences working at the Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft. In 2018, Kathleen was named as one of 13 impactful women in tech honored by the Advanced Imaging Society with their Distinguished Leadership Awards. As a public speaker her insights into Deep and High Tech allow audiences to contextualize tech trends, deepen their understanding of R&D processes, and explore sci-fi scenarios that could soon become a reality. Immersive Technologies makes her heart beat faster but over the years she investigated into mother earth’s techniques and became a permaculture designer and a yoga teacher to balance her technology driven life and so developed a very holistic knowledge base. Her research starts with the question what humans are capable of and what AI can’t replace. She joined J2C GmbH in April 2020 to become their Technologist & Alchemist. In November 2021 she co-founded ootiboo GmbH where she serves as the Managing Director and focuses on that role full time since February 2022. Philipp Plugmann has been doing multidisciplinary work for the last 22 years in parallel to practicing as a dentist in his own clinic in Leverkusen (Germany). He is also a Full Professor for Interdisciplinary Periodontology and Prevention at SRH University of Applied Health Sciences and Research Fellow at the Department of Periodontology at the University Clinics Marburg (Germany). Plugmann has given research talks in the field of innovation at conferences at Harvard Business School, Berkeley Haas School of Business, Max Planck Institute for Innovation and Competition, and Nanyang Tech University, Singapore. Plugmann is a serial entrepreneur and advisor to several companies, including a global technology consultancy.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031038488Innovation and Technology ManagementEconomics of InnovationEntrepreneurshipIndustries559000
64
Business and Managementx978-3-031-03851-8RuthemeierAlexander Ruthemeier; Seda Röder; Kathleen Schröter; Philipp PlugmannAlexander Ruthemeier, Steinbeis Institute for Global Entrepreneurship and Innovation, Berlin, Germany; Seda Röder, Managing Partner at The Mindshift. Global, Salzburg, Austria; Kathleen Schröter, ootiboo GmbH, Berlin, Germany; Philipp Plugmann, SRH University of Applied Health Sciences, Leverkusen, GermanyThe Global Impact of Social InnovationDisrupting Old Models and PatternsXII, 247 p. 1 illus.12022final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English247KJKCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-09-162022-09-152023-09-152023-09-151Chapter 1. Global Health Care Platforms as Social Innovations.- Chapter 2. Senior Entrepreneurs Are Driving More and More Sustainable Social Innovation Worldwide than Any Other Demographic.- Chapter 3. Largest Social Movement in Human History.- Chapter 4. Social innovation in a field of tension between stability and disruption.- Chapter 5. Professor of Organisation, Entrepreneurship & Technology at the Vrije Universiteit in Amsterdam.- Chapter 6. Sonophilia Foundation: Creative confidence and empowerment as a tool for social innovation.- Chapter 7. Let’s change the tone! Music for a better future.- Chapter 8. Empowerment ad Care: made with Love in Berlin & Nepal.- Chapter 9. The Safe-Hub model: A social platform for global change.- Chapter 10. Integrating social innovation within a multi-national corporate.- Chapter 11. Social Innovation - Back to the roots of social interaction.Social Innovation is not just a buzzword, it’s a global opportunity. However, it is also a very wide and heterogeneous field. The aim of this book is to give the reader different perspectives, concepts and experiences to understand the challenging tasks of the future while also showcasing some existing best-practice examples, impact-investing and social innovation strategies that successfully empower communities and individuals to shape a better life.Social Innovation is not just a buzzword, it’s a global opportunity. However, it is also a very wide and heterogeneous field. The aim of this book is to give the reader different perspectives, concepts and experiences to understand the challenging tasks of the future while also showcasing some existing best-practice examples, impact-investing and social innovation strategies that successfully empower communities and individuals to shape a better life.Provides an overview over the newest developments in social innovationExamines the policy implications of social innovations in economicsIncludes chapters with applications of social innovation in different industries and countriesAlexander Ruthemeier held different positions in fast-pace start-ups with a particular focus on the financial service industry (wefox, ONE Insurance, Element Insurance, Lendico) as well as with incubators (Rocket Internet) and Accelerators (Startupbootcamp). He also gained relevant corporate experience as internal staff (Allianz) and external consultant (Volkswagen, zeb). Driven by his own migration and work experience in Singapore as well as the strong track record in Europe's start-up capitals Berlin & London, Alexander became curious about the topic of Migrant Entrepreneurship. Henceforth he dedicated his entrepreneurial (Expatrio) and academic efforts (PhD thesis, Founding Director Steinbeis Institute for Global Entrepreneurship & Innovation) on the topic of Migrant Entrepreneurship with a special focus on highly qualified entrepreneurs with voluntary migration background starting a business in the knowledge-intense digital economy in Germany.Seda Röder, formerly known as “the piano hacker”, is an unorthodox musician, author and entrepreneur devoted to cultivating creativity in society and organisations. She is a sought-after speaker, consultant to DAX listed companies (The Mindshift®) and the founder of the Sonophilia® Foundation; a non-profit organization dedicated to advancing the scientific research of creativity and critical thinking. Furthermore, Seda is a Fellow and a member of the Salzburg Global Seminar Corporate Governance Forum, angel investor and network partner at the European startup accelerator Silicon Castles. In 2018 Seda received the Game Changer Award at the Austrian Chamber of Commerce for her business merits in Salzburg County. Before relocating to Europe, Seda taught Music Performance, Theory and History at Harvard University and Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) as an Associate and Affiliated Artist.Kathleen Schröter has a background in Business Administration and focused 11years in Marketing & Business Development for applied sciences working at the Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft. In 2018, Kathleen was named as one of 13 impactful women in tech honored by the Advanced Imaging Society with their Distinguished Leadership Awards. As a public speaker her insights into Deep and High Tech allow audiences to contextualize tech trends, deepen their understanding of R&D processes, and explore sci-fi scenarios that could soon become a reality. Immersive Technologies makes her heart beat faster but over the years she investigated into mother earth’s techniques and became a permaculture designer and a yoga teacher to balance her technology driven life and so developed a very holistic knowledge base. Her research starts with the question what humans are capable of and what AI can’t replace. She joined J2C GmbH in April 2020 to become their Technologist & Alchemist. In November 2021 she co-founded ootiboo GmbH where she serves as the Managing Director and focuses on that role full time since February 2022. Philipp Plugmann has been doing multidisciplinary work for the last 22 years in parallel to practicing as a dentist in his own clinic in Leverkusen (Germany). He is also a Full Professor for Interdisciplinary Periodontology and Prevention at SRH University of Applied Health Sciences and Research Fellow at the Department of Periodontology at the University Clinics Marburg (Germany). Plugmann has given research talks in the field of innovation at conferences at Harvard Business School, Berkeley Haas School of Business, Max Planck Institute for Innovation and Competition, and Nanyang Tech University, Singapore. Plugmann is a serial entrepreneur and advisor to several companies, including a global technology consultancy.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031038518Innovation and Technology ManagementEconomics of InnovationEntrepreneurshipIndustries403000
65
Business and Managementx978-3-030-86079-0SackmannSonja A. SackmannSonja A. Sackmann, Universität der Bundeswehr, Munich, GermanyCulture in OrganizationsDevelopment, Impact and Culture-Mindful LeadershipXVII, 285 p. 64 illus., 12 illus. in color.12021final139.9942.00149.7944.94119.9936.00159.9948.00Hard cover0Contributions to Management ScienceBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English285KJUKJMV2SpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-01-042022-01-042022-05-172022-05-171Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. What is Culture in the Context of Organizations?.- Chapter 3. The Development of Culture and its Subcultures.- Chapter 4. The Influences of Culture on Organizations’ Daily-Life.- Chapter 5. Culture and Organizational Performance.- Chapter 6. Situations When an Organization’s Culture Needs Special Attention.- Chapter 7. Understanding and Assessing Organizational Culture.- Chapter 8. Developing and Changing Organizational Culture.- Chapter 9. Characteristics of Culture Sustaining Competitiveness and Viability.- Chapter 10. Culture-Mindful Management, Leadership, and Leaders.“Culture eats strategy for breakfast”. Peter Drucker’s provocative statement points to the importance of culture for organizations. Depending on its characteristics, culture contributes significantly to the success or failure of for-profit and not-for-profit organizations. Hence, managers and leaders need to have an understanding of this important concept for best results. This book provides relevant knowledge about the concept of culture. This includes its major characteristics and dimensions, the way culture functions and influences both the internal life of an organization and the resulting performance. The book describes the emergence and development of culture over time as well as the formation and influence of subcultures. Even though culture is always present, certain situations call for specific attention such as fast growth or stagnation, strategic alliances, M&As or situations of change. The book describes how to go about understanding and assessing an organization’sculture as a basis for culture change interventions as well as culture-sensitive and culture-mindful management and leadership.“Culture eats strategy for breakfast”. Peter Drucker’s provocative statement points to the importance of culture for organizations. Depending on its characteristics, culture contributes significantly to the success or failure of for-profit and not-for-profit organizations. Hence, managers and leaders need to have an understanding of this important concept for best results.

This book provides relevant knowledge about the concept of culture. This includes its major characteristics and dimensions, the way culture functions and influences both the internal life of an organization and the resulting performance. The book describes the emergence and development of culture over time as well as the formation and influence of subcultures. Even though culture is always present, certain situations call for specific attention such as fast growth or stagnation, strategic alliances, M&As or situations of change. The book describes how to go about understanding and assessing an organization’s culture as a basis for culture change interventions as well as culture-sensitive and culture-mindful management and leadership.
Provides a comprehensive overview of culture in organizations with related examplesIncludes a chapter on culture assessment about how to read and understand cultureDiscusses culture change and development including recommendationsSonja Sackmann had the Chair in Organizational Behavior at the Universität der Bundeswehr in Munich (Germany), is a currently a Guest Professor the School of Economics and Business Administration, University of Tartu, Estonia and was a Guest Professor at the University of St. Gallen (Switzerland) for many years. She has taught at the Graduate School of Management at UCLA (USA), the University of Constance (Germany), EBS European Business School (Germany), Vienna University of Economics (Austria), University of Tartu (Estonia), and Jiao Tong University, Shanghai (China).

She held positions as Head of Research and Development, Partner and Managing Partner at the MZSG Management Zentrum St. Gallen, where she was responsible for consulting projects as well as developing and delivering innovative development programs and workshops for managers and executives of firms major multinational firms such as BASF, the BMW Group, Coca-Cola, Daimler, E.ON, Ford, Lufthansa, and the VWGroup, as well as for governmental organizations in Germany and Switzerland.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030860790OrganizationHuman Resource ManagementManagementWork and Organizational Psychology623000
66
Business and Managementx978-3-030-86082-0SackmannSonja A. SackmannSonja A. Sackmann, Universität der Bundeswehr, Munich, GermanyCulture in OrganizationsDevelopment, Impact and Culture-Mindful LeadershipXVII, 285 p. 64 illus., 12 illus. in color.12021final139.9942.00149.7944.94119.9936.00159.9948.00Soft cover1Contributions to Management ScienceBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English285KJUKJMV2SpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-01-052022-01-042023-01-042023-01-041Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. What is Culture in the Context of Organizations?.- Chapter 3. The Development of Culture and its Subcultures.- Chapter 4. The Influences of Culture on Organizations’ Daily-Life.- Chapter 5. Culture and Organizational Performance.- Chapter 6. Situations When an Organization’s Culture Needs Special Attention.- Chapter 7. Understanding and Assessing Organizational Culture.- Chapter 8. Developing and Changing Organizational Culture.- Chapter 9. Characteristics of Culture Sustaining Competitiveness and Viability.- Chapter 10. Culture-Mindful Management, Leadership, and Leaders.“Culture eats strategy for breakfast”. Peter Drucker’s provocative statement points to the importance of culture for organizations. Depending on its characteristics, culture contributes significantly to the success or failure of for-profit and not-for-profit organizations. Hence, managers and leaders need to have an understanding of this important concept for best results. This book provides relevant knowledge about the concept of culture. This includes its major characteristics and dimensions, the way culture functions and influences both the internal life of an organization and the resulting performance. The book describes the emergence and development of culture over time as well as the formation and influence of subcultures. Even though culture is always present, certain situations call for specific attention such as fast growth or stagnation, strategic alliances, M&As or situations of change. The book describes how to go about understanding and assessing an organization’sculture as a basis for culture change interventions as well as culture-sensitive and culture-mindful management and leadership.“Culture eats strategy for breakfast”. Peter Drucker’s provocative statement points to the importance of culture for organizations. Depending on its characteristics, culture contributes significantly to the success or failure of for-profit and not-for-profit organizations. Hence, managers and leaders need to have an understanding of this important concept for best results.

This book provides relevant knowledge about the concept of culture. This includes its major characteristics and dimensions, the way culture functions and influences both the internal life of an organization and the resulting performance. The book describes the emergence and development of culture over time as well as the formation and influence of subcultures. Even though culture is always present, certain situations call for specific attention such as fast growth or stagnation, strategic alliances, M&As or situations of change. The book describes how to go about understanding and assessing an organization’s culture as a basis for culture change interventions as well as culture-sensitive and culture-mindful management and leadership.
Provides a comprehensive overview of culture in organizations with related examplesIncludes a chapter on culture assessment about how to read and understand cultureDiscusses culture change and development including recommendationsSonja Sackmann had the Chair in Organizational Behavior at the Universität der Bundeswehr in Munich (Germany), is a currently a Guest Professor the School of Economics and Business Administration, University of Tartu, Estonia and was a Guest Professor at the University of St. Gallen (Switzerland) for many years. She has taught at the Graduate School of Management at UCLA (USA), the University of Constance (Germany), EBS European Business School (Germany), Vienna University of Economics (Austria), University of Tartu (Estonia), and Jiao Tong University, Shanghai (China).

She held positions as Head of Research and Development, Partner and Managing Partner at the MZSG Management Zentrum St. Gallen, where she was responsible for consulting projects as well as developing and delivering innovative development programs and workshops for managers and executives of firms major multinational firms such as BASF, the BMW Group, Coca-Cola, Daimler, E.ON, Ford, Lufthansa, and the VWGroup, as well as for governmental organizations in Germany and Switzerland.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030860820OrganizationHuman Resource ManagementManagementWork and Organizational Psychology468000
67
Business and Managementx978-3-031-17610-4SmisethOtto Armin SmisethOtto Armin Smiseth, Oslo, NorwayManaging a HospitalHow to Succeed as a Clinical Leader in the Post-Pandemic AgeXXIV, 150 p. 39 illus., 30 illus. in color.12023final39.9912.0042.7912.8434.9910.5044.9913.50Hard cover0Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English150KCQKJUSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-11-252022-11-242022-12-122022-12-121IntroductionChapter 1 - Safety first

Chapter 2 - Prove quality

Chapter 3 - Show empathy

Chapter 4. Reduce the administrative burden

Chapter 5 - Take control of hospital finances

Chapter 6- How to make decisions

Chapter 7 - See your employees and define your personal added value

Chapter 8 – Useful Tips for becoming a better leader

Chapter 9 - How to meet the press

Chapter 10. How to get control over your own time?

Key points

Author Biography

Index		<div>This book demonstrates how hospitals can be transformed into dynamic, patient-centered, and cost-effective organizations. It describes systems for providing safe, high-quality medical services and outlines the importance of data for health outcomes.

In this regard, the book underscores the importance of decision-making and delegation, as well as the effective use of administrative staff, new technologies, and evidence-based medicine to benefit patients and boost efficiency. At the same time, it emphasizes the importance of applying metrics to improve cost-effectiveness.

Although primarily intended as a hands-on book for clinical leaders, it also considers hospitals from a broader societal perspective, making it of interest to leaders at all organizational levels in hospitals and to policymakers alike.
</div>		This book demonstrates how hospitals can be transformed into dynamic, patient-centered, and cost-effective organizations. It describes systems for providing safe, high-quality medical services and outlines the importance of data for health outcomes.

In this regard, the book underscores the importance of decision-making and delegation, as well as the effective use of administrative staff, new technologies, and evidence-based medicine to benefit patients and boost efficiency. At the same time, it emphasizes the importance of applying metrics to improve cost-effectiveness.

Although primarily intended as a hands-on book for clinical leaders, it also considers hospitals from a broader societal perspective, making it of interest to leaders at all organizational levels in hospitals and to policymakers alike.		Offers practical experience from the perspective of a clinic managerExplains how to transform hospitals into cost-efficient and patient-focused organizations.Provides insights into the financial challenges in hospital management caused by a pandemicOtto Armin Smiseth is Professor Emeritus at the Medical Faculty, Institute for Surgical Research, Rikshospitalet, Oslo University Hospital, Norway. He is immediate past Director at the Division of Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Diseases, Oslo University Hospital and University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway. His management had focus on patient safety, quality and cost-effective use of resources. His expertise includes experience from hospital cultures in Europe, the Americas and Asia.TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031176104Health Care ManagementOrganizationBusiness Strategy and LeadershipPractice and Hospital Management364000
68
Business and Managementx978-3-031-17613-5SmisethOtto Armin SmisethOtto Armin Smiseth, Oslo, NorwayManaging a HospitalHow to Succeed as a Clinical Leader in the Post-Pandemic AgeXXIV, 150 p. 39 illus., 30 illus. in color.12023final39.9912.0042.7912.8434.9910.5044.9913.50Soft cover1Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English150KCQKJUSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-11-252022-11-242023-11-252023-11-251IntroductionChapter 1 - Safety first

Chapter 2 - Prove quality

Chapter 3 - Show empathy

Chapter 4. Reduce the administrative burden

Chapter 5 - Take control of hospital finances

Chapter 6- How to make decisions

Chapter 7 - See your employees and define your personal added value

Chapter 8 – Useful Tips for becoming a better leader

Chapter 9 - How to meet the press

Chapter 10. How to get control over your own time?

Key points

Author Biography

Index		<div>This book demonstrates how hospitals can be transformed into dynamic, patient-centered, and cost-effective organizations. It describes systems for providing safe, high-quality medical services and outlines the importance of data for health outcomes.

In this regard, the book underscores the importance of decision-making and delegation, as well as the effective use of administrative staff, new technologies, and evidence-based medicine to benefit patients and boost efficiency. At the same time, it emphasizes the importance of applying metrics to improve cost-effectiveness.

Although primarily intended as a hands-on book for clinical leaders, it also considers hospitals from a broader societal perspective, making it of interest to leaders at all organizational levels in hospitals and to policymakers alike.
</div>		This book demonstrates how hospitals can be transformed into dynamic, patient-centered, and cost-effective organizations. It describes systems for providing safe, high-quality medical services and outlines the importance of data for health outcomes.

In this regard, the book underscores the importance of decision-making and delegation, as well as the effective use of administrative staff, new technologies, and evidence-based medicine to benefit patients and boost efficiency. At the same time, it emphasizes the importance of applying metrics to improve cost-effectiveness.

Although primarily intended as a hands-on book for clinical leaders, it also considers hospitals from a broader societal perspective, making it of interest to leaders at all organizational levels in hospitals and to policymakers alike.		Offers practical experience from the perspective of a clinic managerExplains how to transform hospitals into cost-efficient and patient-focused organizations.Provides insights into the financial challenges in hospital management caused by a pandemicOtto Armin Smiseth is Professor Emeritus at the Medical Faculty, Institute for Surgical Research, Rikshospitalet, Oslo University Hospital, Norway. He is immediate past Director at the Division of Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Diseases, Oslo University Hospital and University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway. His management had focus on patient safety, quality and cost-effective use of resources. His expertise includes experience from hospital cultures in Europe, the Americas and Asia.TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031176135Health Care ManagementOrganizationBusiness Strategy and LeadershipPractice and Hospital Management237000
69
Business and Managementx978-3-030-92457-7SuwelackThomas Suwelack; Manuel Stegemann; Feng Xia AngThomas Suwelack, Brand University of Appled Sciences, Hamburg, Germany; Manuel Stegemann, University of Applied Sciences, Bielefeld, Germany; Feng Xia Ang, 21done Limited, Hamburg, GermanyCreating a Customer Experience-Centric StartupA Step-by-Step FrameworkXVII, 152 p. 56 illus.12022final37.9911.4040.6512.2032.999.9044.9913.50Hard cover0Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English152KJSUKJSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-02-022022-02-022022-05-252022-05-2511. Introduction.- 2. Concept, Relevance and Management of CX.- 3. Starting a Start-Up.- 4. Understanding The Outside World: Customers & The Surrounding Environment.- 5. Outside-In: Defining the CX-Centric Business DNA—The Why, How, and What of a Start-Up.- 6. Inside-Out: Testing, Implementation and Communication of Customer Experience-Centric Experience Elements.- 7. Future Considerations.<div>This book explains how startups and brands in general can achieve a high level of customer experience (CX) in today's dynamic and competitive times. A well-structured and easy to apply customer experience framework defines customer experience as the start and end point of all business activities. The framework steps and tools (such as NPS, Empathy Map, Customer Journey, Golden Circle, Design Thinking, A/B-Testing) are designed to have a maximum impact on successful company building and the customer experience, which is key to generate first and repeat buyers that become fans of the company. The tools originate from different disciplines, such as management, design, digitisation or psychology – as only an interdisciplinary approach enables superior insights for initiating the right customer activities in today's highly competitive times. With this book, it is possible to look at customer experience systematically and derive your own strategy towards success. The following are the main contributions of this book:· Provides a clear step-by-step guide to create a customer experience-centric company· Introduces most impactful tools that managers can use to successfully complete every step of our framework· Guides managers through the process of creating a start-up, which is less about magically coming up with innovative business ideas, but rather about applying proven principles in a new context</div><div>
</div>		<div><div>This book explains how startups and brands in general can achieve a high level of customer experience (CX) in today's dynamic and competitive times. A well-structured and easy to apply customer experience framework defines customer experience as the start and end point of all business activities. The framework steps and tools (such as NPS, Empathy Map, Customer Journey, Golden Circle, Design Thinking, A/B-Testing) are designed to have a maximum impact on successful company building and the customer experience, which is key to generate first and repeat buyers that become fans of the company. The tools originate from different disciplines, such as management, design, digitisation or psychology – as only an interdisciplinary approach enables superior insights for initiating the right customer activities in today's highly competitive times. With this book, it is possible to look at customer experience systematically and derive your own strategy towards success.

The following are the main contributions of this book:

· Provides a clear step-by-step guide to create a customer experience-centric company

· Introduces most impactful tools that managers can use to successfully complete every step of our framework

· Guides managers through the process of creating a start-up, which is less about magically coming up with innovative business ideas, but rather about applying proven principles in a new context
</div></div>		Provides a hands-on guide to the key levers, tools and methods for creating a positive customer experienceIntegrates concepts from the fields of design, psychology and digitizationOffers a structured approach through the systematic combination of relevant modules and toolsThomas Suwelack is a professor of digital customer experience at Brand University of Applied Sciences in Hamburg (Germany) since October 2018. He is also founder and CEO of 21done – a purpose-driven, digital startup. After graduating in business administration and completing his doctorate in marketing at the University of Muenster (Germany), he worked several years as a management consultant for multinational corporations operating in various industries.

Manuel Stegemann is a tenured professor at the Bielefeld University of Applied Sciences (Germany), where he primarily represents the fields of consumer psychology and marketing. Before moving to Bielefeld, he worked for three years as professor of marketing and statistics at the Kiel University of Applied Sciences (Germany). He is passionate about behavioral economics and consumer decision making. He also enjoys delving into the new opportunities that data science brings to marketing. He studied psychology andholds a PhD in business administration. He gained five years of industry experience working for two management consultancies.

Feng Xia Ang is the co-founder and Chief Product Officer of 21done. She holds a Bachelor of Business Management degree from the Singapore Management University and an M.A. in Brand Innovation from the Brand University of Applied Sciences (Germany). After her studies, she went on to fulfil her passion for entrepreneurship by embarking on the start-up founding journey, alongside Thomas Suwelack, of building a purposeful digital platform for personal growth.
TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030924577Customer Relationship ManagementConsumer BehaviorServices381000
70
Business and Managementx978-3-030-92460-7SuwelackThomas Suwelack; Manuel Stegemann; Feng Xia AngThomas Suwelack, Brand University of Appled Sciences, Hamburg, Germany; Manuel Stegemann, University of Applied Sciences, Bielefeld, Germany; Feng Xia Ang, 21done Limited, Hamburg, GermanyCreating a Customer Experience-Centric StartupA Step-by-Step FrameworkXVII, 152 p. 56 illus.12022final37.9911.4040.6512.2032.999.9044.9913.50Soft cover1Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English152KJSUKJSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-02-032022-02-022023-02-022023-02-0211. Introduction.- 2. Concept, Relevance and Management of CX.- 3. Starting a Start-Up.- 4. Understanding The Outside World: Customers & The Surrounding Environment.- 5. Outside-In: Defining the CX-Centric Business DNA—The Why, How, and What of a Start-Up.- 6. Inside-Out: Testing, Implementation and Communication of Customer Experience-Centric Experience Elements.- 7. Future Considerations.<div>This book explains how startups and brands in general can achieve a high level of customer experience (CX) in today's dynamic and competitive times. A well-structured and easy to apply customer experience framework defines customer experience as the start and end point of all business activities. The framework steps and tools (such as NPS, Empathy Map, Customer Journey, Golden Circle, Design Thinking, A/B-Testing) are designed to have a maximum impact on successful company building and the customer experience, which is key to generate first and repeat buyers that become fans of the company. The tools originate from different disciplines, such as management, design, digitisation or psychology – as only an interdisciplinary approach enables superior insights for initiating the right customer activities in today's highly competitive times. With this book, it is possible to look at customer experience systematically and derive your own strategy towards success. The following are the main contributions of this book:· Provides a clear step-by-step guide to create a customer experience-centric company· Introduces most impactful tools that managers can use to successfully complete every step of our framework· Guides managers through the process of creating a start-up, which is less about magically coming up with innovative business ideas, but rather about applying proven principles in a new context</div><div>
</div>		<div><div>This book explains how startups and brands in general can achieve a high level of customer experience (CX) in today's dynamic and competitive times. A well-structured and easy to apply customer experience framework defines customer experience as the start and end point of all business activities. The framework steps and tools (such as NPS, Empathy Map, Customer Journey, Golden Circle, Design Thinking, A/B-Testing) are designed to have a maximum impact on successful company building and the customer experience, which is key to generate first and repeat buyers that become fans of the company. The tools originate from different disciplines, such as management, design, digitisation or psychology – as only an interdisciplinary approach enables superior insights for initiating the right customer activities in today's highly competitive times. With this book, it is possible to look at customer experience systematically and derive your own strategy towards success.

The following are the main contributions of this book:

· Provides a clear step-by-step guide to create a customer experience-centric company

· Introduces most impactful tools that managers can use to successfully complete every step of our framework

· Guides managers through the process of creating a start-up, which is less about magically coming up with innovative business ideas, but rather about applying proven principles in a new context
</div></div>		Provides a hands-on guide to the key levers, tools and methods for creating a positive customer experienceIntegrates concepts from the fields of design, psychology and digitizationOffers a structured approach through the systematic combination of relevant modules and toolsThomas Suwelack is a professor of digital customer experience at Brand University of Applied Sciences in Hamburg (Germany) since October 2018. He is also founder and CEO of 21done – a purpose-driven, digital startup. After graduating in business administration and completing his doctorate in marketing at the University of Muenster (Germany), he worked several years as a management consultant for multinational corporations operating in various industries.

Manuel Stegemann is a tenured professor at the Bielefeld University of Applied Sciences (Germany), where he primarily represents the fields of consumer psychology and marketing. Before moving to Bielefeld, he worked for three years as professor of marketing and statistics at the Kiel University of Applied Sciences (Germany). He is passionate about behavioral economics and consumer decision making. He also enjoys delving into the new opportunities that data science brings to marketing. He studied psychology andholds a PhD in business administration. He gained five years of industry experience working for two management consultancies.

Feng Xia Ang is the co-founder and Chief Product Officer of 21done. She holds a Bachelor of Business Management degree from the Singapore Management University and an M.A. in Brand Innovation from the Brand University of Applied Sciences (Germany). After her studies, she went on to fulfil her passion for entrepreneurship by embarking on the start-up founding journey, alongside Thomas Suwelack, of building a purposeful digital platform for personal growth.
TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030924607Customer Relationship ManagementConsumer BehaviorServices234000
71
Business and Managementx978-3-030-67469-4TrogerHermann TrogerHermann Troger, Brixen, ItalyHuman Resource Management in a Post COVID-19 WorldNew Distribution of Power, Individualization, Digitalization and Demographic DevelopmentsXV, 198 p. 26 illus.12021final79.9924.0085.5925.6869.9921.0089.9927.00Hard cover0Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English198KJMV2JMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2021-03-032021-03-032021-03-192021-03-191Part I: A New World of Work.- 1. The Global Perspective: Macro-political Considerations.- 2. The Company Perspective: Micro-Political Considerations.- 3. The Ego Perspective: Workforce Considerations.- Part II: Expectations of Good Work Opportunities—and the Sobering Reality.- 4. Expectations of a Good Job.- 5. Taking Stock: Multiple and Complex Challenges, But No Effective Solutions.- Part III: Effective HRM in an Individualized and Fragile Working Environment.- 6. Rethinking Human Resources Management.- 7. The Recruitment Process.- 8. The Staff Management Process.- 9. The Staff Development Process.
This book presents a novel viewpoint in HR management: in addition to the macroeconomic factors (demographic development, industry 4.0, digitization, etc.) and its micro-political counterparts (shortage of skilled workers, an aging workforce, shortage of MINTs), personnel policy in the highly developed economic regions of the world can increasingly be seen from the third point of view, which is the ego-perspective. The complexity of the economic world 4.0 is manifesting itself for the employees in a working world of unlimited possibilities, offering almost limitless freedom of choice, especially for younger people. Due to this shift in the balance of power, the influence of the employers decreases and is often reduced to countering the pronounced self-confidence of the employees in asserting their expectations with corresponding company incentives.



The author emphasizes that dealing with the challenges of this extremely fragile world of work - currently exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic - must by no means be left solely in the hands of overburdened personnel managers. The contribution of the line manager or direct superior is becoming increasingly important. And it is only through close and clearly defined cooperation between the two that the opportunity for effective human resources management lies. This book aims to illustrate this process of division of labor in the individual phases of personnel management.		This book presents a novel viewpoint in HR management: in addition to the macroeconomic factors (demographic development, industry 4.0, digitization, etc.) and its micro-political counterparts (shortage of skilled workers, an aging workforce, shortage of MINTs), personnel policy in the highly developed economic regions of the world can increasingly be seen from the third point of view, which is the ego-perspective. The complexity of the economic world 4.0 is manifesting itself for the employees in a working world of unlimited possibilities, offering almost limitless freedom of choice, especially for younger people. Due to this shift in the balance of power, the influence of the employers decreases and is often reduced to countering the pronounced self-confidence of the employees in asserting their expectations with corresponding company incentives. The author emphasizes that dealing with the challenges of this extremely fragile world of work - currently exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic - must by no means be left solely in the hands of overburdened personnel managers. The contribution of the line manager or direct superior is becoming increasingly important. And it is only through close and clearly defined cooperation between the two that the opportunity for effective human resources management lies. This book aims to illustrate this process of division of labor in the individual phases of personnel management.
Based on a representative survey of 3,500 employees from a wide range of categories and industriesOffers a practical and up-to-date discussion of the current situation in the labor marketProvides concrete recommendations for enhancing the cooperation between HR experts and line managersHermann Troger has over 20 years of management experience as HR director, managing director, and CEO of companies in international operating automotive, shopfitting, and banking industries. He coaches HR managers and supports companies in the selection and development of managers and in re-organizations. Hermann is a lecturer in human resource management at the Business School, University of Salzburg (Austria), as well as a keynote speaker and author of books and journal articles.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030674694Human Resource ManagementBehavioral Sciences and PsychologyEconomic Sociology494000
72
Business and Managementx978-3-030-67472-4TrogerHermann TrogerHermann Troger, Brixen, ItalyHuman Resource Management in a Post COVID-19 WorldNew Distribution of Power, Individualization, Digitalization and Demographic DevelopmentsXV, 198 p. 26 illus.12021final56.9917.1060.9818.2949.9915.0064.9919.50Soft cover1Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English198KJMV2JMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2022-03-042021-03-032022-03-032022-03-031Part I: A New World of Work.- 1. The Global Perspective: Macro-political Considerations.- 2. The Company Perspective: Micro-Political Considerations.- 3. The Ego Perspective: Workforce Considerations.- Part II: Expectations of Good Work Opportunities—and the Sobering Reality.- 4. Expectations of a Good Job.- 5. Taking Stock: Multiple and Complex Challenges, But No Effective Solutions.- Part III: Effective HRM in an Individualized and Fragile Working Environment.- 6. Rethinking Human Resources Management.- 7. The Recruitment Process.- 8. The Staff Management Process.- 9. The Staff Development Process.
This book presents a novel viewpoint in HR management: in addition to the macroeconomic factors (demographic development, industry 4.0, digitization, etc.) and its micro-political counterparts (shortage of skilled workers, an aging workforce, shortage of MINTs), personnel policy in the highly developed economic regions of the world can increasingly be seen from the third point of view, which is the ego-perspective. The complexity of the economic world 4.0 is manifesting itself for the employees in a working world of unlimited possibilities, offering almost limitless freedom of choice, especially for younger people. Due to this shift in the balance of power, the influence of the employers decreases and is often reduced to countering the pronounced self-confidence of the employees in asserting their expectations with corresponding company incentives.



The author emphasizes that dealing with the challenges of this extremely fragile world of work - currently exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic - must by no means be left solely in the hands of overburdened personnel managers. The contribution of the line manager or direct superior is becoming increasingly important. And it is only through close and clearly defined cooperation between the two that the opportunity for effective human resources management lies. This book aims to illustrate this process of division of labor in the individual phases of personnel management.		This book presents a novel viewpoint in HR management: in addition to the macroeconomic factors (demographic development, industry 4.0, digitization, etc.) and its micro-political counterparts (shortage of skilled workers, an aging workforce, shortage of MINTs), personnel policy in the highly developed economic regions of the world can increasingly be seen from the third point of view, which is the ego-perspective. The complexity of the economic world 4.0 is manifesting itself for the employees in a working world of unlimited possibilities, offering almost limitless freedom of choice, especially for younger people. Due to this shift in the balance of power, the influence of the employers decreases and is often reduced to countering the pronounced self-confidence of the employees in asserting their expectations with corresponding company incentives. The author emphasizes that dealing with the challenges of this extremely fragile world of work - currently exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic - must by no means be left solely in the hands of overburdened personnel managers. The contribution of the line manager or direct superior is becoming increasingly important. And it is only through close and clearly defined cooperation between the two that the opportunity for effective human resources management lies. This book aims to illustrate this process of division of labor in the individual phases of personnel management.
Based on a representative survey of 3,500 employees from a wide range of categories and industriesOffers a practical and up-to-date discussion of the current situation in the labor marketProvides concrete recommendations for enhancing the cooperation between HR experts and line managersHermann Troger has over 20 years of management experience as HR director, managing director, and CEO of companies in international operating automotive, shopfitting, and banking industries. He coaches HR managers and supports companies in the selection and development of managers and in re-organizations. Hermann is a lecturer in human resource management at the Business School, University of Salzburg (Austria), as well as a keynote speaker and author of books and journal articles.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030674724Human Resource ManagementBehavioral Sciences and PsychologyEconomic Sociology338000
73
Business and Managementx978-3-030-30591-8TrostArmin TrostArmin Trost, Furtwangen University, Villingen-Schwenningen, GermanyHuman Resources StrategiesBalancing Stability and Agility in Times of DigitizationXXI, 369 p. 111 illus.Original German edition published by Springer-Verlag GmbH Deutschland, Wiesbaden, Germany, 201812020final84.9925.5090.9427.2874.9922.5099.9930.00Hard cover0Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English369KJMV2KJCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2019-10-302019-10-182019-11-182019-11-181HR in the Context of Digitization.- Agility and Stability.- Building an HR Strategy.- The Structural and Cultural Context.- Talent Acquisition and Selection.- Goals, Assessment and Feedback.- Learning and Knowledge.- Development and Career.- Remuneration.- Engagement and Retention.- HR Operation.- Managing Change and Transformation.- Transformation into an Agile Future.The digitalization of businesses calls for new forms of leadership and collaboration, as traditional human resources strategies are reaching their limits. Personal responsibility, networking and diversity are increasingly recognized as key prerequisites for agility, adaptability and innovativeness.

This book encourages HR managers who want to be pioneers of, or support, digital transformation to rethink their HR strategies. It begins with a clear illustration of the difference between stability and agility in leadership and organization. Building on this, it then guides the reader through a broad range of relevant HR topics and how they compare to the new strategic orientation. All major aspects of HR management are addressed, including recruitment, learning, talent management, remuneration, performance management, corporate training, executive development and change management.
Providing a comprehensive, practical, differentiated and non-dogmatic alternative to traditional approaches, the book is a must-read for all those who are concerned with sustainable HR management in the era of digitalization.
Features new strategies and practices for human resources management in the new context of digitalizationProvides a step by step guide for practitioners to build agile and resilient strategiesIncludes clear and practical orientation for strategically difficult decisions ranging from recruitment to payroll, and KPIsProfessor Armin Trost has for many years been regarded as one of the best-known and prominent thought leaders in human resources management. He has been teaching and researching at the Business School of Furtwangen University (Germany) since 2005. For many years, he has successfully advised companies of all sizes and industries on strategic human resource management issues. He is not only known as an author of numerous specialist articles and books, but also as an internationally sought-after speaker at renowned congresses.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030305918Human Resource ManagementBusiness Strategy and LeadershipIT in Business752000
74
Business and Managementx978-3-030-30594-9TrostArmin TrostArmin Trost, Furtwangen University, Villingen-Schwenningen, GermanyHuman Resources StrategiesBalancing Stability and Agility in Times of DigitizationXXI, 369 p. 111 illus.Original German edition published by Springer-Verlag GmbH Deutschland, Wiesbaden, Germany, 201812020final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English369KJMV2KJCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2020-10-302019-10-182020-10-302020-10-301HR in the Context of Digitization.- Agility and Stability.- Building an HR Strategy.- The Structural and Cultural Context.- Talent Acquisition and Selection.- Goals, Assessment and Feedback.- Learning and Knowledge.- Development and Career.- Remuneration.- Engagement and Retention.- HR Operation.- Managing Change and Transformation.- Transformation into an Agile Future.The digitalization of businesses calls for new forms of leadership and collaboration, as traditional human resources strategies are reaching their limits. Personal responsibility, networking and diversity are increasingly recognized as key prerequisites for agility, adaptability and innovativeness.

This book encourages HR managers who want to be pioneers of, or support, digital transformation to rethink their HR strategies. It begins with a clear illustration of the difference between stability and agility in leadership and organization. Building on this, it then guides the reader through a broad range of relevant HR topics and how they compare to the new strategic orientation. All major aspects of HR management are addressed, including recruitment, learning, talent management, remuneration, performance management, corporate training, executive development and change management.
Providing a comprehensive, practical, differentiated and non-dogmatic alternative to traditional approaches, the book is a must-read for all those who are concerned with sustainable HR management in the era of digitalization.
Features new strategies and practices for human resources management in the new context of digitalizationProvides a step by step guide for practitioners to build agile and resilient strategiesIncludes clear and practical orientation for strategically difficult decisions ranging from recruitment to payroll, and KPIsProfessor Armin Trost has for many years been regarded as one of the best-known and prominent thought leaders in human resources management. He has been teaching and researching at the Business School of Furtwangen University (Germany) since 2005. For many years, he has successfully advised companies of all sizes and industries on strategic human resource management issues. He is not only known as an author of numerous specialist articles and books, but also as an internationally sought-after speaker at renowned congresses.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030305949Human Resource ManagementBusiness Strategy and LeadershipIT in Business599000
75
Business and Managementx978-3-319-58714-1TurbanEfraim Turban; Jon Outland; David King; Jae Kyu Lee; Ting-Peng Liang; Deborrah C. TurbanEfraim Turban, University of Hawaii, Kihei, HI, USA; Jon Outland, Herzing University, Rapid City, SD, USA; David King, JDA Software, Scottsdale, AZ, USA; Jae Kyu Lee, Yonsei University, Seodaemun-gu, Seoul, Korea (Republic of); Ting-Peng Liang, National Sun Yat-sen University, Kaohsiung, Taiwan; Deborrah C. Turban, Turban Company Inc., Kihei, HI, USAElectronic Commerce 2018A Managerial and Social Networks PerspectiveXXVIII, 636 p. 90 illus., 75 illus. in color.92018final179.9954.00192.5957.78159.9948.00199.9960.00Hard cover0Springer Texts in Business and EconomicsBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English636KJEKJQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2017-11-032017-10-192017-10-272017-10-2712015, 2012, 2010, 2008, 2004, 2002,978-3-319-10092-0,978-3-319-10090-6,978-3-319-10091-3,978-3-319-36270-0Chapter 1. Overview of Electronic Commerce.- Chapter 2. E-Commerce: Mechanisms, Platforms, and Tools.- Chapter 3. Retailing in Electronic Commerce: Products and Services.- Chapter 4. Business-to-Business E-Commerce.- Chapter 5. Innovative EC Systems: From E-Government to E-Learning, E-Health, Sharing Economy and P2P Commerce.- Chapter 6. Mobile Commerce and the Internet of Things.- Chapter 7. Intelligent (Smart) E-Commerce.- Chapter 8. Social Commerce: Foundations, Social Marketing, and Advertising.- Chapter 9. Social Enterprise and Other Social Commerce Topics.- Chapter 10. Marketing and Advertising in E-Commerce.- Chapter 11. E-Commerce Security and Fraud Issues and Protections.- Chapter 12. Electronic Commerce Payment Systems.- Chapter 13. Order Fulfillment along the Supply Chain in E-Commerce.- Chapter 14. EC Strategy, Globalization, SMEs and Implementation.- Chapter 15. E-Commerce: Regulatory, Ethical, and Social Environments.This new Edition of Electronic Commerce is a complete update of the leading graduate level/advanced undergraduate level textbook on the subject.  Electronic commerce (EC) describes the manner in which transactions take place over electronic networks, mostly the Internet. It is the process of electronically buying and selling goods, services, and information. Certain EC applications, such as buying and selling stocks and airline tickets online, are reaching maturity, some even exceeding non-Internet trades. However, EC is not just about buying and selling; it also is about electronically communicating, collaborating, and discovering information. It is about e-learning, e-government, social networks, and much more. EC is having an impact on a significant portion of the world, affecting businesses, professions, trade, and of course, people.The most important developments in EC since 2014 are the continuous phenomenal growth of social networks, especially Facebook , LinkedIn and Instagram, and the trend toward conducting EC with mobile devices.  Other major developments are the expansion of EC globally, especially in China where you can find the world's largest EC company.  Much attention is lately being given to smart commerce and the use of AI-based analytics and big data to enhance the field.  Finally, some emerging EC business models are changing industries (e.g., the shared economy models of Uber and Airbnb). The 2018 (9th) edition, brings forth the latest trends in e-commerce, including smart commerce, social commerce, social collaboration, shared economy, innovations, and mobility.This new Edition of Electronic Commerce is a complete update of the leading graduate level/advanced undergraduate level textbook on the subject.  Electronic commerce (EC) describes the manner in which transactions take place over electronic networks, mostly the Internet. It is the process of electronically buying and selling goods, services, and information. Certain EC applications, such as buying and selling stocks and airline tickets online, are reaching maturity, some even exceeding non-Internet trades. However, EC is not just about buying and selling; it also is about electronically communicating, collaborating, and discovering information. It is about e-learning, e-government, social networks, and much more. EC is having an impact on a significant portion of the world, affecting businesses, professions, trade, and of course, people.The most important developments in EC since 2014 are the continuous phenomenal growth of social networks, especially Facebook , LinkedIn and Instagram, and the trend toward conducting EC with mobile devices.  Other major developments are the expansion of EC globally, especially in China where you can find the world's largest EC company.  Much attention is lately being given to smart commerce and the use of AI-based analytics and big data to enhance the field.  Finally, some emerging EC business models are changing industries (e.g., the shared economy models of Uber and Airbnb). The 2018 (9th) edition, brings forth the latest trends in e-commerce, including smart commerce, social commerce, social collaboration, shared economy, innovations, and mobility.The leading Graduate text on E-Commerce brought completely up to dateEnd of chapter exercises, case studies, and class projectsIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasRequest lecturer material: sn.pub/lecturer-material<div>Efraim Turban is a visiting scholar at the Pacific Institute for Information System Management, University of Hawaii.  He earned his M.B.A. and Ph.D. at the University of California, Berkeley. Previously, he was on the staff of several universities including City University of Hong Kong, Lehigh University, Florida International University, California State University Long Beach, Eastern Illinois University, and the University of Southern California. Dr. Turban is the author of over 100 refereed papers published in leading journals such as Management Science, MIS Quarterly, and Decision Support Systems. He is also the author of 20 books including Electronic Commerce: A Managerial Perspective and Information Technology for Management. He is also a consultant to major corporations worldwide. Dr. Turban's current areas of interest are Web-based decision support systems, using intelligent agents in electronic commerce systems, and collaboration issues in global electronic commerce.</div><div><br/></div><div>Jon C. Outland, is the System Division Chair of Business for Herzing University, Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin.   He holds a Ph.D. in Business Administration as well as a Master’s in Business Administration (MBA), and a Master’s of Science in Information Systems with an Electronic Commerce concentration.  Dr. Outland teaches many courses in the MBA program, and specializes in concepts related to Project and Information Technology Management.  He has been teaching and developing e-commerce and other business/IT courses online for over 17 years.  Dr. Outland has more than 20 years of industry experience in high-tech companies and has been helping firms deploy e-commerce solutions since 1998.  He is a certified Project Management Professional (PMP), and is personally interested in the creation and marketing of online solutions for small to medium-sized businesses.</div><div><br/></div><div>David King (Ph.D.), has over 25 years experience leading the development of decision support, performance management and enterprise system software.  Currently, he is the Sr. VP of New Product Development at JDA Software, Inc. in Scottsdale Arizona.  He joined JDA in 2004 after serving a number of years as the Sr. VP of Product Development and CTO for Comshare Inc.  Dr. King has authored a number of articles and books and is the co-author of Electronic Commerce: A Managerial Perspective (Prentice-Hall).  He also serves on a variety of industrial advisory and university boards including the MIS Advisory board at the University of Georgia and the Technopolis Advisory Board at Arizona State University.</div><div><br/></div><div>Jae  K. Lee is the HHI Chair Professor in the College of Business, and currently serves as the head of Graduate School of Green Growth and the Director of EEWS (Energy, Environment, Water, and Sustainability Initiative) Research Center (former EEWS Initiative) at KAIST (Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology). He has been a Professor of Management Information Systems and Electronic Commerce at KAIST since 1985, and served as Dean of the College of Business during 2006-7. He is a Fellow of the Association of Information Systems, the global organization of IS researchers. He received a B.A. in Industrial Engineering from Seoul National University (1973), a M.S. in Industrial Engineering from the KAIST (1975) and a Ph.D. in Operations and Information Systems from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (1985). He was a visiting professor of the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania (2000), University of Texas at Austin (1995), Carnegie-Mellon University (1989), and City University of Hong Kong (2001). He was the founding editor-in-chief of the journal, Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (Elsevier, SSCI and SCIE Accredited), and was the founding chair of the IntStudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319587141E-BusinessBusiness Information SystemsOperations Research and Decision Theory2569100
76
Business and Managementx978-3-319-86460-0TurbanEfraim Turban; Jon Outland; David King; Jae Kyu Lee; Ting-Peng Liang; Deborrah C. TurbanEfraim Turban, University of Hawaii, Kihei, HI, USA; Jon Outland, Herzing University, Rapid City, SD, USA; David King, JDA Software, Scottsdale, AZ, USA; Jae Kyu Lee, Yonsei University, Seodaemun-gu, Seoul, Korea (Republic of); Ting-Peng Liang, National Sun Yat-sen University, Kaohsiung, Taiwan; Deborrah C. Turban, Turban Company Inc., Kihei, HI, USAElectronic Commerce 2018A Managerial and Social Networks PerspectiveXXVIII, 636 p. 90 illus., 75 illus. in color.92018final129.9939.00139.0941.73109.9933.00139.9942.00Soft cover1Springer Texts in Business and EconomicsBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English636KJEKJQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2018-06-122018-06-202019-11-032019-12-0112015, 2012, 2010, 2008, 2004, 2002,978-3-319-10092-0,978-3-319-10090-6,978-3-319-10091-3,978-3-319-36270-0Chapter 1. Overview of Electronic Commerce.- Chapter 2. E-Commerce: Mechanisms, Platforms, and Tools.- Chapter 3. Retailing in Electronic Commerce: Products and Services.- Chapter 4. Business-to-Business E-Commerce.- Chapter 5. Innovative EC Systems: From E-Government to E-Learning, E-Health, Sharing Economy and P2P Commerce.- Chapter 6. Mobile Commerce and the Internet of Things.- Chapter 7. Intelligent (Smart) E-Commerce.- Chapter 8. Social Commerce: Foundations, Social Marketing, and Advertising.- Chapter 9. Social Enterprise and Other Social Commerce Topics.- Chapter 10. Marketing and Advertising in E-Commerce.- Chapter 11. E-Commerce Security and Fraud Issues and Protections.- Chapter 12. Electronic Commerce Payment Systems.- Chapter 13. Order Fulfillment along the Supply Chain in E-Commerce.- Chapter 14. EC Strategy, Globalization, SMEs and Implementation.- Chapter 15. E-Commerce: Regulatory, Ethical, and Social Environments.This new Edition of Electronic Commerce is a complete update of the leading graduate level/advanced undergraduate level textbook on the subject.  Electronic commerce (EC) describes the manner in which transactions take place over electronic networks, mostly the Internet. It is the process of electronically buying and selling goods, services, and information. Certain EC applications, such as buying and selling stocks and airline tickets online, are reaching maturity, some even exceeding non-Internet trades. However, EC is not just about buying and selling; it also is about electronically communicating, collaborating, and discovering information. It is about e-learning, e-government, social networks, and much more. EC is having an impact on a significant portion of the world, affecting businesses, professions, trade, and of course, people.The most important developments in EC since 2014 are the continuous phenomenal growth of social networks, especially Facebook , LinkedIn and Instagram, and the trend toward conducting EC with mobile devices.  Other major developments are the expansion of EC globally, especially in China where you can find the world's largest EC company.  Much attention is lately being given to smart commerce and the use of AI-based analytics and big data to enhance the field.  Finally, some emerging EC business models are changing industries (e.g., the shared economy models of Uber and Airbnb). The 2018 (9th) edition, brings forth the latest trends in e-commerce, including smart commerce, social commerce, social collaboration, shared economy, innovations, and mobility.This new Edition of Electronic Commerce is a complete update of the leading graduate level/advanced undergraduate level textbook on the subject.  Electronic commerce (EC) describes the manner in which transactions take place over electronic networks, mostly the Internet. It is the process of electronically buying and selling goods, services, and information. Certain EC applications, such as buying and selling stocks and airline tickets online, are reaching maturity, some even exceeding non-Internet trades. However, EC is not just about buying and selling; it also is about electronically communicating, collaborating, and discovering information. It is about e-learning, e-government, social networks, and much more. EC is having an impact on a significant portion of the world, affecting businesses, professions, trade, and of course, people.The most important developments in EC since 2014 are the continuous phenomenal growth of social networks, especially Facebook , LinkedIn and Instagram, and the trend toward conducting EC with mobile devices.  Other major developments are the expansion of EC globally, especially in China where you can find the world's largest EC company.  Much attention is lately being given to smart commerce and the use of AI-based analytics and big data to enhance the field.  Finally, some emerging EC business models are changing industries (e.g., the shared economy models of Uber and Airbnb). The 2018 (9th) edition, brings forth the latest trends in e-commerce, including smart commerce, social commerce, social collaboration, shared economy, innovations, and mobility.The leading Graduate text on E-Commerce brought completely up to dateEnd of chapter exercises, case studies, and class projectsIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasRequest lecturer material: sn.pub/lecturer-material<div>Efraim Turban is a visiting scholar at the Pacific Institute for Information System Management, University of Hawaii.  He earned his M.B.A. and Ph.D. at the University of California, Berkeley. Previously, he was on the staff of several universities including City University of Hong Kong, Lehigh University, Florida International University, California State University Long Beach, Eastern Illinois University, and the University of Southern California. Dr. Turban is the author of over 100 refereed papers published in leading journals such as Management Science, MIS Quarterly, and Decision Support Systems. He is also the author of 20 books including Electronic Commerce: A Managerial Perspective and Information Technology for Management. He is also a consultant to major corporations worldwide. Dr. Turban's current areas of interest are Web-based decision support systems, using intelligent agents in electronic commerce systems, and collaboration issues in global electronic commerce.</div><div><br/></div><div>Jon C. Outland, is the System Division Chair of Business for Herzing University, Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin.   He holds a Ph.D. in Business Administration as well as a Master’s in Business Administration (MBA), and a Master’s of Science in Information Systems with an Electronic Commerce concentration.  Dr. Outland teaches many courses in the MBA program, and specializes in concepts related to Project and Information Technology Management.  He has been teaching and developing e-commerce and other business/IT courses online for over 17 years.  Dr. Outland has more than 20 years of industry experience in high-tech companies and has been helping firms deploy e-commerce solutions since 1998.  He is a certified Project Management Professional (PMP), and is personally interested in the creation and marketing of online solutions for small to medium-sized businesses.</div><div><br/></div><div>David King (Ph.D.), has over 25 years experience leading the development of decision support, performance management and enterprise system software.  Currently, he is the Sr. VP of New Product Development at JDA Software, Inc. in Scottsdale Arizona.  He joined JDA in 2004 after serving a number of years as the Sr. VP of Product Development and CTO for Comshare Inc.  Dr. King has authored a number of articles and books and is the co-author of Electronic Commerce: A Managerial Perspective (Prentice-Hall).  He also serves on a variety of industrial advisory and university boards including the MIS Advisory board at the University of Georgia and the Technopolis Advisory Board at Arizona State University.</div><div><br/></div><div>Jae  K. Lee is the HHI Chair Professor in the College of Business, and currently serves as the head of Graduate School of Green Growth and the Director of EEWS (Energy, Environment, Water, and Sustainability Initiative) Research Center (former EEWS Initiative) at KAIST (Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology). He has been a Professor of Management Information Systems and Electronic Commerce at KAIST since 1985, and served as Dean of the College of Business during 2006-7. He is a Fellow of the Association of Information Systems, the global organization of IS researchers. He received a B.A. in Industrial Engineering from Seoul National University (1973), a M.S. in Industrial Engineering from the KAIST (1975) and a Ph.D. in Operations and Information Systems from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (1985). He was a visiting professor of the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania (2000), University of Texas at Austin (1995), Carnegie-Mellon University (1989), and City University of Hong Kong (2001). He was the founding editor-in-chief of the journal, Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (Elsevier, SSCI and SCIE Accredited), and was the founding chair of the IntStudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319864600E-BusinessBusiness Information SystemsOperations Research and Decision Theory1645100
77
Business and Managementx978-3-031-08742-4VuppalapatiChandrasekar VuppalapatiChandrasekar Vuppalapati, San Jose State University, San Jose, CA, USAArtificial Intelligence and Heuristics for Enhanced Food SecurityXXX, 891 p. 1 illus.12022final149.9945.00160.4948.15129.9939.00169.9951.00Hard cover0International Series in Operations Research & Management ScienceVolumeBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English891KJTTDCTSpringerSpringer International Publishing1Available2022-09-172022-09-182022-10-042022-10-041Part 1: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Heuristics.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Heuristics.- 3. Data Engineering Techniques for Machine Learning and Heuristics.- Part 2: Food Security Machine Learning and Heuristics Models.- 4. Food Security.- 5. Food Security – Quality and Safety Drivers.- 6. ML Models - Food Security and Climate Change.- Part 3: Linkage Models.- 7. Food Security and Advanced Imaging Radiometer ML Models.- 8. Composite Models - Food Security and Natural Resources.- 9. Linkage Models: Economic Key Drivers and Agricultural Production.- 10. Heuristics and Agricultural Production Modeling- Part IV: Conclusion.- 11. Future.This book introduces readers to advanced data science techniques for signal mining in connection with agriculture. It shows how to apply heuristic modeling to improve farm-level efficiency, and how to use sensors and data intelligence to provide closed-loop feedback, while also providing recommendation techniques that yield actionable insights.

The book also proposes certain macroeconomic pricing models, which data-mine macroeconomic signals and the influence of global economic trends on small-farm sustainability to provide actionable insights to farmers, helping them avoid financial disasters due to recurrent economic crises.

The book is intended to equip current and future software engineering teams and operations research experts with the skills and tools they need in order to fully utilize advanced data science, artificial intelligence, heuristics, and economic models to develop software capabilities that help to achieve sustained food security for future generations.
This book introduces readers to advanced data science techniques for signal mining in connection with agriculture. It shows how to apply heuristic modeling to improve farm-level efficiency, and how to use sensors and data intelligence to provide closed-loop feedback, while also providing recommendation techniques that yield actionable insights.

The book also proposes certain macroeconomic pricing models, which data-mine macroeconomic signals and the influence of global economic trends on small-farm sustainability to provide actionable insights to farmers, helping them avoid financial disasters due to recurrent economic crises.

The book is intended to equip current and future software engineering teams and operations research experts with the skills and tools they need in order to fully utilize advanced data science, artificial intelligence, heuristics, and economic models to develop software capabilities that help to achieve sustained food security for future generations.		Presents heuristics and mathematical optimization techniques to address supply-chain and food production issuesIntroduces machine learning, artificial intelligence, and data science techniquesProposes macroeconomic and agricultural economics data science techniques to ensure small farms' economic sustainabilityChandrasekar Vuppalapati is a seasoned Software IT Executive with diverse experience in software technologies, enterprise software architectures, cloud computing, big data business analytics, internet of things (IoT), and software product and program management. He has held engineering and product leadership positions at Microsoft, GE Healthcare, Cisco Systems, St. Jude Medical, and Lucent Technologies. Chandrasekar has an MS in software engineering from San Jose State University (USA) and an MBA from Santa Clara University (USA) and currently teaches software engineering, large-scale analytics, data science, mobile computing, cloud technologies, and web and data mining at San Jose State University (USA).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031087424Operations Research and Decision TheoryFood SecurityArtificial IntelligenceOptimizationOperations ManagementData Mining and Knowledge Discovery1544000
78
Business and Managementx978-3-031-08745-5VuppalapatiChandrasekar VuppalapatiChandrasekar Vuppalapati, San Jose State University, San Jose, CA, USAArtificial Intelligence and Heuristics for Enhanced Food SecurityXXX, 891 p. 1 illus.12022final149.9945.00160.4948.15129.9939.00169.9951.00Soft cover1International Series in Operations Research & Management ScienceVolumeBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English891KJTTDCTSpringerSpringer International Publishing1Available2023-09-182022-09-182023-09-172023-09-171Part 1: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Heuristics.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Heuristics.- 3. Data Engineering Techniques for Machine Learning and Heuristics.- Part 2: Food Security Machine Learning and Heuristics Models.- 4. Food Security.- 5. Food Security – Quality and Safety Drivers.- 6. ML Models - Food Security and Climate Change.- Part 3: Linkage Models.- 7. Food Security and Advanced Imaging Radiometer ML Models.- 8. Composite Models - Food Security and Natural Resources.- 9. Linkage Models: Economic Key Drivers and Agricultural Production.- 10. Heuristics and Agricultural Production Modeling- Part IV: Conclusion.- 11. Future.This book introduces readers to advanced data science techniques for signal mining in connection with agriculture. It shows how to apply heuristic modeling to improve farm-level efficiency, and how to use sensors and data intelligence to provide closed-loop feedback, while also providing recommendation techniques that yield actionable insights.

The book also proposes certain macroeconomic pricing models, which data-mine macroeconomic signals and the influence of global economic trends on small-farm sustainability to provide actionable insights to farmers, helping them avoid financial disasters due to recurrent economic crises.

The book is intended to equip current and future software engineering teams and operations research experts with the skills and tools they need in order to fully utilize advanced data science, artificial intelligence, heuristics, and economic models to develop software capabilities that help to achieve sustained food security for future generations.
This book introduces readers to advanced data science techniques for signal mining in connection with agriculture. It shows how to apply heuristic modeling to improve farm-level efficiency, and how to use sensors and data intelligence to provide closed-loop feedback, while also providing recommendation techniques that yield actionable insights.

The book also proposes certain macroeconomic pricing models, which data-mine macroeconomic signals and the influence of global economic trends on small-farm sustainability to provide actionable insights to farmers, helping them avoid financial disasters due to recurrent economic crises.

The book is intended to equip current and future software engineering teams and operations research experts with the skills and tools they need in order to fully utilize advanced data science, artificial intelligence, heuristics, and economic models to develop software capabilities that help to achieve sustained food security for future generations.		Presents heuristics and mathematical optimization techniques to address supply-chain and food production issuesIntroduces machine learning, artificial intelligence, and data science techniquesProposes macroeconomic and agricultural economics data science techniques to ensure small farms' economic sustainabilityChandrasekar Vuppalapati is a seasoned Software IT Executive with diverse experience in software technologies, enterprise software architectures, cloud computing, big data business analytics, internet of things (IoT), and software product and program management. He has held engineering and product leadership positions at Microsoft, GE Healthcare, Cisco Systems, St. Jude Medical, and Lucent Technologies. Chandrasekar has an MS in software engineering from San Jose State University (USA) and an MBA from Santa Clara University (USA) and currently teaches software engineering, large-scale analytics, data science, mobile computing, cloud technologies, and web and data mining at San Jose State University (USA).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031087455Operations Research and Decision TheoryFood SecurityArtificial IntelligenceOptimizationOperations ManagementData Mining and Knowledge Discovery1389000
79
Business and Managementx978-3-030-71747-6WangBing Wang; Tobias JustBing Wang, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, USA; Tobias Just, University of Regensburg, Regensburg, GermanyUnderstanding China’s Real Estate MarketsDevelopment, Finance, and InvestmentXVII, 305 p. 78 illus., 37 illus. in color.22021final99.9930.00106.9932.1089.9927.00109.9933.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English305KNKJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2021-06-082021-06-082021-08-062021-08-061,978-3-030-49031-7,978-3-030-49032-4,978-3-030-49033-1,978-3-030-49034-8Understanding China’s Real Estate Markets: A Brief Introduction.- Part I: Structural and Macro Economic Aspects of Real Estate in China.- The Evolving Real Estate Market Structure in China.- Navigating the Property Data Landscape.- China’s Economy at the Crossroads.- China’s Provinces: Addressing the Discrepancies at the Local Level.- Hong Kong: A Review of Its Land System, Real Estate Market, and Related Matters.- Part II: Legal and Regulatory Environment for China’s Real Estate Markets.- Legal Framework for Real Estate Investment in China.- Real Estate Valuation in China.- The Regulation of Leasing Activities.- Tax Framework for Accessing Real Estate Asset Classes.- Part III: Finance and Investment for Real Estate Development.- The Leverage Game: From Offshore to Onshore.- Housing Financing at the Crossroads: Access and Affordability in an Aging Society.- Listings and M&As of Chinese Real Estate Enterprises.- Scenarios of Real-Estate-Backed Securitization and Financing.-The Development of REIT Markets in Greater China.- Real Estate Private Equity Investing in China: From a Practitioner’s Perspective.- Part IV: Real Estate as a Physical and Social Asset Type.- Sustainable Buildings and Practice in China.- Thoughts on China’s Real Estate Policies.- Minding the Strategies: A Progressive Development Model.- China’s Housing Markets.- Hotel Markets and Development in China.- The Rise of Platform-Based Networks: Outlook for the Real Estate Brokerage Industry.<div>China’s economy has been transforming rapidly over the last 25 years. As a result, Chinese conurbations have changed remarkably, with cities expanding both vertically and horizontally, and the physical environment acting as a medium for unprecedented urbanization. This has provided vast opportunities for investors, real estate developers, and service companies, but also presents huge challenges—as traditional city spaces have been reconfigured, environmental risks and the volatility of real estate markets increased. However, as engagement with China is becoming strategically important for many, forming a synthesized lens through which to read China across the vicissitudes of its real estate sector bears historic significance.By offering an insightful framework and structure for understanding China’s variegated real estate dynamics, players, and markets, Understanding China’s Real Estate Markets codifies the principles and practices of realestate development, finance, and investment in China and builds foundations for future academic research and practical knowledge in shaping and engaging the urban environment within China and beyond.</div><div>
</div>		<div>China’s economy has been transforming rapidly over the last 25 years. As a result, Chinese conurbations have changed remarkably, with cities expanding both vertically and horizontally, and the physical environment acting as a medium for unprecedented urbanization. This has provided vast opportunities for investors, real estate developers, and service companies, but also presents huge challenges—as traditional city spaces have been reconfigured, environmental risks and the volatility of real estate markets increased. However, as engagement with China is becoming strategically important for many, forming a synthesized lens through which to read China across the vicissitudes of its real estate sector bears historic significance.

By offering an insightful framework and structure for understanding China’s variegated real estate dynamics, players, and markets, Understanding China’s Real Estate Markets codifies the principles and practices of real estate development, finance, and investment in China and builds foundations for future academic research and practical knowledge in shaping and engaging the urban environment within China and beyond.
</div><div>
</div>		Offers a framework and an overview for understanding the complexity of China’s real estate marketsCompiles contributions from multi-disciplinary practitioners and academics to provide an international perspectiveDiscusses major real estate topics critical for shaping the real estate industry and guiding related transactionsBing Wang is the Associate Professor in Practice of Real Estate and the Built Environment at Harvard University Graduate School of Design (GSD). She is Faculty Co-Chair for the Real Estate Management executive program, a joint program between Harvard Business School and Harvard Design School, and directs the GSD’s Advanced Management Development Program, the school’s advanced education activities for senior real estate executives. Wang obtained her doctorate and master’s degrees from Harvard University and her B.Arch. from Tsinghua University. On her industry experience, Wang worked at Lehman Brothers before founding her own real estate investment management firms, with Citigroup, Starwood Capital, Cargill, and Rockpoint as institutional shareholders. Wang acts as an investment advisor and developer for multinational companies in the USA, China, Japan, Saudi Arabia, and Singapore. She is also a design principal of her own design firm. Her publications include journal papers, book chapters, and the books The Architectural Profession of Modern China (2011), Prestige Retail Design and Development (2014), and Global Leadership in Real Estate and Design (2015). She is on the Steering Committee of Harvard China Fund, on the board of the Chinese Society of Urban Studies, and is an elected Board Director of the American Real Estate Society.



Tobias Just is the Managing and Academic Director at the IREBS Immobilienakademie and a Professor of Real Estate at the University of Regensburg (Germany). Prof. Just studied Economics in Hamburg (Germany) and Uppsala (Sweden). His doctoral dissertation was awarded the university science prize in 2001. He subsequently worked for more than ten years at Deutsche Bank Research. Prof. Just has published more than 160 papers in professional and academic journals and books and eight books on various real estate and economics topics. He is President of the German Society of Property Researchers (gif), and an editor for ZIÖ – the German Journal of Real Estate Research. In 2017, Prof. Just became a Fellow of the RICS. From 2012 to 2018 he was a member of the Executive Management Board of the German section of the Urban Land Institute.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030717476IndustriesInternational BusinessFinancial Economics653000
80
Business and Managementx978-3-030-71750-6WangBing Wang; Tobias JustBing Wang, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, USA; Tobias Just, University of Regensburg, Regensburg, GermanyUnderstanding China’s Real Estate MarketsDevelopment, Finance, and InvestmentXVII, 305 p. 78 illus., 37 illus. in color.22021final64.9919.5069.5420.8654.9916.5069.9921.00Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English305KNKJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-06-092021-06-082022-06-082022-06-081,978-3-030-49031-7,978-3-030-49032-4,978-3-030-49033-1,978-3-030-49034-8Understanding China’s Real Estate Markets: A Brief Introduction.- Part I: Structural and Macro Economic Aspects of Real Estate in China.- The Evolving Real Estate Market Structure in China.- Navigating the Property Data Landscape.- China’s Economy at the Crossroads.- China’s Provinces: Addressing the Discrepancies at the Local Level.- Hong Kong: A Review of Its Land System, Real Estate Market, and Related Matters.- Part II: Legal and Regulatory Environment for China’s Real Estate Markets.- Legal Framework for Real Estate Investment in China.- Real Estate Valuation in China.- The Regulation of Leasing Activities.- Tax Framework for Accessing Real Estate Asset Classes.- Part III: Finance and Investment for Real Estate Development.- The Leverage Game: From Offshore to Onshore.- Housing Financing at the Crossroads: Access and Affordability in an Aging Society.- Listings and M&As of Chinese Real Estate Enterprises.- Scenarios of Real-Estate-Backed Securitization and Financing.-The Development of REIT Markets in Greater China.- Real Estate Private Equity Investing in China: From a Practitioner’s Perspective.- Part IV: Real Estate as a Physical and Social Asset Type.- Sustainable Buildings and Practice in China.- Thoughts on China’s Real Estate Policies.- Minding the Strategies: A Progressive Development Model.- China’s Housing Markets.- Hotel Markets and Development in China.- The Rise of Platform-Based Networks: Outlook for the Real Estate Brokerage Industry.<div>China’s economy has been transforming rapidly over the last 25 years. As a result, Chinese conurbations have changed remarkably, with cities expanding both vertically and horizontally, and the physical environment acting as a medium for unprecedented urbanization. This has provided vast opportunities for investors, real estate developers, and service companies, but also presents huge challenges—as traditional city spaces have been reconfigured, environmental risks and the volatility of real estate markets increased. However, as engagement with China is becoming strategically important for many, forming a synthesized lens through which to read China across the vicissitudes of its real estate sector bears historic significance.By offering an insightful framework and structure for understanding China’s variegated real estate dynamics, players, and markets, Understanding China’s Real Estate Markets codifies the principles and practices of realestate development, finance, and investment in China and builds foundations for future academic research and practical knowledge in shaping and engaging the urban environment within China and beyond.</div><div>
</div>		<div>China’s economy has been transforming rapidly over the last 25 years. As a result, Chinese conurbations have changed remarkably, with cities expanding both vertically and horizontally, and the physical environment acting as a medium for unprecedented urbanization. This has provided vast opportunities for investors, real estate developers, and service companies, but also presents huge challenges—as traditional city spaces have been reconfigured, environmental risks and the volatility of real estate markets increased. However, as engagement with China is becoming strategically important for many, forming a synthesized lens through which to read China across the vicissitudes of its real estate sector bears historic significance.

By offering an insightful framework and structure for understanding China’s variegated real estate dynamics, players, and markets, Understanding China’s Real Estate Markets codifies the principles and practices of real estate development, finance, and investment in China and builds foundations for future academic research and practical knowledge in shaping and engaging the urban environment within China and beyond.
</div><div>
</div>		Offers a framework and an overview for understanding the complexity of China’s real estate marketsCompiles contributions from multi-disciplinary practitioners and academics to provide an international perspectiveDiscusses major real estate topics critical for shaping the real estate industry and guiding related transactionsBing Wang is the Associate Professor in Practice of Real Estate and the Built Environment at Harvard University Graduate School of Design (GSD). She is Faculty Co-Chair for the Real Estate Management executive program, a joint program between Harvard Business School and Harvard Design School, and directs the GSD’s Advanced Management Development Program, the school’s advanced education activities for senior real estate executives. Wang obtained her doctorate and master’s degrees from Harvard University and her B.Arch. from Tsinghua University. On her industry experience, Wang worked at Lehman Brothers before founding her own real estate investment management firms, with Citigroup, Starwood Capital, Cargill, and Rockpoint as institutional shareholders. Wang acts as an investment advisor and developer for multinational companies in the USA, China, Japan, Saudi Arabia, and Singapore. She is also a design principal of her own design firm. Her publications include journal papers, book chapters, and the books The Architectural Profession of Modern China (2011), Prestige Retail Design and Development (2014), and Global Leadership in Real Estate and Design (2015). She is on the Steering Committee of Harvard China Fund, on the board of the Chinese Society of Urban Studies, and is an elected Board Director of the American Real Estate Society.



Tobias Just is the Managing and Academic Director at the IREBS Immobilienakademie and a Professor of Real Estate at the University of Regensburg (Germany). Prof. Just studied Economics in Hamburg (Germany) and Uppsala (Sweden). His doctoral dissertation was awarded the university science prize in 2001. He subsequently worked for more than ten years at Deutsche Bank Research. Prof. Just has published more than 160 papers in professional and academic journals and books and eight books on various real estate and economics topics. He is President of the German Society of Property Researchers (gif), and an editor for ZIÖ – the German Journal of Real Estate Research. In 2017, Prof. Just became a Fellow of the RICS. From 2012 to 2018 he was a member of the Executive Management Board of the German section of the Urban Land Institute.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030717506IndustriesInternational BusinessFinancial Economics498000
81
Business and Managementx978-3-030-61092-0WurstChristian Wurst; Luca GrafChristian Wurst, Eurofins Scientific SE, Brussels, Germany; Luca Graf, DSV Panalpina A/S, Zürich, SwitzerlandDisrupting LogisticsStartups, Technologies, and Investors Building Future Supply ChainsVIII, 290 p. 37 illus., 34 illus. in color.12021final79.9924.0085.5925.6869.9921.0089.9927.00Hard cover0Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English290KJMVKJMV8SpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2021-01-302021-01-292021-02-162021-02-161Foreword.- Introduction – Logistics at the brink of change.- Part I - Driving forces of digital disruption.- Digitizing and automating processes in logistics.- How utilization of assets is impacted by digitalization and automation.- Towards logistics pricing transparency.- Supply chain visibility and exception management.- Part II - Business models disrupting the existing logistics solutions.- The platform era and global freight.- The Last Mile Problem and its Innovative Challengers.- E-Commerce order fulfilment supply chain - how new entrants are changing the industry.- Selection of the appropriate asset tracking solution.- Advanced Analytics and Big Data in Supply Chain Planning.- SaaS & big data solutions in the area of logistics related services.- Human-Robot Collaboration: The Future of Smart Warehousing.- Digital freight forwarders disrupt road freight space.- A Revolution in Value-delivery Across Air and Sea Freight.- Autonomous vehicles as the ultimate efficiency driver in logistics.- Distributed Ledger Technology: Towards a Decentralized Logistics Ecosystem.- Part III - Key Players behind the disruption.- Digital transformation in airfreight.- How Freight Forwarders are challenged by and respond to the digital disruption.- The Evolution of Supply Chain Startups.- Transactions & Valuation in the Global Logistics Market.- Financing disruption – The role of Venture Capital in the logistics industry.This book presents trends, developments, and examples of how digital disruption is currently reshaping the logistics industry. Logistics is the invisible force behind the global economy, influencing and providing a lens into all economic activities. Chapters written by respected experts in the field describe how new technologies such as autonomous vehicles, blockchain, Internet of things (IoT), and state-of-the-art freight management solutions are fundamentally changing supply chain solutions. Special emphasis is placed on promising start-ups and venture capital firms around the world that are now investing in the future of logistics.This book presents trends, developments, and examples of how digital disruption is currently reshaping the logistics industry. Logistics is the invisible force behind the global economy, influencing and providing a lens into all economic activities. Chapters written by respected experts in the field describe how new technologies such as autonomous vehicles, blockchain, Internet of things (IoT), and state-of-the-art freight management solutions are fundamentally changing supply chain solutions. Special emphasis is placed on promising start-ups and venture capital firms around the world that are now investing in the future of logistics.'Supply chains hold significant room for optimization to the benefit of customers, industry participants, authorities and the environment. This book provides a unique set of perspectives from industry leaders covering a wide range of topics. It is a ‘must read’ for anyone seeking to understand and contribute to a better tomorrow in supply chains logistics.' — Thomas Bagge, Chief Executive Officer and Statutory Director DCSA“The need for standardisation and digitalisation in logistics is no longer an option. This book gives insights from industry experts, shows trends and innovations in platforms, underlines the need for transparency and how big data and analytics can make a world of difference. It’s an incredible resource if you wish to better understand the new normal of logistics.” — Global Chief Digital & Information Officer, MSC Mediterranean Shipping Company'This book presents readers with a straightforward and comprehensive assessment of supply chain innovation and trends and their impact on the industry. With contributions from several industry leaders, it provides critical knowledge and insight that supply chain and logistics managers need to implement disruptive technologies strategically.”
— Rene Jacquat, Founder / Advisor, LogiChain Solutions		Describes the major technologies and business models disrupting the logistics worldAnalyses the impact of new technologies such as blockchain and autonomous vehicles on supply chainsIntroduces the major startups, venture capital firms and corporations involved in the disruptionChristian Wurst is the COO Food & Environment of Eurofins Scientific SE and former CEO Europe of Panalpina AG. He graduated from the WHU – Otto Beisheim School of Management (Koblenz, Germany) — one of Europe’s leading business schools for startups. He also holds a PhD in business administration and a AMP degree of Harvard Business School (USA). Christian has more than 20 years of international experience in the logistics industry.

Luca Graf is the Head of Digital Innovation at DSV Panalpina A/S. He graduated in Industrial Engineering & Management from the Technische Universität Berlin, Germany and holds a PhD in Business Management from the Universität St. Gallen, Switzerland. Luca has been leading digital transformation initiatives over the last 14 years in the airline and logistics industry.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030610920LogisticsSupply Chain ManagementStart-Ups and Venture CapitalData Analysis and Big DataBusiness IT InfrastructureInnovation and Technology Management617000
82
Business and Managementx978-3-030-61095-1WurstChristian Wurst; Luca GrafChristian Wurst, Eurofins Scientific SE, Brussels, Germany; Luca Graf, DSV Panalpina A/S, Zürich, SwitzerlandDisrupting LogisticsStartups, Technologies, and Investors Building Future Supply ChainsVIII, 290 p. 37 illus., 34 illus. in color.12021final54.9916.5058.8417.6549.9915.0059.9918.00Soft cover1Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English290KJMVKJMV8SpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2022-01-302021-01-292022-01-302022-01-301Foreword.- Introduction – Logistics at the brink of change.- Part I - Driving forces of digital disruption.- Digitizing and automating processes in logistics.- How utilization of assets is impacted by digitalization and automation.- Towards logistics pricing transparency.- Supply chain visibility and exception management.- Part II - Business models disrupting the existing logistics solutions.- The platform era and global freight.- The Last Mile Problem and its Innovative Challengers.- E-Commerce order fulfilment supply chain - how new entrants are changing the industry.- Selection of the appropriate asset tracking solution.- Advanced Analytics and Big Data in Supply Chain Planning.- SaaS & big data solutions in the area of logistics related services.- Human-Robot Collaboration: The Future of Smart Warehousing.- Digital freight forwarders disrupt road freight space.- A Revolution in Value-delivery Across Air and Sea Freight.- Autonomous vehicles as the ultimate efficiency driver in logistics.- Distributed Ledger Technology: Towards a Decentralized Logistics Ecosystem.- Part III - Key Players behind the disruption.- Digital transformation in airfreight.- How Freight Forwarders are challenged by and respond to the digital disruption.- The Evolution of Supply Chain Startups.- Transactions & Valuation in the Global Logistics Market.- Financing disruption – The role of Venture Capital in the logistics industry.This book presents trends, developments, and examples of how digital disruption is currently reshaping the logistics industry. Logistics is the invisible force behind the global economy, influencing and providing a lens into all economic activities. Chapters written by respected experts in the field describe how new technologies such as autonomous vehicles, blockchain, Internet of things (IoT), and state-of-the-art freight management solutions are fundamentally changing supply chain solutions. Special emphasis is placed on promising start-ups and venture capital firms around the world that are now investing in the future of logistics.This book presents trends, developments, and examples of how digital disruption is currently reshaping the logistics industry. Logistics is the invisible force behind the global economy, influencing and providing a lens into all economic activities. Chapters written by respected experts in the field describe how new technologies such as autonomous vehicles, blockchain, Internet of things (IoT), and state-of-the-art freight management solutions are fundamentally changing supply chain solutions. Special emphasis is placed on promising start-ups and venture capital firms around the world that are now investing in the future of logistics.'Supply chains hold significant room for optimization to the benefit of customers, industry participants, authorities and the environment. This book provides a unique set of perspectives from industry leaders covering a wide range of topics. It is a ‘must read’ for anyone seeking to understand and contribute to a better tomorrow in supply chains logistics.' — Thomas Bagge, Chief Executive Officer and Statutory Director DCSA“The need for standardisation and digitalisation in logistics is no longer an option. This book gives insights from industry experts, shows trends and innovations in platforms, underlines the need for transparency and how big data and analytics can make a world of difference. It’s an incredible resource if you wish to better understand the new normal of logistics.” — Global Chief Digital & Information Officer, MSC Mediterranean Shipping Company'This book presents readers with a straightforward and comprehensive assessment of supply chain innovation and trends and their impact on the industry. With contributions from several industry leaders, it provides critical knowledge and insight that supply chain and logistics managers need to implement disruptive technologies strategically.”
— Rene Jacquat, Founder / Advisor, LogiChain Solutions		Describes the major technologies and business models disrupting the logistics worldAnalyses the impact of new technologies such as blockchain and autonomous vehicles on supply chainsIntroduces the major startups, venture capital firms and corporations involved in the disruptionChristian Wurst is the COO Food & Environment of Eurofins Scientific SE and former CEO Europe of Panalpina AG. He graduated from the WHU – Otto Beisheim School of Management (Koblenz, Germany) — one of Europe��s leading business schools for startups. He also holds a PhD in business administration and a AMP degree of Harvard Business School (USA). Christian has more than 20 years of international experience in the logistics industry.

Luca Graf is the Head of Digital Innovation at DSV Panalpina A/S. He graduated in Industrial Engineering & Management from the Technische Universität Berlin, Germany and holds a PhD in Business Management from the Universität St. Gallen, Switzerland. Luca has been leading digital transformation initiatives over the last 14 years in the airline and logistics industry.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030610951LogisticsSupply Chain ManagementStart-Ups and Venture CapitalData Analysis and Big DataBusiness IT InfrastructureInnovation and Technology Management462000
83
Business and Management978-3-319-93274-3AagaardAnnabeth AagaardAnnabeth Aagaard, Aarhus University, Herning, DenmarkSustainable Business ModelsInnovation, Implementation and SuccessXXVI, 375 p. 46 illus.12019final149.9945.00160.4948.15129.9939.00169.9951.00Hard cover0Palgrave Studies in Sustainable Business In Association with Future EarthBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English375KJMKJGPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2018-09-172018-09-072021-11-172021-11-171Chapter 1: Introduction – The driver and challenges of sustainable business models.- Chapter 2: New patterns and typologies of sustainable business models.- Chapter 3: Designing sustainable business models – exploring IoT-enabled strategies to drive sustainable consumption.- Chapter 4: Sustainability goal setting with a value-focused thinking approach.- Chapter 5: Sustainable business model ideation and development of early ideas for sustainable business models.- Chapter 6: Business models for multiple value creation – Exploring strategic changes in organisations enabling to address societal challenges.- Chapter 7: Managing innovation for circular industrial systems.- Chapter 8: Leveraging sustainable business model innovation through business-NGO collaboration.- Chapter 9: Sustainable business models in an entrepreneurial environment.- Chapter 10: Organization identity and Value Triangle: Management of Jungian paradoxes to enable sustainable business modelinnovation.- Chapter 11: Performance management and enterprise excellence through sustainable business models.- Chapter 12: Concluding remarks – The next step for sustainable business models.This book provides a comprehensive exploration into the identification and development of sustainable business models as well as their implementation, management and evaluation. With an ever-increasing pressure on organisations to respond to societal change and improve competition through sustainable business model innovation (SBMI), this book aims to contribute to the knowledge of their design and management. Also providing a framework to evaluate the level of sustainability of business models, this book critically reviews existing literature on the topic to examine the potential of SBMI in research. The author employs a number of case studies to illustrate the integration of sustainable business models throughout the value chain, and their influence on wider social, environmental and business activities.This book provides a comprehensive exploration into the identification and development of sustainable business models as well as their implementation, management and evaluation. With ever-increasing pressure on organisations to respond to societal change and improve competition through sustainable business model innovation (SBMI), this book aims to contribute to the knowledge of their design and management. The chapters explore the role of partnerships, the Internet of Things and the circular economy, among other factors, in developing SBM and how SBMI is facilitated through ideation and in entrepreneurial settings. Providing new typologies, patterns and a framework to evaluate the level of sustainability of business models, this book critically reviews existing literature on the topic to examine the potential of SBMI in research and in practice. The contributing authors employ a number of case studies and case examples to illustrate the integration of sustainable business models throughout the value chain, and their influence on wider social, environmental and business activities.Links sustainable business modelling to current research in the circular economy and big dataContributes to the knowledge of the design, implementation and management of sustainable business modelsProvides a framework to evaluate the level of sustainability in business modelsIncorporates a number of case studies to illustrate how sustainable business models are integrated and managedAnnabeth Aagaard is Associate Professor at Aarhus University, Denmark, where she conducts research in digital and sustainable business models, innovation management, and open innovation. She is Director of the Centre for Business Development at Aarhus University, which carries out international research and projects combining business development and digital technologies. In addition, she is the CEO and owner of the consultancy company, KnowledgeHouse, which has designed and implemented strategies and development projects among top 100 companies in Scandinavia. She has 20 years of experience working in these fields, drawing on her experiences in the academic, public, and private sectors, where she was formerly a manager and management specialist. She has published nine textbooks and management handbooks and over 200 scientific papers, conference papers, and public articles in total on management, business development, innovation, and sustainability, and has published her scientificwork in acclaimed, peer-reviewed journal articles, including the Journal of Product Innovation Management, Creativity & Innovation Management, and the Scandinavian Journal of Management.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319932743ManagementBusiness Ethics652000
84
Business and Management978-3-030-06627-7AagaardAnnabeth AagaardAnnabeth Aagaard, Aarhus University, Herning, DenmarkSustainable Business ModelsInnovation, Implementation and SuccessXXVI, 375 p. 46 illus.12019final149.9945.00160.4948.15129.9939.00169.9951.00Soft cover1Palgrave Studies in Sustainable Business In Association with Future EarthBusiness and ManagementMonographBook (Paperback Initiative)0English375KJMKJGPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2019-01-082019-01-072019-09-172019-10-151Chapter 1: Introduction – The driver and challenges of sustainable business models.- Chapter 2: New patterns and typologies of sustainable business models.- Chapter 3: Designing sustainable business models – exploring IoT-enabled strategies to drive sustainable consumption.- Chapter 4: Sustainability goal setting with a value-focused thinking approach.- Chapter 5: Sustainable business model ideation and development of early ideas for sustainable business models.- Chapter 6: Business models for multiple value creation – Exploring strategic changes in organisations enabling to address societal challenges.- Chapter 7: Managing innovation for circular industrial systems.- Chapter 8: Leveraging sustainable business model innovation through business-NGO collaboration.- Chapter 9: Sustainable business models in an entrepreneurial environment.- Chapter 10: Organization identity and Value Triangle: Management of Jungian paradoxes to enable sustainable business modelinnovation.- Chapter 11: Performance management and enterprise excellence through sustainable business models.- Chapter 12: Concluding remarks – The next step for sustainable business models.This book provides a comprehensive exploration into the identification and development of sustainable business models as well as their implementation, management and evaluation. With an ever-increasing pressure on organisations to respond to societal change and improve competition through sustainable business model innovation (SBMI), this book aims to contribute to the knowledge of their design and management. Also providing a framework to evaluate the level of sustainability of business models, this book critically reviews existing literature on the topic to examine the potential of SBMI in research. The author employs a number of case studies to illustrate the integration of sustainable business models throughout the value chain, and their influence on wider social, environmental and business activities.This book provides a comprehensive exploration into the identification and development of sustainable business models as well as their implementation, management and evaluation. With ever-increasing pressure on organisations to respond to societal change and improve competition through sustainable business model innovation (SBMI), this book aims to contribute to the knowledge of their design and management. The chapters explore the role of partnerships, the Internet of Things and the circular economy, among other factors, in developing SBM and how SBMI is facilitated through ideation and in entrepreneurial settings. Providing new typologies, patterns and a framework to evaluate the level of sustainability of business models, this book critically reviews existing literature on the topic to examine the potential of SBMI in research and in practice. The contributing authors employ a number of case studies and case examples to illustrate the integration of sustainable business models throughout the value chain, and their influence on wider social, environmental and business activities.Links sustainable business modelling to current research in the circular economy and big dataContributes to the knowledge of the design, implementation and management of sustainable business modelsProvides a framework to evaluate the level of sustainability in business modelsIncorporates a number of case studies to illustrate how sustainable business models are integrated and managedAnnabeth Aagaard is Associate Professor at Aarhus University, Denmark, where she conducts research in digital and sustainable business models, innovation management, and open innovation. She is Director of the Centre for Business Development at Aarhus University, which carries out international research and projects combining business development and digital technologies. In addition, she is the CEO and owner of the consultancy company, KnowledgeHouse, which has designed and implemented strategies and development projects among top 100 companies in Scandinavia. She has 20 years of experience working in these fields, drawing on her experiences in the academic, public, and private sectors, where she was formerly a manager and management specialist. She has published nine textbooks and management handbooks and over 200 scientific papers, conference papers, and public articles in total on management, business development, innovation, and sustainability, and has published her scientificwork in acclaimed, peer-reviewed journal articles, including the Journal of Product Innovation Management, Creativity & Innovation Management, and the Scandinavian Journal of Management.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030066277ManagementBusiness Ethics526000
85
Business and Management978-3-319-31823-3AbolhassanFerri AbolhassanFerri Abolhassan, T-Systems International GmbH, Saarbrücken, GermanyThe Drivers of Digital TransformationWhy There's No Way Around the CloudXI, 124 p. 24 illus., 15 illus. in color.12017final59.9918.0064.1919.2654.9916.5064.9919.50Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English124KJQUBSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2016-09-072016-08-312016-09-182016-09-181Pursuing
Digital Transformation Driven by the Cloud.- The
Role of IT As an Enabler of Digital Transformation.- The
Digital Transformation of Industry – The Benefit for Germany.- Theses on Digitalization.- The
Cloud in the Driver's Seat.- The
Cloud in Practice.- No Innovation
without Quality.- The
Counterculture of Silicon Valley.- China
as the Frontrunner in Digitalization.- The
Cloud Drives Harmonization and Standardization.- 100-Percent
Security – A Desirable Goal?.- Conclusion
and Outlook.		Exciting articles, analyses and practical
examples describe how to get started with digitalization and handle the
technologies involved, the potential offered by the cloud, the importance of
the right partnerships and which factors are most critical to success,
particularly as regards quality and security. Why will the cloud soon take the
driver’s seat in our cars, and why does Heineken’s long-term CIO Anne Teague
say that innovation is impossible without high-quality IT? What can German IT
managers learn from Silicon Valley or China, how much does Telekom CEO Tim
Höttges think Europe is dependent on successful digitalization, and why does
T-Systems director Dr. Ferri Abolhassan view the cloud as the essential
backbone of digital transformation? This book is the first to bring together a
variety of perspectives and present a 360° view of digitalization. Renowned
authors illustrate how industry representatives view the digital transformation
of our economy. Its most important componentis the cloud! And digitalization and
cloud-based processes are the main business drivers of the 21st century.<div>
</div><div>Contents</div><div>How Germany and Europe can benefit from digitalization The cloud as the growth driver of digitalizationField reports from China and Silicon Valley
Practical examples <div>
</div>The Editor
</div><div>Dr. Ferri Abolhassan is
a member of the T-Systems Board of Management, responsible for the IT Division
and Telekom Security.</div><div> </div><div>
<div>
</div></div>		In
this book, leading CEOs, CIOs and experts from international corporations
explore the role of digitalization and cloud-based processes as the main
business drivers of the 21st century. Focusing on how to get started with
digitalization and how to handle the technologies involved, they employ
analyses and practical case studies to demonstrate how to unleash the potential
offered by the cloud, and how to achieve the most critical success factors –
quality and security – through the right partnerships. Readers will discover
why the cloud will soon take over the driver’s seat in cars, and why Heineken
CIO Anne Teague claims that innovation is impossible without high-quality IT.
The book reveals what IT managers can learn from Silicon Valley and China
today, and why Deutsche Telekom CEO Tim Hoettges believes Europe’s future
depends on successful digitalization. In a closing strategic assessment, the
editor Ferri Abolhassan presents the cloud as the essential backbone of
digitalization. In short, the book provides readers the first comprehensive,
high-level assessment of cloud-based digital transformation in the era of
Industry 4.0.		Provides a comprehensiveperspective on digital transformation, based on the market knowledge andin-depth insights of respected industry expertsAddresses essential
current pain points of CEOs and CIOsIncludes recent case studies on corporations currently
facing transformation and digitalization challenges		Dr.
Ferri Abolhassan is a member of the T-Systems Board of Management, responsible
for the IT Division and Telekom Security. From 1985 to 1988, Dr. Ferri
Abolhassan completed a bachelor’s degree in computer science at Saarland
University in Saarbrücken, Germany. After graduating, he worked at Siemens and
IBM prior to completing his doctorate in 1992. He held various senior positions
at SAP and IDS Scheer, before joining T-Systems in September 2008 as Head of
Systems Integration and a member of the Board of Management. In late 2010, Abolhassan
took on the role of Head of Production, before becoming Director of Delivery in
2013. In January 2015, Abolhassan was appointed Director of the T-Systems IT
Division, with responsibility for approximately 30,000 employees and some 6,000
customers. Moreover, to address new IT imperatives, Deutsche Telekom has
created an organizational unit for security solutions, to be headed up by
Abolhassan. The new business will combine all of Deutsche Telekom’s security
activities, and will market its cyber security offerings.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319318233Business IT InfrastructureComputer and Information Systems ApplicationsBusiness Information SystemsData Analysis and Big DataInnovation and Technology Management3317000
86
Business and Management978-3-319-81128-4AbolhassanFerri AbolhassanFerri Abolhassan, T-Systems International GmbH, Saarbrücken, GermanyThe Drivers of Digital TransformationWhy There's No Way Around the CloudXI, 124 p. 24 illus., 15 illus. in color.12017final59.9918.0064.1919.2654.9916.5064.9919.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English124KJQUBSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2018-06-122018-06-132018-09-072018-10-051Pursuing
Digital Transformation Driven by the Cloud.- The
Role of IT As an Enabler of Digital Transformation.- The
Digital Transformation of Industry – The Benefit for Germany.- Theses on Digitalization.- The
Cloud in the Driver's Seat.- The
Cloud in Practice.- No Innovation
without Quality.- The
Counterculture of Silicon Valley.- China
as the Frontrunner in Digitalization.- The
Cloud Drives Harmonization and Standardization.- 100-Percent
Security – A Desirable Goal?.- Conclusion
and Outlook.		Exciting articles, analyses and practical
examples describe how to get started with digitalization and handle the
technologies involved, the potential offered by the cloud, the importance of
the right partnerships and which factors are most critical to success,
particularly as regards quality and security. Why will the cloud soon take the
driver’s seat in our cars, and why does Heineken’s long-term CIO Anne Teague
say that innovation is impossible without high-quality IT? What can German IT
managers learn from Silicon Valley or China, how much does Telekom CEO Tim
Höttges think Europe is dependent on successful digitalization, and why does
T-Systems director Dr. Ferri Abolhassan view the cloud as the essential
backbone of digital transformation? This book is the first to bring together a
variety of perspectives and present a 360° view of digitalization. Renowned
authors illustrate how industry representatives view the digital transformation
of our economy. Its most important componentis the cloud! And digitalization and
cloud-based processes are the main business drivers of the 21st century.<div>
</div><div>Contents</div><div>How Germany and Europe can benefit from digitalization The cloud as the growth driver of digitalizationField reports from China and Silicon Valley
Practical examples <div>
</div>The Editor
</div><div>Dr. Ferri Abolhassan is
a member of the T-Systems Board of Management, responsible for the IT Division
and Telekom Security.</div><div> </div><div>
<div>
</div></div>		In
this book, leading CEOs, CIOs and experts from international corporations
explore the role of digitalization and cloud-based processes as the main
business drivers of the 21st century. Focusing on how to get started with
digitalization and how to handle the technologies involved, they employ
analyses and practical case studies to demonstrate how to unleash the potential
offered by the cloud, and how to achieve the most critical success factors –
quality and security – through the right partnerships. Readers will discover
why the cloud will soon take over the driver’s seat in cars, and why Heineken
CIO Anne Teague claims that innovation is impossible without high-quality IT.
The book reveals what IT managers can learn from Silicon Valley and China
today, and why Deutsche Telekom CEO Tim Hoettges believes Europe’s future
depends on successful digitalization. In a closing strategic assessment, the
editor Ferri Abolhassan presents the cloud as the essential backbone of
digitalization. In short, the book provides readers the first comprehensive,
high-level assessment of cloud-based digital transformation in the era of
Industry 4.0.		Provides a comprehensiveperspective on digital transformation, based on the market knowledge andin-depth insights of respected industry expertsAddresses essential
current pain points of CEOs and CIOsIncludes recent case studies on corporations currently
facing transformation and digitalization challenges		Dr.
Ferri Abolhassan is a member of the T-Systems Board of Management, responsible
for the IT Division and Telekom Security. From 1985 to 1988, Dr. Ferri
Abolhassan completed a bachelor’s degree in computer science at Saarland
University in Saarbrücken, Germany. After graduating, he worked at Siemens and
IBM prior to completing his doctorate in 1992. He held various senior positions
at SAP and IDS Scheer, before joining T-Systems in September 2008 as Head of
Systems Integration and a member of the Board of Management. In late 2010, Abolhassan
took on the role of Head of Production, before becoming Director of Delivery in
2013. In January 2015, Abolhassan was appointed Director of the T-Systems IT
Division, with responsibility for approximately 30,000 employees and some 6,000
customers. Moreover, to address new IT imperatives, Deutsche Telekom has
created an organizational unit for security solutions, to be headed up by
Abolhassan. The new business will combine all of Deutsche Telekom’s security
activities, and will market its cyber security offerings.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319811284Business IT InfrastructureComputer and Information Systems ApplicationsBusiness Information SystemsData Analysis and Big DataInnovation and Technology Management454000
87
Business and Management978-1-137-60158-2AmatulliCesare Amatulli; Matteo De Angelis; Michele Costabile; Gianluigi GuidoCesare Amatulli, University of Bari, Bari; Matteo De Angelis, LUISS University, Rome,, Italy; Michele Costabile, LUISS University, Italy, Italy; Gianluigi Guido, University of Salento, Lecce, ItalySustainable Luxury BrandsEvidence from Research and Implications for ManagersXV, 244 p. 4 illus.12017final149.9945.00160.4948.15129.9939.00169.9951.00Hard cover0Palgrave Advances in LuxuryBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English244KJSPalgrave MacmillanPalgrave Macmillan UK0Available2017-02-072017-01-292017-01-272017-01-271Introduction: Sustainability in Luxury Branding.- Chapter 1 Inside Luxury: Main Features, Evolving Trends and Marketing Paradoxes.- Chapter 2 Luxury, Sustainability and “Made in”.- Chapter 3 Luxury Consumption and Sustainability.- Chapter 4 Sustainability across Industries.- Chapter 5 Insights from Key Topics in Sustainable Luxury Research.- Conclusions.This book counteracts the claim that luxury and sustainability are conflicting concepts, and contends that they can successfully co-exist. Discussing key characteristics of luxury such as craftsmanship and preservation of artisan skills, product quality and durability, and limited quantities of luxury goods, the authors argue that luxury brands are inherently sustainable from economic, social and environmental perspectives. Sustainable Luxury Brands gives a comprehensive overview of luxury to demonstrate this claim, also focusing on sustainable luxury from a consumer perspective. The authors furthermore compare and contrast sustainability within the mass market to the luxury sector, and present insights into current and upcoming topics in luxury research.This book counteracts the claim that luxury and sustainability are conflicting concepts, and contends that they can successfully co-exist. Discussing key characteristics of luxury such as craftsmanship and preservation of artisan skills, product quality and durability, and limited quantities of luxury goods, the authors argue that luxury brands are inherently sustainable from economic, social and environmental perspectives. Sustainable Luxury Brands gives a comprehensive overview of luxury to demonstrate this claim, also focusing on sustainable luxury from a consumer perspective. The authors furthermore compare and contrast sustainability within the mass market to the luxury sector, and present insights into current and upcoming topics in luxury research.Compares and contrasts sustainability within the mass market to the luxury sectorPresents insights into current and upcoming topics in luxury researchContends that the luxury market and sustainability are compatabileCesare Amatulli is Assistant Professor of Marketing at the University of Bari, Italy. He has been a Visiting Professor at LUISS University, Italy, and Visiting Researcher at the Ross School of Business, University of Michigan, US, and at University of Hertfordshire, UK. He has published articles in major international referred journals, such as Journal of Business Research and Psychology & Marketing.

Matteo De Angelis is Associate Professor of Marketing at LUISS University, Italy, and has been a Visiting Scholar at Kellogg School of Management, US and a Visiting Professor at the University of Wisconsin, US. His articles have been published in journals such as Journal of Marketing Research, Psychological Science and Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science.

Michele Costabile is Professor of Management and Marketing at LUISS University, Italy. He has been a visiting scholar at Northwestern University, Kellogg Graduate School of Management, US, and research assistant at Harvard University, US. He has also been an advisor for many mid-sized Italian companies and big global corporations.

Gianluigi Guido is Professor of Marketing at University of Salento at Lecce, Italy. He has been a Professor of Marketing in many Italian universities and visiting researcher at the University of Florida at Gainesville and at Stanford University. He has published fourteen books and almost 200 articles in major scholarly journals.		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41169Business and Management009781137601582Marketing4401000
88
Business and Management978-1-349-95626-5AmatulliCesare Amatulli; Matteo De Angelis; Michele Costabile; Gianluigi GuidoCesare Amatulli, University of Bari, Bari; Matteo De Angelis, LUISS University, Rome,, Italy; Michele Costabile, LUISS University, Italy, Italy; Gianluigi Guido, University of Salento, Lecce, ItalySustainable Luxury BrandsEvidence from Research and Implications for ManagersXV, 244 p. 4 illus.12017final149.9945.00160.4948.15129.9939.00169.9951.00Soft cover1Palgrave Advances in LuxuryBusiness and ManagementMonographBook (Paperback Initiative)0English244KJSPalgrave MacmillanPalgrave Macmillan UK0Available2018-07-152018-07-152019-02-072019-03-071Introduction: Sustainability in Luxury Branding.- Chapter 1 Inside Luxury: Main Features, Evolving Trends and Marketing Paradoxes.- Chapter 2 Luxury, Sustainability and “Made in”.- Chapter 3 Luxury Consumption and Sustainability.- Chapter 4 Sustainability across Industries.- Chapter 5 Insights from Key Topics in Sustainable Luxury Research.- Conclusions.This book counteracts the claim that luxury and sustainability are conflicting concepts, and contends that they can successfully co-exist. Discussing key characteristics of luxury such as craftsmanship and preservation of artisan skills, product quality and durability, and limited quantities of luxury goods, the authors argue that luxury brands are inherently sustainable from economic, social and environmental perspectives. Sustainable Luxury Brands gives a comprehensive overview of luxury to demonstrate this claim, also focusing on sustainable luxury from a consumer perspective. The authors furthermore compare and contrast sustainability within the mass market to the luxury sector, and present insights into current and upcoming topics in luxury research.This book counteracts the claim that luxury and sustainability are conflicting concepts, and contends that they can successfully co-exist. Discussing key characteristics of luxury such as craftsmanship and preservation of artisan skills, product quality and durability, and limited quantities of luxury goods, the authors argue that luxury brands are inherently sustainable from economic, social and environmental perspectives. Sustainable Luxury Brands gives a comprehensive overview of luxury to demonstrate this claim, also focusing on sustainable luxury from a consumer perspective. The authors furthermore compare and contrast sustainability within the mass market to the luxury sector, and present insights into current and upcoming topics in luxury research.Compares and contrasts sustainability within the mass market to the luxury sectorPresents insights into current and upcoming topics in luxury researchContends that the luxury market and sustainability are compatabileCesare Amatulli is Assistant Professor of Marketing at the University of Bari, Italy. He has been a Visiting Professor at LUISS University, Italy, and Visiting Researcher at the Ross School of Business, University of Michigan, US, and at University of Hertfordshire, UK. He has published articles in major international referred journals, such as Journal of Business Research and Psychology & Marketing.

Matteo De Angelis is Associate Professor of Marketing at LUISS University, Italy, and has been a Visiting Scholar at Kellogg School of Management, US and a Visiting Professor at the University of Wisconsin, US. His articles have been published in journals such as Journal of Marketing Research, Psychological Science and Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science.

Michele Costabile is Professor of Management and Marketing at LUISS University, Italy. He has been a visiting scholar at Northwestern University, Kellogg Graduate School of Management, US, and research assistant at Harvard University, US. He has also been an advisor for many mid-sized Italian companies and big global corporations.

Gianluigi Guido is Professor of Marketing at University of Salento at Lecce, Italy. He has been a Professor of Marketing in many Italian universities and visiting researcher at the University of Florida at Gainesville and at Stanford University. He has published fourteen books and almost 200 articles in major scholarly journals.		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41169Business and Management009781349956265Marketing3401000
89
Business and Management978-3-319-30775-6AustinJim Austin; Judith Bentkover; Laurence ChaitJim Austin, Brown University, Providence, RI, USA; Judith Bentkover, Brown University, Providence, RI, USA; Laurence Chait, Brown University, Providence, RILeading Strategic Change in an Era of Healthcare TransformationXIV, 207 p. 45 illus., 14 illus. in color.12016final79.9924.0085.5925.6869.9921.0089.9927.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English207KCQKJCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2016-06-062016-05-272016-06-132016-06-131Preface.- Chapter 1 Introduction.- Part I Strategic Issues and Frameworks.- Chapter 2 Setting the Stage: Today's Healthcare Challenges.- Chapter 3 Building Blocks for Strategic Planning.- Chapter 4 Tools for Transformational Strategic Planning.- Chapter 5 Driving Successful Implementation.- Part II Case Examples of Institutional Change: Hospitals, Treatment Centers, and Provider Groups.- Chapter 6 The Pursuit of the Integrated Multidisciplinary Service Line.- Chapter 7 Creating Ever Better Ways to Provide Cost-Effective Care for Our Community: The Costal Medical Journey.- Chapter 8 Transforming the Facility Master Planning Process: How to Manage Risk in Times of Uncertainty.- Part III Case Examples of Population Health Change.- Chapter 9 Buprenorphine Integrated Care Delivery Project: Genesis of the Howard University Urban Health Initiative.- Chapter 10 Transforming Cancer Survivorship Care.- Part IV Case Examples of Market Transformation.- Chapter 11 Importance of a Vision: Licensureof Medical Dosimetrists.- Chapter 12 Transforming Health Information Management: AHIMA and Scenario Planning.- Chapter 13 Transformation of Brand Planning to Embrace Future Uncertainties: A Pharmaceutical Company's Voyage.- Part V Concluding Remarks.- Chapter 14 Conclusion.This book focuses on how to lead transformative and strategic change in the healthcare industry in times of great uncertainty. Written for senior healthcare leaders, it will provide new tools, processes, examples and case studies offering an effective framework in which to transform healthcare systems. Specifically, leaders will be able to answer the following questions:• Why change? What has led us to today, and what is the current situation in healthcare?• What to change? What areas for change are most promising—areas with the greatest potential to yield significant benefits?• How to change? Will incremental changes meet the need, or are true transformations required?• When tochange? Should changes start now, or should change wait for the stars to come into some special alignment? Healthcare is personal. Healthcare is local. And at the same time, healthcare is one of the greatest challenges faced by countries around the world. All major economies confront similar issues: “demand-side” growth for care with aging populations in the face of “supply-side” resource-constraints driven by ever-increasing costs of providing such care. While cultural, historical, and political differences among nations will yield different solutions, healthcare leaders across the globe must deal with ever-increasing uncertainty as to the scope and speed of their healthcare systems’ evolution. The magnitude of these challenges calls for fundamental change to address inherent problems in the healthcare system and ensure sustainable access to healthcare for generations to come. The problem is understanding where and how to change. Failures of strategy are often failures to anticipate a reality different than what organizations are prepared or willing to see. This book aims to provide leaders with the tools to help them adapt and evolve to meet these new challenges.This book focuses on how to lead transformative and strategic change in the healthcare industry in times of great uncertainty. Written for senior healthcare leaders, it will provide new tools, processes, examples and case studies offering an effective framework in which to transform healthcare systems. Specifically, leaders will be able to answer the following questions: • Why change? What has led us to today, and what is the current situation in healthcare? • What to change? What areas for change are most promising—areas with the greatest potential to yield significant benefits?• How to change? Will incremental changes meet the need, or are true transformations required? • When to change? Should changes start now, or should change wait for the stars to come into some special alignment? Healthcare is personal. Healthcare is local. And at the same time, healthcare is one of the greatest challenges faced by countries around the world. All major economies confront similar issues: “demand-side” growth in the care of aging populations in the face of “supply-side” resource constraints driven by ever-increasing costs of providing such care. While cultural, historical, and political differences among nations will yield different solutions, healthcare leaders across the globe must deal with ever-increasing uncertainty as to the scope and speed of their healthcare systems’ evolution. The magnitude of these challenges calls for fundamental change to address inherent problems in the healthcare system and ensure sustainable access to healthcare for generations to come. The problem is understanding where and how to change. Failures of strategy are often failures to anticipate a reality different than what organizations are prepared or willing to see. Both system-wide and organizational transformation means doing current activities more efficientlywhile layering on change. This book aims to provide leaders with the tools to help organizations and health care systems adapt and evolve to meet the new challenges of healthcare as it continues to evolve.<div>Praise for Leading Strategic Change in an Era of Healthcare Transformation</div><div>
</div><div>'The authors make the case for healthcare transformation, and more importantly outline the required steps from changing mindsets to opinions development...a useful guide for all future healthcare leaders.'</div><div>- John A. Quelch, Charles Edward Wilson Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School
</div><div>
</div><div>'There are several lifetimes of knowledge in the book about leading strategic transformation in the healthcare sector... Strategic transformation requires 2 ingredients: expertise in the healthcare sector and knowledge about leading change. This volume accomplishes both.'</div><div>- Karen Hein, Former President of the William T. Grant Foundation, Adjunct Professor of Family & Community Medicine, Dartmouth Medical School and Visiting Fellow, Feinstein International Center, Tufts University</div><div>
</div><div>'An essentialguide for healthcare leaders seeking to transform their organization in these demanding times.'</div><div>- Dr. Mario Moussa, President, Moussa Consulting and co-author of The Art of Woo: Using Strategic Persuasion to Sell Your Ideas and Committed Teams: Three Steps to Inspiring Passion and Performance
</div>		Provides a framework for driving healthcare transformation through value creationProvides a guide for leaders in the healthcare arena to improve performance and achieve and enduring competitive edge during uncertain timesFeatures real-world case examples and supplemental questions for readers to use in their own strategic effortsIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasJim Austin, a former senior executive at Baxter Healthcare, combines business strategy and organizational development theory with extensive industry experience. In 2013, Brown University appointed Jim an Adjunct Senior Lecturer in the Executive Master of Healthcare Leadership program where he leads the graduate Management & Marketing course. He also lectures at the Wharton Business School and Duke CE where he tailors and delivers senior-level seminars on Strategy, Strategic Execution, Scenario Planning, and Critical Thinking for a number of leading companies including Boston Scientific, Coca-Cola, Lincoln Financial, JP Morgan Chase, Roche China, General Electric, Boston Scientific, McKesson and Hitachi. From 2005-2016, Mr. Austin worked at Decision Strategies International, leaving as a Senior Principal. There he led numerous projects including scenarios of the future for a Medical Devices firm; R&D priorities for a major consumer products company; a strategic plan for the American College of Radiology; scenarios of the future for the League of Southeastern Credit Unions; and a new vision/priorities at RAND Health. Today, he heads his own consulting/executive development firm, JH Austin Associates, Inc.
Jim holds a BA in Economics and Politics from Yale University. He was a Special Student at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in the Urban Studies Department, and received a joint Masters in Public Affairs (MPA) and a Masters in Urban and Regional Planning (MURP) from the Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton University.

Judith Bentkover is the Executive and Academic Director in Brown University’s Executive Master of Healthcare Leadership program. She is a Professor of the Practice in the Department of Health Services, Policy and Practice at Brown, and also a Professor of the Practice in the Economics Department at Tufts University.
As the former President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Innovative Health Solutions, a consulting firm providing research and strategic analysis to healthcare manufacturers, providers, and payers, Dr. Bentkover lead international multidisciplinary teams in projects focused on applied economic and decision analysis associated with the use of pharmaceuticals, devices, biotechnology products, procedures, and diagnostic, therapeutic, and preventive regimens. As Partner-in-Charge of KPMG's global Strategic Health Solutions practice, she helped life sciences companies bring products to market, obtain reimbursement, and maximize revenues associated with their sale. Earlier in her career, she was a faculty member at Harvard University and taught in the School of Public Health and Kennedy School of Government. She also served as the Deputy Director of the Boston Health Care Coalition, which she helped start. In this capacity, sheworked with employers, hospitals, labor unions, patient organizations, and insurers collectively address the issues of rising health care costs and disparities in access to health care.
Dr. Bentkover has authored approximately 100 research articles, chapters, monographs, books and reports. She has testified before Congress, explaining the drivers of hospital costs. Dr. Bentkover is a reviewer for several pharmacoeconomics, medical, and health policy journals. She was included on Health Care 500’s list of the most influential health policy makers in the US and is recognized as a developer of therapy economics, translating cost-benefit methodology into innovative strategic management tools. She often is invited as a guest lecturer at universities, executive workshops, and conferences.
Laurence Chait is an Adjunct Senior Lecturer at Brown University, where he teaches a Masters-level course in Strategy. He is also Managing Director of Chait & Associates,		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319307756Health Care ManagementBusiness Strategy and LeadershipHealth AdministrationPractice and Hospital Management5022000
90
Business and Management978-3-319-80882-6AustinJim Austin; Judith Bentkover; Laurence ChaitJim Austin, Brown University, Providence, RI, USA; Judith Bentkover, Brown University, Providence, RI, USA; Laurence Chait, Brown University, Providence, RILeading Strategic Change in an Era of Healthcare TransformationXIV, 207 p. 45 illus., 14 illus. in color.12016final56.9917.1060.9818.2949.9915.0064.9919.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English207KCQKJCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2018-05-302018-06-052018-06-062018-07-041Preface.- Chapter 1 Introduction.- Part I Strategic Issues and Frameworks.- Chapter 2 Setting the Stage: Today's Healthcare Challenges.- Chapter 3 Building Blocks for Strategic Planning.- Chapter 4 Tools for Transformational Strategic Planning.- Chapter 5 Driving Successful Implementation.- Part II Case Examples of Institutional Change: Hospitals, Treatment Centers, and Provider Groups.- Chapter 6 The Pursuit of the Integrated Multidisciplinary Service Line.- Chapter 7 Creating Ever Better Ways to Provide Cost-Effective Care for Our Community: The Costal Medical Journey.- Chapter 8 Transforming the Facility Master Planning Process: How to Manage Risk in Times of Uncertainty.- Part III Case Examples of Population Health Change.- Chapter 9 Buprenorphine Integrated Care Delivery Project: Genesis of the Howard University Urban Health Initiative.- Chapter 10 Transforming Cancer Survivorship Care.- Part IV Case Examples of Market Transformation.- Chapter 11 Importance of a Vision: Licensureof Medical Dosimetrists.- Chapter 12 Transforming Health Information Management: AHIMA and Scenario Planning.- Chapter 13 Transformation of Brand Planning to Embrace Future Uncertainties: A Pharmaceutical Company's Voyage.- Part V Concluding Remarks.- Chapter 14 Conclusion.This book focuses on how to lead transformative and strategic change in the healthcare industry in times of great uncertainty. Written for senior healthcare leaders, it will provide new tools, processes, examples and case studies offering an effective framework in which to transform healthcare systems. Specifically, leaders will be able to answer the following questions:• Why change? What has led us to today, and what is the current situation in healthcare?• What to change? What areas for change are most promising—areas with the greatest potential to yield significant benefits?• How to change? Will incremental changes meet the need, or are true transformations required?• When tochange? Should changes start now, or should change wait for the stars to come into some special alignment? Healthcare is personal. Healthcare is local. And at the same time, healthcare is one of the greatest challenges faced by countries around the world. All major economies confront similar issues: “demand-side” growth for care with aging populations in the face of “supply-side” resource-constraints driven by ever-increasing costs of providing such care. While cultural, historical, and political differences among nations will yield different solutions, healthcare leaders across the globe must deal with ever-increasing uncertainty as to the scope and speed of their healthcare systems’ evolution. The magnitude of these challenges calls for fundamental change to address inherent problems in the healthcare system and ensure sustainable access to healthcare for generations to come. The problem is understanding where and how to change. Failures of strategy are often failures to anticipate a reality different than what organizations are prepared or willing to see. This book aims to provide leaders with the tools to help them adapt and evolve to meet these new challenges.This book focuses on how to lead transformative and strategic change in the healthcare industry in times of great uncertainty. Written for senior healthcare leaders, it will provide new tools, processes, examples and case studies offering an effective framework in which to transform healthcare systems. Specifically, leaders will be able to answer the following questions: • Why change? What has led us to today, and what is the current situation in healthcare? • What to change? What areas for change are most promising—areas with the greatest potential to yield significant benefits?• How to change? Will incremental changes meet the need, or are true transformations required? • When to change? Should changes start now, or should change wait for the stars to come into some special alignment? Healthcare is personal. Healthcare is local. And at the same time, healthcare is one of the greatest challenges faced by countries around the world. All major economies confront similar issues: “demand-side” growth in the care of aging populations in the face of “supply-side” resource constraints driven by ever-increasing costs of providing such care. While cultural, historical, and political differences among nations will yield different solutions, healthcare leaders across the globe must deal with ever-increasing uncertainty as to the scope and speed of their healthcare systems’ evolution. The magnitude of these challenges calls for fundamental change to address inherent problems in the healthcare system and ensure sustainable access to healthcare for generations to come. The problem is understanding where and how to change. Failures of strategy are often failures to anticipate a reality different than what organizations are prepared or willing to see. Both system-wide and organizational transformation means doing current activities more efficientlywhile layering on change. This book aims to provide leaders with the tools to help organizations and health care systems adapt and evolve to meet the new challenges of healthcare as it continues to evolve.<div>Praise for Leading Strategic Change in an Era of Healthcare Transformation</div><div>
</div><div>'The authors make the case for healthcare transformation, and more importantly outline the required steps from changing mindsets to opinions development...a useful guide for all future healthcare leaders.'</div><div>- John A. Quelch, Charles Edward Wilson Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School
</div><div>
</div><div>'There are several lifetimes of knowledge in the book about leading strategic transformation in the healthcare sector... Strategic transformation requires 2 ingredients: expertise in the healthcare sector and knowledge about leading change. This volume accomplishes both.'</div><div>- Karen Hein, Former President of the William T. Grant Foundation, Adjunct Professor of Family & Community Medicine, Dartmouth Medical School and Visiting Fellow, Feinstein International Center, Tufts University</div><div>
</div><div>'An essentialguide for healthcare leaders seeking to transform their organization in these demanding times.'</div><div>- Dr. Mario Moussa, President, Moussa Consulting and co-author of The Art of Woo: Using Strategic Persuasion to Sell Your Ideas and Committed Teams: Three Steps to Inspiring Passion and Performance
</div>		Provides a framework for driving healthcare transformation through value creationProvides a guide for leaders in the healthcare arena to improve performance and achieve and enduring competitive edge during uncertain timesFeatures real-world case examples and supplemental questions for readers to use in their own strategic effortsIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extrasJim Austin, a former senior executive at Baxter Healthcare, combines business strategy and organizational development theory with extensive industry experience. In 2013, Brown University appointed Jim an Adjunct Senior Lecturer in the Executive Master of Healthcare Leadership program where he leads the graduate Management & Marketing course. He also lectures at the Wharton Business School and Duke CE where he tailors and delivers senior-level seminars on Strategy, Strategic Execution, Scenario Planning, and Critical Thinking for a number of leading companies including Boston Scientific, Coca-Cola, Lincoln Financial, JP Morgan Chase, Roche China, General Electric, Boston Scientific, McKesson and Hitachi. From 2005-2016, Mr. Austin worked at Decision Strategies International, leaving as a Senior Principal. There he led numerous projects including scenarios of the future for a Medical Devices firm; R&D priorities for a major consumer products company; a strategic plan for the American College of Radiology; scenarios of the future for the League of Southeastern Credit Unions; and a new vision/priorities at RAND Health. Today, he heads his own consulting/executive development firm, JH Austin Associates, Inc.
Jim holds a BA in Economics and Politics from Yale University. He was a Special Student at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in the Urban Studies Department, and received a joint Masters in Public Affairs (MPA) and a Masters in Urban and Regional Planning (MURP) from the Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton University.

Judith Bentkover is the Executive and Academic Director in Brown University’s Executive Master of Healthcare Leadership program. She is a Professor of the Practice in the Department of Health Services, Policy and Practice at Brown, and also a Professor of the Practice in the Economics Department at Tufts University.
As the former President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Innovative Health Solutions, a consulting firm providing research and strategic analysis to healthcare manufacturers, providers, and payers, Dr. Bentkover lead international multidisciplinary teams in projects focused on applied economic and decision analysis associated with the use of pharmaceuticals, devices, biotechnology products, procedures, and diagnostic, therapeutic, and preventive regimens. As Partner-in-Charge of KPMG's global Strategic Health Solutions practice, she helped life sciences companies bring products to market, obtain reimbursement, and maximize revenues associated with their sale. Earlier in her career, she was a faculty member at Harvard University and taught in the School of Public Health and Kennedy School of Government. She also served as the Deputy Director of the Boston Health Care Coalition, which she helped start. In this capacity, sheworked with employers, hospitals, labor unions, patient organizations, and insurers collectively address the issues of rising health care costs and disparities in access to health care.
Dr. Bentkover has authored approximately 100 research articles, chapters, monographs, books and reports. She has testified before Congress, explaining the drivers of hospital costs. Dr. Bentkover is a reviewer for several pharmacoeconomics, medical, and health policy journals. She was included on Health Care 500’s list of the most influential health policy makers in the US and is recognized as a developer of therapy economics, translating cost-benefit methodology into innovative strategic management tools. She often is invited as a guest lecturer at universities, executive workshops, and conferences.
Laurence Chait is an Adjunct Senior Lecturer at Brown University, where he teaches a Masters-level course in Strategy. He is also Managing Director of Chait & Associates,		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319808826Health Care ManagementBusiness Strategy and LeadershipHealth AdministrationPractice and Hospital Management3868000
91
Business and Management978-3-030-86083-7Banks-GrasedyckDenise Banks-Grasedyck; Eckhard Lippke; Hans Oelfin; Reinhold Schwaiger; Volker SeemannDenise Banks-Grasedyck, Berlin, Germany; Eckhard Lippke, Leimen, Germany; Hans Oelfin, Waldenbuch, Germany; Reinhold Schwaiger, Sehnde, Germany; Volker Seemann, Werder (Havel), GermanySuccessfully Managing S/4HANA ProjectsThe Definitive Guide to the Next Digital TransformationXXV, 346 p. 69 illus. With online files/update.12022final89.9927.0096.2928.8979.9924.0099.9930.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook w. online files / update0English346KJQKJMPSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-03-292022-03-262022-04-122022-04-121Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. What makes an SAP-Project so different?.- Chapter 3. The SAP S/4HANA project: How it should be.- Chapter 4. The SAP S/4HANA Project: How it is.- Chapter 5. The underestimated success factor: people.- Chapter 6. Project Planning, Control and Quality Assurance.- Chapter 7. Examples of real-live SAP-S/4HANA Projects.- Chapter 8. Consultants: Boon or Bane? Benefit or Burden?.- Chapter 9. Tools for project support.- Chapter 10. 12 Commandments for a successful SAP project.The book describes the complete project process in individual steps for SAP S/4HANA project management based on the SAP ACTIVATE implementation methodology. By imparting knowledge based on experience with real SAP projects, the book supports project managers in developing skills and qualifications that will lead them to the successful management of SAP projects. In this context it emphasizes the crucial role of human interaction from the start to the successful completion of projects and provides useful tips on how to recognize and avoid pitfalls.Enriched with a wide range of material such as templates, checklists and practical examples, the book provides concrete guidance for project managers and participants on how to successfully manage ongoing projects. The book is valuable for both beginners and experienced project managers and also gives decision makers and stakeholders an excellent insight into the planning and management of large projects.The book describes the complete project process in individual steps for SAP S/4HANA project management based on the SAP ACTIVATE implementation methodology. By imparting knowledge based on experience with real SAP projects, the book supports project managers in developing skills and qualifications that will lead them to the successful management of SAP projects. In this context it emphasizes the crucial role of human interaction from the start to the successful completion of projects and provides useful tips on how to recognize and avoid pitfalls.Enriched with a wide range of material such as templates, checklists and practical examples, the book provides concrete guidance for project managers and participants on how to successfully manage ongoing projects. The book is valuable for both beginners and experienced project managers and also gives decision makers and stakeholders an excellent insight into the planning and management of large projects.Provides an overview of best practices for successful project implementationIncludes examples from real life projectsDemonstrates how to improve project management performanceDenise Banks-Grasedyck is a certified coach, consultant, and speaker specializing in the further development of professionals and executives. She earned her MBA in international dual studies at the Berlin School of Law and Economics (Germany) and Anglia Ruskin University in Cambridge and Chelmsford (UK). She graduated from the University of Maryland (USA) with a BA in management and technology.

Denise has earned multiple certifications, including: Certified Global Leadership Coach and Certified Global Team Coach through the Global Coach Group, as well as Certified Executive Coach and Certified Team Coach through Marshall Goldsmith Stakeholder Centered Coaching. She completed her initial training and certification as a personal and professional development coach at the Institute for Professional Excellence in Coaching (iPEC) in Boston (USA).




Eckhard Lippke joined SAP in 2000, after obtaining a master’s degree from the University of Siegen (Germany). During the first 9 years at SAP, he worked as a technology consultant and PMP certified project manager on many large projects in Europe, Asia, and the USA. He then took on a management position in SAP Technology Consulting and in 2015 joined SAP’s largest cloud business “Enterprise Cloud Services” as customer engagement manager. In his current role, he accompanies many SAP customers on their journey to the Digital Enterprise in the Cloud.



Hans Oelfin studied business administration at the University of Applied Sciences (FH) Ludwigshafen/Rhein (Germany) and graduated as Diplom-Betriebswirt FH. He has been a lecturer at the Nürtingen-Geislingen University of Applied Sciences (HfWU) for several years. Hans Oelfin has been managing director of SOP Schwaiger & Oelfin Project Consulting in Waldenbuch (Germany) since 2014. SOP
specializes in IT project management, project quality assurance, and corporate training in project management. Previously,he managed local and global IT projects for more than 20 years in an international IT company. Of these, he spent 15 years as a development and deployment manager in the SAP environment.



Reinhold Schwaiger studied social sciences and economics at the University of Graz/Austria and graduated with a diploma. He worked for more than 30 years in the management of a global IT corporations. Of these, he spent more than 15 years leading global SAP implementations and worldwide rollouts. Since 2014, he has been working as managing director of SOP Schwaiger & Oelfin Project Consulting in Waldenbuch, near Stuttgart (Germany). SOP specializes in SAP implementations, IT project management, project quality assurance, and corporate training in project management.



Dr. Volker Seemann studied at the Humboldt University in Berlin (Germany), where he received his doctorate in electrical engineering. He was a guest lecturer at the Brandenburg University of Technology for several years. Volker Seemann is managing director of REBASE3 GmbH in Potsdam (Germany) since 2014. Rebase3 offers consulting, interim management, and software development for companies from various industries. Previously, he worked for various global consulting companies as a project and program manager and as an IT architect. Dr. Seemann has been working in the SAP environment since 1994.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030860837IT in BusinessProject ManagementSoftware ManagementBusiness IT InfrastructureBusiness Process Management723100
92
Business and Management978-3-030-86086-8Banks-GrasedyckDenise Banks-Grasedyck; Eckhard Lippke; Hans Oelfin; Reinhold Schwaiger; Volker SeemannDenise Banks-Grasedyck, Berlin, Germany; Eckhard Lippke, Leimen, Germany; Hans Oelfin, Waldenbuch, Germany; Reinhold Schwaiger, Sehnde, Germany; Volker Seemann, Werder (Havel), GermanySuccessfully Managing S/4HANA ProjectsThe Definitive Guide to the Next Digital TransformationXXV, 346 p. 69 illus.12022final64.9919.5069.5420.8654.9916.5069.9921.00Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English346KJQKJMPSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-03-302022-03-262023-03-292023-03-291Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. What makes an SAP-Project so different?.- Chapter 3. The SAP S/4HANA project: How it should be.- Chapter 4. The SAP S/4HANA Project: How it is.- Chapter 5. The underestimated success factor: people.- Chapter 6. Project Planning, Control and Quality Assurance.- Chapter 7. Examples of real-live SAP-S/4HANA Projects.- Chapter 8. Consultants: Boon or Bane? Benefit or Burden?.- Chapter 9. Tools for project support.- Chapter 10. 12 Commandments for a successful SAP project.The book describes the complete project process in individual steps for SAP S/4HANA project management based on the SAP ACTIVATE implementation methodology. By imparting knowledge based on experience with real SAP projects, the book supports project managers in developing skills and qualifications that will lead them to the successful management of SAP projects. In this context it emphasizes the crucial role of human interaction from the start to the successful completion of projects and provides useful tips on how to recognize and avoid pitfalls.Enriched with a wide range of material such as templates, checklists and practical examples, the book provides concrete guidance for project managers and participants on how to successfully manage ongoing projects. The book is valuable for both beginners and experienced project managers and also gives decision makers and stakeholders an excellent insight into the planning and management of large projects.The book describes the complete project process in individual steps for SAP S/4HANA project management based on the SAP ACTIVATE implementation methodology. By imparting knowledge based on experience with real SAP projects, the book supports project managers in developing skills and qualifications that will lead them to the successful management of SAP projects. In this context it emphasizes the crucial role of human interaction from the start to the successful completion of projects and provides useful tips on how to recognize and avoid pitfalls.Enriched with a wide range of material such as templates, checklists and practical examples, the book provides concrete guidance for project managers and participants on how to successfully manage ongoing projects. The book is valuable for both beginners and experienced project managers and also gives decision makers and stakeholders an excellent insight into the planning and management of large projects.Provides an overview of best practices for successful project implementationIncludes examples from real life projectsDemonstrates how to improve project management performanceDenise Banks-Grasedyck is a certified coach, consultant, and speaker specializing in the further development of professionals and executives. She earned her MBA in international dual studies at the Berlin School of Law and Economics (Germany) and Anglia Ruskin University in Cambridge and Chelmsford (UK). She graduated from the University of Maryland (USA) with a BA in management and technology.

Denise has earned multiple certifications, including: Certified Global Leadership Coach and Certified Global Team Coach through the Global Coach Group, as well as Certified Executive Coach and Certified Team Coach through Marshall Goldsmith Stakeholder Centered Coaching. She completed her initial training and certification as a personal and professional development coach at the Institute for Professional Excellence in Coaching (iPEC) in Boston (USA).




Eckhard Lippke joined SAP in 2000, after obtaining a master’s degree from the University of Siegen (Germany). During the first 9 years at SAP, he worked as a technology consultant and PMP certified project manager on many large projects in Europe, Asia, and the USA. He then took on a management position in SAP Technology Consulting and in 2015 joined SAP’s largest cloud business “Enterprise Cloud Services” as customer engagement manager. In his current role, he accompanies many SAP customers on their journey to the Digital Enterprise in the Cloud.



Hans Oelfin studied business administration at the University of Applied Sciences (FH) Ludwigshafen/Rhein (Germany) and graduated as Diplom-Betriebswirt FH. He has been a lecturer at the Nürtingen-Geislingen University of Applied Sciences (HfWU) for several years. Hans Oelfin has been managing director of SOP Schwaiger & Oelfin Project Consulting in Waldenbuch (Germany) since 2014. SOP
specializes in IT project management, project quality assurance, and corporate training in project management. Previously,he managed local and global IT projects for more than 20 years in an international IT company. Of these, he spent 15 years as a development and deployment manager in the SAP environment.



Reinhold Schwaiger studied social sciences and economics at the University of Graz/Austria and graduated with a diploma. He worked for more than 30 years in the management of a global IT corporations. Of these, he spent more than 15 years leading global SAP implementations and worldwide rollouts. Since 2014, he has been working as managing director of SOP Schwaiger & Oelfin Project Consulting in Waldenbuch, near Stuttgart (Germany). SOP specializes in SAP implementations, IT project management, project quality assurance, and corporate training in project management.



Dr. Volker Seemann studied at the Humboldt University in Berlin (Germany), where he received his doctorate in electrical engineering. He was a guest lecturer at the Brandenburg University of Technology for several years. Volker Seemann is managing director of REBASE3 GmbH in Potsdam (Germany) since 2014. Rebase3 offers consulting, interim management, and software development for companies from various industries. Previously, he worked for various global consulting companies as a project and program manager and as an IT architect. Dr. Seemann has been working in the SAP environment since 1994.		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030860868IT in BusinessProject ManagementSoftware ManagementBusiness IT InfrastructureBusiness Process Management569100
93
Business and Management978-3-319-60503-6BergaminStephan Bergamin; Markus BraunStephan Bergamin, Männedorf, Switzerland; Markus Braun, Winterthur, SwitzerlandMergers and AcquisitionsIntegration and Transformation Management as the Gateway to SuccessXV, 98 p. 30 illus. in color.12018final69.9921.0074.8922.4759.9918.0079.9924.00Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English98KJUKJCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2017-08-162017-08-082017-08-222017-08-221Integration Management in Mergers and Acquisitions: Success Factors and Pitfalls.- Integration Management as a Gateway to Performance Transformation.- Global Merger dormakaba - Interview and Case Study.- Global Merger LafargeHolcim - Interview and Case Study.- Closing Remarks. This book brings home the message that meticulous integration management is the key to success in M&A transactions. Half of all M&A transactions are unsuccessful because many companies embarking on a merger neglect this key success factor. Based on 30 years of experience of corporate mergers and acquisitions as well as the subsequent implementation of growth strategies, the authors have developed a practical manual that helps managers optimize and streamline their growth strategy using persistent integration and transformation management. The book provides first-hand accounts of M&A transactions that the authors led or were involved in, assessing each case from an insider perspective and outlining the key success factors and pitfalls. It concludes with practical checklists including the most relevant topics for each individual step toward successful integration.<br/>This book brings home the message that meticulous integration management is the key to success in M&A transactions. Half of all M&A transactions are unsuccessful because many companies embarking on a merger neglect this key success factor. Based on 30 years of experience of corporate mergers and acquisitions as well as the subsequent implementation of growth strategies, the authors have developed a practical manual that helps managers optimize and streamline their growth strategy using persistent integration and transformation management. The book provides first-hand accounts of M&A transactions that the authors led or were involved in, assessing each case from an insider perspective and outlining the key success factors and pitfalls. It concludes with practical checklists including the most relevant topics for each individual step toward successful integration.<br/><div></div>Provides first-hand lessons learned from over 30 international M&A transactions, including a major global merger caseContains useful checklists and guidelines for successful integration managementIncludes insights into the legal aspects of an M&A transaction and of integration management<div>Stephan Bergamin holds a PhD in Economics from HSG University of St. Gallen (Switzerland). An alumnus of AMP Harvard (USA), Stephan is the current CFO of Gearbulk Group (Switzerland). Previously he was the CFO of Goldbach Group SIX Swiss Exchange, and Steiner Group. He also held various national and international financial positions within Swissair Group, after starting his career in corporate finance at Credit Suisse. He is an author, and lecturer at different educational institutions. </div><div><br/></div><div>Markus Braun is a PhD in Economics and Head of International Business ABF at ZHAW University of Applied Sciences, School of Management and Law (Switzerland); Markus is also a lecturer of business administration, and PhD in Business Administration of the University of Basel (Switzerland). Previously he was Head of Corporate Office at Diethelm Keller Holding AG in Zurich (Switzerland), and was the Group CFO and Deputy CEO of Nuance Group in Zurich (Switzerland), includi</div>ng various national and international financial positions at Novartis/Ciba-Geigy. He is a member of several advisory boards of science and economics.<div><br/></div>ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319605036OrganizationBusiness Strategy and LeadershipBusiness LawHuman Resource ManagementCorporate Governance454000
94
Business and Management978-3-319-86873-8BergaminStephan Bergamin; Markus BraunStephan Bergamin, Männedorf, Switzerland; Markus Braun, Winterthur, SwitzerlandMergers and AcquisitionsIntegration and Transformation Management as the Gateway to SuccessXV, 98 p. 30 illus. in color.12018final49.9915.0053.4916.0544.9913.5054.9916.50Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook (Paperback Initiative)0English98KJUKJCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2018-08-042018-08-032019-08-162019-09-131Integration Management in Mergers and Acquisitions: Success Factors and Pitfalls.- Integration Management as a Gateway to Performance Transformation.- Global Merger dormakaba - Interview and Case Study.- Global Merger LafargeHolcim - Interview and Case Study.- Closing Remarks. This book brings home the message that meticulous integration management is the key to success in M&A transactions. Half of all M&A transactions are unsuccessful because many companies embarking on a merger neglect this key success factor. Based on 30 years of experience of corporate mergers and acquisitions as well as the subsequent implementation of growth strategies, the authors have developed a practical manual that helps managers optimize and streamline their growth strategy using persistent integration and transformation management. The book provides first-hand accounts of M&A transactions that the authors led or were involved in, assessing each case from an insider perspective and outlining the key success factors and pitfalls. It concludes with practical checklists including the most relevant topics for each individual step toward successful integration.<br/>This book brings home the message that meticulous integration management is the key to success in M&A transactions. Half of all M&A transactions are unsuccessful because many companies embarking on a merger neglect this key success factor. Based on 30 years of experience of corporate mergers and acquisitions as well as the subsequent implementation of growth strategies, the authors have developed a practical manual that helps managers optimize and streamline their growth strategy using persistent integration and transformation management. The book provides first-hand accounts of M&A transactions that the authors led or were involved in, assessing each case from an insider perspective and outlining the key success factors and pitfalls. It concludes with practical checklists including the most relevant topics for each individual step toward successful integration.<br/><div></div>Provides first-hand lessons learned from over 30 international M&A transactions, including a major global merger caseContains useful checklists and guidelines for successful integration managementIncludes insights into the legal aspects of an M&A transaction and of integration management<div>Stephan Bergamin holds a PhD in Economics from HSG University of St. Gallen (Switzerland). An alumnus of AMP Harvard (USA), Stephan is the current CFO of Gearbulk Group (Switzerland). Previously he was the CFO of Goldbach Group SIX Swiss Exchange, and Steiner Group. He also held various national and international financial positions within Swissair Group, after starting his career in corporate finance at Credit Suisse. He is an author, and lecturer at different educational institutions. </div><div><br/></div><div>Markus Braun is a PhD in Economics and Head of International Business ABF at ZHAW University of Applied Sciences, School of Management and Law (Switzerland); Markus is also a lecturer of business administration, and PhD in Business Administration of the University of Basel (Switzerland). Previously he was Head of Corporate Office at Diethelm Keller Holding AG in Zurich (Switzerland), and was the Group CFO and Deputy CEO of Nuance Group in Zurich (Switzerland), includi</div>ng various national and international financial positions at Novartis/Ciba-Geigy. He is a member of several advisory boards of science and economics.<div><br/></div>ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319868738OrganizationBusiness Strategy and LeadershipBusiness LawHuman Resource ManagementCorporate Governance1883000
95
Business and Management978-3-319-97384-5BockenNancy Bocken; Paavo Ritala; Laura Albareda; Robert VerburgNancy Bocken, Lund University, Lund, Sweden; Paavo Ritala, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Lappeenranta, Finland; Laura Albareda, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Lappeenranta, Finland; Robert Verburg, Delft University of Technology, Delft, The NetherlandsInnovation for SustainabilityBusiness Transformations Towards a Better WorldXXVIII, 457 p. 27 illus., 16 illus. in color.12019final119.9936.00128.3938.52109.9933.00129.9939.00Hard cover0Palgrave Studies in Sustainable Business In Association with Future EarthBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English457KJMKJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2019-03-062019-02-262019-02-202019-02-201Chapter 1 – Introduction: Innovation for sustainability.- Chapter 2 – Innovation for sustainability: Skeptical, pragmatic, and idealist perspectives.- Chapter 3 - Innovation for sustainability research landscape: Bibliometric and topical analysis of the literature.- Chapter 4 - Environmental factors in business engagement in innovation for sustainability.- Chapter 5 - Circular business model innovation for sustainable development.- Chapter 6 - Business-driven ecological innovations in green growth strategies.- Chapter 7 – Leadership, innovation and sustainability.- Chapter 8 – Leadership and goal setting for sustainable innovation in large businesses.- Chapter 9 – Exploring the pitfalls of systemic innovations for sustainability.- Chapter 10 – Towards smart and sustainable business models in retail.- Chapter 11 - Business model innovation for sustainability through localism.- Chapter 12 - Identifying strategies for sustainable entrepreneurship.- Chapter 13 - Sustainable innovation measurement: Approaches and challenges.- Chapter 14 - Assessing the impact of sustainable business models: challenges, key issues and future research opportunities.- Chapter 15 - Reversing materiality: From a reactive matrix to a proactive SDG agenda.- Chapter 16 - Intentional design for diversity as pathway to scalable sustainability impact.- Chapter 17 - How strategic environmental goals influence product innovation.- Chapter 18 - Experimentation for sustainable innovation.- Chapter 19 - Experimenting with circular business models – a process-oriented approach .- Chapter 20 - Game-based approaches to sustainable innovation.- Chapter 21 – Circular Economy imaginaries for sustainable innovations.- Chapter 22 - The impact of digital technologies on innovating for sustainability.- Chapter 23 - Online platforms and the circular economy.The aim of this edited book is to provide a comprehensive overview of the opportunities and challenges related to innovation for sustainability. Combining work from both emerging and established scholars in different academic fields, this book provides an integrated understanding of the topic from four perspectives. First, the big picture: frameworks, types, and drivers; second, strategy and leadership; third, measurement and assessment and fourth, tools, methods and technologies.Chapter 11 of this book is available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license at link.springer.com.
The aim of this edited book is to provide a comprehensive overview of the opportunities and challenges related to innovation for sustainability. Combining work from both emerging and established scholars in different academic fields, this book provides an integrated understanding of the topic from four perspectives. First, the big picture: frameworks, types, and drivers; second, strategy and leadership; third, measurement and assessment and fourth, tools, methods and technologies.Chapter 11 of this book is available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license at link.springer.com.
The editors donate their remuneration for this book to conservation organisation the WWF.		Provides a comprehensive overview of the opportunities and challenges offered by innovation for sustainabilityOffers tools, models and methods to further sustainable business modelsIncludes commentaries from industry, NGOs and governmental bodies to offer a truly holistic approachNancy Bocken is Professor in Sustainable Business Management and Practice at IIIEE, Lund University, Associate Professor at Delft University of Technology, and Fellow at the Cambridge Institute for Sustainability Leadership. Paavo Ritala is Professor of Strategy and Innovation at the School of Business and Management at Lappeenranta University of Technology (LUT), Finland.Laura Albareda is Associate Professor of Sustainable Business at the School of Business and Management at Lappeenranta University of Technology (LUT), Finland. She is also Visiting Professor at Deusto Business School. Robert Verburg is an Associate Professor in Management and Director of the Management of Technology programme at Delft University of Technology, Netherlands.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management009783319973845ManagementInnovation and Technology ManagementBusiness Ethics938000
96
Business and Management978-3-030-00077-6BoyerStuart W. BoyerStuart W. Boyer, Horizon University, Indianapolis, In, , USABiblical Leadership DevelopmentPrinciples for Developing Organizational Leaders at Every LevelXV, 234 p. 5 illus., 3 illus. in color.12019final109.9933.00117.6935.3199.9930.00119.9936.00Hard cover0Christian Faith Perspectives in Leadership and BusinessBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English234KJGKJCPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2018-11-272018-11-192018-11-132018-11-1311. Introduction.- 2. Aspects of Leadership.- 3. Methods.- 4. Leadership of Principles in Exodus 18.- 5. Small Groups and Leader Personal Development.- 6. The Development and Proliferation of Trust in Small Groups.- 7. Connection with God and the Small Group Leader.- 8. Small Group Leaders and the Betterment of the Family.- 9. Conflict Reduction and Peace of Mind.- 10. Conclusion.This book examines the principles and procedures implemented by Moses for developing leaders. Using Exodus 18 as the basis, the author explores how leadership skills are best developed in small group settings. The author then delves into contemporary leadership principles, such as authentic leadership, and how organizations can develop leaders at every level of the organization. Issues such as accountability, ethics, and trust will be discussed at length, with an examination of the expected outcomes of training leaders at all levels. This book will be a valuable addition to the leadership literature in showing how biblical leadership principles can be used in contemporary organizations.This book examines the principles and procedures implemented by Moses for developing leaders. Using Exodus 18 as the basis, the author explores how leadership skills are best developed in small group settings. The author then delves into contemporary leadership principles, such as authentic leadership, and how organizations can develop leaders at every level of the organization. Issues such as accountability, ethics, and trust will be discussed at length, with an examination of the expected outcomes of training leaders at all levels. This book will be a valuable addition to the leadership literature in showing how biblical leadership principles can be used in contemporary organizations.Highlights the importance of relationship in the development of leadersFirst account of leadership and developing leadership principles within Scripture encompassing small groupsReveals new insights on the leadership style of Moses, including cognitive and moral implicationsStuart W. Boyer is Professor of Biblical Studies and Practical Theology at Horizon University, USA. He obtained his PhD in Organizational Leadership from Regent University.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030000776Business EthicsBusiness Strategy and LeadershipOrganization457000
97
Business and Management978-3-031-09961-8BrockhoffKlaus BrockhoffKlaus Brockhoff, Koblenz, GermanyManagement IdeasA Short History of Business AdministrationXI, 272 p.12022final99.9930.00106.9932.1089.9927.00109.9933.00Hard cover0Contributions to Management ScienceBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English272KJMV2HPSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2022-09-022022-09-022022-09-192022-09-191Part I: Before the Institutionalization of Business Administration as a Science.- 1. Early Devices and Techniques in Western Asia and the Near East.- 2. Management of Homes, Estates and Trade in Europe until the Middle Ages.- 3. The age of Enlightenment and beyond in Europe.- 4. Three Streams of Economic Knowledge Generation in 19th Century Europe.- Part II: Criteria for Business Administration as a Science.- 5. Indicators of a Science and Models of its Development.- 6. Scientific Progress in General and in Business Administration.- 7. Emerging Scientific Infrastructure for Business Administration.- Part III: The Institutionalized Science.- 8. In Search of an Objective Function and a Name.- 9. Decline under Political Influences and two New Beginnings – the Cases of Germany.- 10. Sketches on Developing Specializations.- Part IV: Limitations, further Needs and Lessons Learned.- 11. Limitations and further Needs.- 12. Lessons Learned: Reasons for Histories of Management Ideas.This book offers a short history of business administration in four parts. Part 1 takes the reader from 8000 BCE with the development of simple control techniques to the middle of the nineteenth century. At this time, normative, empirical, and theoretical approaches to business problems in the industrial area were developed. Furthermore, more powerful methodologies came into use. In Part 2, the criteria for science are discussed and related to the development of business administration as a science at the beginning of the twentieth century. Part 3 demonstrates, using Germany as an example, the development of business administration as strongly influenced by its societal environment. The cases of National Socialist Germany, the socialist environment of the German Democratic Republic, and the reconstruction of an academic-inspired business administration in Western Germany are provided as illustrative examples. Part 3 also presents a typology of major specializations in business administration, examples of their development, and a proposal for a curricular approach to the discipline. The fourth and final part presents the benefits of studying the history of management ideas.

This book is useful for academics in business administration, advanced students, and anyone who seeks to understand recent developments in business administration.
This book offers a short history of business administration in four parts. Part 1 takes the reader from 8000 BCE with the development of simple control techniques to the middle of the nineteenth century. At this time, normative, empirical, and theoretical approaches to business problems in the industrial area were developed. Furthermore, more powerful methodologies came into use. In Part 2, the criteria for science are discussed and related to the development of business administration as a science at the beginning of the twentieth century. Part 3 demonstrates, using Germany as an example, the development of business administration as strongly influenced by its societal environment. The cases of National Socialist Germany, the socialist environment of the German Democratic Republic, and the reconstruction of an academic-inspired business administration in Western Germany are provided as illustrative examples. Part 3 also presents a typology of major specializations in business administration, examples of their development, and a proposal for a curricular approach to the discipline. The fourth and final part presents the benefits of studying the history of management ideas.

This book is useful for academics in business administration, advanced students, and anyone who seeks to understand recent developments in business administration.		Presents an updated short history of management ideasIntegration of different streams of country-specific literatureDiscusses contextual influences on business administration research illustrated by developments in GermanyKlaus Brockhoff is an emeritus professor. He has taught innovation management, business strategy, and history of ideas in management at the University of Kiel (Germany) and WHU – Otto Beisheim School of Management (Germany). His research is published in leading journals both nationally and internationally, such as Management Science, Econometrica, Research Policy, R&D Management, IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, the Journal of Product Innovation Management, the Journal of Management History, Schmalenbach Business Review, and the Journal of Business Economics, and he has authored a number of books. He led academic associations and served as a consultant to governmental and private institutions.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031099618Management EducationPhilosophy of ManagementBusiness Strategy and Leadership594000
98
Business and Management978-3-031-09964-9BrockhoffKlaus BrockhoffKlaus Brockhoff, Koblenz, GermanyManagement IdeasA Short History of Business AdministrationXI, 272 p.12022final99.9930.00106.9932.1089.9927.00109.9933.00Soft cover1Contributions to Management ScienceBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English272KJMV2HPSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-09-032022-09-022023-09-022023-09-021Part I: Before the Institutionalization of Business Administration as a Science.- 1. Early Devices and Techniques in Western Asia and the Near East.- 2. Management of Homes, Estates and Trade in Europe until the Middle Ages.- 3. The age of Enlightenment and beyond in Europe.- 4. Three Streams of Economic Knowledge Generation in 19th Century Europe.- Part II: Criteria for Business Administration as a Science.- 5. Indicators of a Science and Models of its Development.- 6. Scientific Progress in General and in Business Administration.- 7. Emerging Scientific Infrastructure for Business Administration.- Part III: The Institutionalized Science.- 8. In Search of an Objective Function and a Name.- 9. Decline under Political Influences and two New Beginnings – the Cases of Germany.- 10. Sketches on Developing Specializations.- Part IV: Limitations, further Needs and Lessons Learned.- 11. Limitations and further Needs.- 12. Lessons Learned: Reasons for Histories of Management Ideas.This book offers a short history of business administration in four parts. Part 1 takes the reader from 8000 BCE with the development of simple control techniques to the middle of the nineteenth century. At this time, normative, empirical, and theoretical approaches to business problems in the industrial area were developed. Furthermore, more powerful methodologies came into use. In Part 2, the criteria for science are discussed and related to the development of business administration as a science at the beginning of the twentieth century. Part 3 demonstrates, using Germany as an example, the development of business administration as strongly influenced by its societal environment. The cases of National Socialist Germany, the socialist environment of the German Democratic Republic, and the reconstruction of an academic-inspired business administration in Western Germany are provided as illustrative examples. Part 3 also presents a typology of major specializations in business administration, examples of their development, and a proposal for a curricular approach to the discipline. The fourth and final part presents the benefits of studying the history of management ideas.

This book is useful for academics in business administration, advanced students, and anyone who seeks to understand recent developments in business administration.
This book offers a short history of business administration in four parts. Part 1 takes the reader from 8000 BCE with the development of simple control techniques to the middle of the nineteenth century. At this time, normative, empirical, and theoretical approaches to business problems in the industrial area were developed. Furthermore, more powerful methodologies came into use. In Part 2, the criteria for science are discussed and related to the development of business administration as a science at the beginning of the twentieth century. Part 3 demonstrates, using Germany as an example, the development of business administration as strongly influenced by its societal environment. The cases of National Socialist Germany, the socialist environment of the German Democratic Republic, and the reconstruction of an academic-inspired business administration in Western Germany are provided as illustrative examples. Part 3 also presents a typology of major specializations in business administration, examples of their development, and a proposal for a curricular approach to the discipline. The fourth and final part presents the benefits of studying the history of management ideas.

This book is useful for academics in business administration, advanced students, and anyone who seeks to understand recent developments in business administration.		Presents an updated short history of management ideasIntegration of different streams of country-specific literatureDiscusses contextual influences on business administration research illustrated by developments in GermanyKlaus Brockhoff is an emeritus professor. He has taught innovation management, business strategy, and history of ideas in management at the University of Kiel (Germany) and WHU – Otto Beisheim School of Management (Germany). His research is published in leading journals both nationally and internationally, such as Management Science, Econometrica, Research Policy, R&D Management, IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, the Journal of Product Innovation Management, the Journal of Management History, Schmalenbach Business Review, and the Journal of Business Economics, and he has authored a number of books. He led academic associations and served as a consultant to governmental and private institutions.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009783031099649Management EducationPhilosophy of ManagementBusiness Strategy and Leadership438000
99
Business and Management978-3-030-01516-9CarayannisElias G. Carayannis; David F. J. CampbellElias G. Carayannis, George Washington University, Washington, DC, , USA; David F. J. Campbell, Danube University Krems, Krems, AustriaSmart Quintuple Helix Innovation SystemsHow Social Ecology and Environmental Protection are Driving Innovation, Sustainable Development and Economic GrowthIX, 67 p. 7 illus.12019final69.9921.0074.8922.4759.9918.0079.9924.00Soft cover0SpringerBriefs in BusinessBusiness and ManagementBrief/PivotBook0English67KJKJMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2018-12-032018-11-222018-11-152018-11-151Chapter1. Introduction.- Chapter2. Definition of Key Terms: Knowledge, Knowledge Production, Innovation, Democracy, and Governance .- Chapter3. Mode 1, Mode 2 and Mode 3: Triple Helix and Quadruple Helix .- Chapter4. Sustainable Development, Social Ecology and the Quintuple Helix .- Chapter5. Innovation Systems in Conceptual Evolution: Mode 3 Knowledge Production in Quadruple and Quintuple Helix Innovation Systems .- Chapter6. Conclusion: Smart Quintuple Helix Innovation Systems.-This volume examines the relationships among social ecology, innovation, sustainable development and economic growth. Using the principles of Quintuple Helix innovation system, the authors argue that social ecology and environmental management are supporters and drivers of innovation, sustainable development and economic growth.The Quintuple Helix innovation model focuses on the interactions among five key elements of society: academia, industry, government, culture, and the environment--with particular respect to harnessing knowledge to promote social, political, and economic development. The Quintuple Helix is a powerful theoretical and practical lens for analyzing and understanding such critical and complex ecological and socioeconomic issues as global warming and climate change and their implications for sustainability. The authors provide policy approaches and strategies to help create a balance among the often competing forces of environmental protection, innovation, entrepreneurship, and social and economic growth that will successfully benefit society and protect democratic values.This volume examines the relationships among social ecology, innovation, sustainable development and economic growth. The Quintuple Helix innovation model focuses on the interactions among five key elements of society: academia, industry, government, culture, and the environment--with particular respect to harnessing knowledge to promote social, political, and economic development. The Quintuple Helix is a powerful theoretical and practical lens for analyzing and understanding such critical and complex ecological and socioeconomic issues as global warming and climate change and their implications for sustainability. The authors provide policy approaches and strategies to help create a balance among the often competing forces of environmental protection, innovation, entrepreneurship, and social and economic growth that will successfully benefit society and protect democratic values.Examines global warming and climate change using the principles of the Quintuple Helix systemExplores ways in which environmental sensitivity and environmental protection (social ecology) can support and drive innovation, sustainable development and economic growthHighlights policy approaches, strategies and best practicesElias G. Carayannis is Full Professor of science, technology, innovation, and entrepreneurship, as well as Co-founder and Co-director of the Global and Entrepreneurial Finance Research Institute (GEFRI) and Director of research on science, technology, innovation and entrepreneurship, European Union Research Center (EURC), at the School of Business of the George Washington University in Washington, D.C. Carayannis’ teaching and research activities focus on the areas of strategic government-university-industry R&D partnerships, technology road-mapping, technology transfer and commercialization, international science and technology policy, technological entrepreneurship, and regional economic development.

David F. J. Campbell is Associate Professor (Privatdozent) in Political Science at the University of Vienna; a Faculty Member at the Center for Educational Management and Higher Education Development, Department for Continuing Education Research and Educational Management, at Danube University Krems; a Quality Expert at the University of Applied Arts in Vienna; and a Researcher (Senior Scientist) with the Alpen-Adria-University of Klagenfurt.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030015169Innovation and Technology ManagementManagementKnowledge ManagementEnvironmental Management454000
100
Business and Management978-3-030-41970-7DaviWiley C. Davi; Duncan H. SpelmanWiley C. Davi, Bentley University, Waltham, MA, USA; Duncan H. Spelman, Bentley University, Waltham, MA, USALeading with Uncommon SenseSlowing Down, Looking Inward, Taking ActionIX, 170 p. 15 illus.12020final64.9919.5069.5420.8654.9916.5069.9921.00Hard cover0Management, Change, Strategy and Positive LeadershipBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English170KJCKJGSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2020-06-122020-06-122020-07-312020-07-311Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Pause.- Chapter 3. Introspect: Be Humble.- Chapter 4. Introspect: Be Emotional.- Chapter 5. Introspect: Be “Impolite”.- Chapter 6. Introspect: Be Uncertain.- Chapter 7. Act.- Chapter 8. Conclusion: Going Forward.This book offers alternatives to typical leadership, highlighting new ways of thinking about how individuals can lead effectively. Specifically, it integrates several fields, including neuroscience, behavioral economics, mindfulness, cognitive and social psychology, emotional intelligence, and management decision-making. The authors challenge the “common sense,” mainstream thinking about leadership, arguing that effective leadership depends on a more complicated understanding of the underlying dynamics.<div>When leaders rely on the common sense that they have been taught explicitly or implicitly about leadership, the results are often not effective—for themselves personally, for their followers, for the organizations in which they lead, and for society as a whole. For example, aspiring leaders often believe that the mark of good leaders is their ability to come up with quick answers to problems. Others believe that one’s ability to minimize complexity and uncertainty indicates leadership potential. In addition, despite the literature suggesting the value of engaging in self-reflection, few leaders regularly step back and look inward. Even those who can intellectually discuss emotional intelligence often focus on their ability to influence the emotions of others rather than reflecting on and learning from their own emotions.</div><div>The book calls for leaders to operate with more humility and greater awareness of the multiple contexts in which they function—approaches that improve life for all organizational members. As leaders become more effective, they will become healthier and more satisfied, less harried, more grounded, and more fulfilled in their lives.</div>This book offers alternatives to typical leadership, highlighting new ways of thinking about how individuals can lead effectively. Specifically, it integrates several fields, including neuroscience, behavioral economics, mindfulness, cognitive and social psychology, emotional intelligence, and management decision-making. The authors challenge the “common sense,” mainstream thinking about leadership, arguing that effective leadership depends on a more complicated understanding of the underlying dynamics.<div>When leaders rely on the common sense that they have been taught explicitly or implicitly about leadership, the results are often not effective—for themselves personally, for their followers, for the organizations in which they lead, and for society as a whole. For example, aspiring leaders often believe that the mark of good leaders is their ability to come up with quick answers to problems. Others believe that one’s ability to minimize complexity and uncertainty indicates leadership potential. In addition, despite the literature suggesting the value of engaging in self-reflection, few leaders regularly step back and look inward. Even those who can intellectually discuss emotional intelligence often focus on their ability to influence the emotions of others rather than reflecting on and learning from their own emotions.</div><div>The book calls for leaders to operate with more humility and greater awareness of the multiple contexts in which they function—approaches that improve life for all organizational members. As leaders become more effective, they will become healthier and more satisfied, less harried, more grounded, and more fulfilled in their lives.
</div>		Emphasizes self-reflection in order to achieve greater professional and personal fulfillmentA three step approach that integrates several fields including neuroscience, behavioral economics, mindfulness, cognitive and social psychology, emotional intelligence, and management decision-makingProvides uncommon approaches to leadership to increase organizational effectivenessWiley C. Davi is Professor of English and Media Studies at Bentley University. She has served as Associate Dean of Arts & Sciences and as Chair of the Department of English and Media Studies. In addition, she serves as a facilitator for Bentley’s Center for Women and Business and for the Erasmus Centre for Women and Organisations (ECWO) Women in Leadership programs run at international companies in Europe.Duncan Spelman is Professor Emeritus of Management at Bentley University, having served on the faculty for more then 35 years. He acted as the university’s Director of Diversity for many years and was also Chair of the Management Department.ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management009783030419707Business Strategy and LeadershipBusiness EthicsDiversity Management and Women in Business454100